[go: up one dir, main page]

CN100468254C - Industrial product design method, numerical control method and device using clothoid curve - Google Patents

Industrial product design method, numerical control method and device using clothoid curve Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN100468254C
CN100468254C CNB2005800060533A CN200580006053A CN100468254C CN 100468254 C CN100468254 C CN 100468254C CN B2005800060533 A CNB2005800060533 A CN B2005800060533A CN 200580006053 A CN200580006053 A CN 200580006053A CN 100468254 C CN100468254 C CN 100468254C
Authority
CN
China
Prior art keywords
curve
alpha
cos
beta
sin
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Expired - Lifetime
Application number
CNB2005800060533A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
CN1934512A (en
Inventor
木村文彦
牧野洋
松尾芳一
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
THK Co Ltd
Original Assignee
THK Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by THK Co Ltd filed Critical THK Co Ltd
Publication of CN1934512A publication Critical patent/CN1934512A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of CN100468254C publication Critical patent/CN100468254C/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Expired - Lifetime legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Landscapes

  • Numerical Control (AREA)

Abstract

A.采用切线方向的倾角及偏转角分别由曲线长或曲线长变量的二次式给出的三维曲线(称为三维回旋曲线),设计机械元件的运动的轨道。B.采用切线方向的倾角及偏转角分别由曲线长或曲线长变量的二次式给出的三维曲线(称为三维回旋曲线),表现工具轨迹或工件的轮廓形状,通过该三维曲线控制工具的运动。

A. Adopt the three-dimensional curve (called three-dimensional clothoid curve) that the inclination angle and the deflection angle in the tangential direction are respectively given by the curve length or the quadratic equation of the curve length variable, and design the track of the motion of the mechanical element. B. The inclination angle and deflection angle in the tangential direction are respectively given by the three-dimensional curve (called three-dimensional clothoid curve) given by the quadratic formula of the curve length or the curve length variable to represent the tool trajectory or the contour shape of the workpiece, and control the tool through the three-dimensional curve exercise.

Description

采用回旋曲线的工业制品设计方法、数值控制方法及装置 Industrial product design method, numerical control method and device using clothoid curve

技术领域 technical field

在以下的说明书中,在有关“采用回旋曲线的工业制品的设计方法及用该设计方法设计的工业制品”(以下,只称为采用回旋曲线的工业制品的设计方法)的说明中附记A,在有关“采用回旋曲线的数值控制方法及装置”(以下,只称为采用回旋曲线的数值控制方法)的说明中附记B。In the following specification, A is appended to the explanation about "the design method of the industrial product using the clothoid curve and the industrial product designed by the design method" (hereinafter, simply referred to as the design method of the industrial product using the clothoid curve) , add note B in the explanation about "Numerical control method and device using clothoid curve" (hereinafter, simply referred to as numerical control method using clothoid curve).

A.采用回旋曲线的工业制品的设计方法A. Design method of industrial products using clothoid curve

本发明涉及采用回旋曲线的工业制品的形状的设计方法,尤其涉及在包含使具有质量的机械元件运动的机构的机械中,设计使该机械元件的运动流畅的运动轨道的方法。The present invention relates to a method for designing the shape of an industrial product using a clothoid curve, and more particularly to a method for designing a motion path for smooth movement of a mechanical element in a machine including a mechanism for moving the mechanical element with mass.

B.采用回旋曲线的数值控制方法B. Numerical control method using clothoid curve

此外,本发明涉及采用回旋曲线,控制机器人、机床、装配机械、检查机械等作业机械(称为机器人等)中的工具(包括把手等把持部或各种工具)的运动的数值控制方法及装置。In addition, the present invention relates to a numerical control method and apparatus for controlling the movement of tools (including grips such as handles or various tools) in working machines (referred to as robots, etc.) such as robots, machine tools, assembly machines, and inspection machines using a clothoid curve .

背景技术 Background technique

A.采用回旋曲线的工业制品的设计方法A. Design method of industrial products using clothoid curve

随着机械的小型化及高精度化,高速运动机械元件的机构变得重要。强烈要求设计力学上合理的流畅的运动轨迹,减少振动或运动误差,抑制时效变化或损伤,实现高速、高精度的运动。With the miniaturization and high precision of machinery, the mechanism of high-speed moving mechanical components becomes important. It is strongly required to design a mechanically reasonable and smooth motion trajectory, reduce vibration or motion errors, suppress aging changes or damage, and achieve high-speed, high-precision motion.

关于自由运动轨迹的设计方法,以往采用连接直线或圆弧等解析的曲线的方法,或样条曲线插补(用回旋曲线插补给出的点列的方法)(参照非专利文献1)。As for the design method of the free motion trajectory, a method of connecting analytical curves such as straight lines or arcs, or spline interpolation (a method of interpolating a given point sequence with a clothoid curve) has been conventionally used (see Non-Patent Document 1).

B.采用回旋曲线的数值控制方法B. Numerical control method using clothoid curve

在进行焊接、涂装、粘合剂涂布等的数控的机器人中,一般作为离散的点列数据输入输入图形。因此,要生成连续的图形,需要采用任何方法插补点列。In a numerically controlled robot that performs welding, painting, adhesive application, etc., the input pattern is generally input as discrete point sequence data. Therefore, to generate a continuous graph, any method is required to interpolate the point columns.

作为插补任意给出的点列间的方法,已知有圆角加工折线的角部的方法或B样条插补、三次式样条插补等,但是作为可严格通过给出的各点的插补法,已知有三次式样条插补(参照非专利文献1)。As a method of interpolating between arbitrarily given point sequences, there are known methods of rounding the corners of polylines, B-spline interpolation, cubic spline interpolation, etc., but as methods that can strictly pass each given point As an interpolation method, cubic spline interpolation is known (see Non-Patent Document 1).

但是,三次式样条插补,由于作为参变量表现不具有几何学的意思的自变量,所以具有自变量和曲线的几何学的诸量的关系不稳定这大的缺陷。该三次式样条插补,从始点的移动距离和曲率的关系复杂,在使线速度固定的控制中不适宜。However, the cubic spline interpolation has a big defect that the relationship between the independent variable and the geometric quantities of the curve is not stable because it expresses an independent variable that does not have a geometric meaning as a parameter. This cubic spline interpolation has a complex relationship between the moving distance from the starting point and the curvature, and is not suitable for controlling the linear velocity to be constant.

非专利文献1:穗坡衛·佐田登志著,“统合化CAD/CAM系统”Ohm出版社,1997Non-Patent Document 1: "Integrated CAD/CAM System" Ohm Press, 1997

非专利文献2:仇時雨、牧野洋、須田大春、横山恭男,“利用回旋的自由曲线插补”(日本机器人学会志8卷6号,pp40-47)Non-Patent Document 2: Qiu Shiyu, Makino Hiroshi, Suda Daharu, Yokoyama Kyoo, "Free Curve Interpolation Using Convolution" (Journal of Robotics Society of Japan, Volume 8, No. 6, pp40-47)

非专利文献3:Li Guiqing、Li Xianmin、Li Hua,“3D Discrete ClothoidSplines”,(CGI’01,pp321-324)Non-Patent Document 3: Li Guiqing, Li Xianmin, Li Hua, "3D Discrete ClothoidSplines", (CGI’01, pp321-324)

发明内容 Contents of the invention

A.采用回旋曲线的工业制品的设计方法A. Design method of industrial products using clothoid curve

在连接直线或圆弧等解析的曲线的方法中,难在直线和圆弧的连接点连续连接曲率。如果根据用样条曲线插补的方法,能够连续连接曲率,但由于从始点的移动距离和曲率的关系复杂,因此很难沿着轨道设计力学上合理的曲率的分布,得不到良好的运动轨迹。In the method of connecting analytical curves such as straight lines and circular arcs, it is difficult to continuously connect curvatures at the connecting points of straight lines and circular arcs. If the curvature can be continuously connected according to the method of spline interpolation, but because the relationship between the moving distance from the starting point and the curvature is complicated, it is difficult to design a mechanically reasonable curvature distribution along the track, and good motion cannot be obtained. track.

因此,本发明的目的在于,在包含使具有质量的机械元件运动的机构的机械中,提供一种使该机械元件的运动流畅的运动轨道的设计方法。该方法是由本发明者们提出的新的、并且崭新的方法。Therefore, it is an object of the present invention to provide a method of designing a motion path for smooth motion of a mechanical element in a machine including a mechanism for moving a mechanical element having mass. This method is a new and novel method proposed by the present inventors.

此处,所谓的流畅,意思是轨道的切线、接触平面(法线)或曲率等的变化沿着轨道连续,因而作用于沿着轨道上运动的机械元件的力连续变化。Here, the so-called smooth means that the change of the tangent, contact plane (normal) or curvature of the track is continuous along the track, so the force acting on the mechanical element moving along the track changes continuously.

可是,机器人、机床、装配机械、检查机械等多用的滚珠丝杠的回归路经的形态是用直线或圆弧连接的,曲线的切线或曲率不连续,此外轨道设计的自由度也不足。However, the shape of the return path of the ball screw, which is often used in robots, machine tools, assembly machines, inspection machines, etc., is connected by a straight line or an arc, the tangent or curvature of the curve is not continuous, and the degree of freedom in track design is insufficient.

本发明的另一目的在于,在滚珠丝杠的滚珠循环路径的设计中,为减轻滚珠丝杠的循环路径上的运动能的损失,此外防止沿着循环路径对部件造成损伤,确立循环路径的切线或曲率连续的、并且曲率变化平稳的循环路径的设计方法。滚珠丝杠的循环路径的设计方法,是设计使机械元件的运动流畅的运动的轨道的方法的应用例。Another object of the present invention is to reduce the loss of kinetic energy on the circulation path of the ball screw in the design of the ball circulation path of the ball screw, and to prevent damage to components along the circulation path, and to establish the structure of the circulation path. A design method for circular paths with continuous tangent or curvature and smooth curvature changes. The design method of the circulation path of the ball screw is an application example of the method of designing a motion track so that the motion of the machine element is smooth.

B.采用回旋曲线的数值控制方法B. Numerical control method using clothoid curve

作为在二维中通过给出的各点的插补方法,已知有发明者们提出的回旋插补法,能够流畅地插补(参照非专利文献2)。因此认为,如果三维扩张回旋曲线,用于自由点列的插补,与作为曲线长度的函数表示的回旋曲线的特征相比,能够容易实现保持线速度固定,或根据线长变化线速度的控制。此外,由于以曲线长作为参数,所以与其它方法不同,还有不需要从后面求出线长的优点,希望三维扩张回旋曲线在数值控制等领域是有益的。以前,关于三维扩张回旋曲线,已知有Li等人的“3D Discrete ClothoidSplines”(参照非专利文献3)等,但还未发现以式的形式三维扩张回旋曲线。以式的方式的扩张,在容易算出各值这一点上具有优势。As an interpolation method passing through given points in two dimensions, a convolutional interpolation method proposed by the inventors is known, which enables smooth interpolation (see Non-Patent Document 2). Therefore, it is believed that if the three-dimensional expansion of the clothoid curve is used for the interpolation of the free point sequence, compared with the characteristics of the clothoid curve expressed as a function of the length of the curve, the control of keeping the linear speed constant or changing the linear speed according to the length of the line can be easily realized. . In addition, since the length of the curve is used as a parameter, unlike other methods, there is also an advantage that there is no need to obtain the length of the line later. It is hoped that the three-dimensional expanded clothoid curve will be useful in the fields of numerical control and the like. Conventionally, "3D Discrete ClothoidSplines" by Li et al. (refer to Non-Patent Document 3) etc. have been known about the three-dimensional dilated clothoid curves, but no three-dimensional dilated clothoids in the form of equations have been found. Expansion in the form of an equation is advantageous in that it is easy to calculate each value.

因此,本发明的目的在于,为了数值控制工具的运动,提供一种新的三维回旋曲线的定义式,其相对于自变量的曲率变化图形可尽量接替单纯的二维回旋曲线的特性。此外,本发明的目的在于,通过该三维回旋曲线插补点列。Therefore, the object of the present invention is to provide a new definition of a three-dimensional clothoid curve for numerically controlling the movement of a tool, and its curvature change graph relative to the independent variable can replace the characteristics of a simple two-dimensional clothoid curve as much as possible. In addition, an object of the present invention is to interpolate a point sequence using the three-dimensional clothoid curve.

A.采用回旋曲线的工业制品的设计方法A. Design method of industrial products using clothoid curve

以下,说明权利要求1~10所述的回旋曲线的工业制品的设计方法的发明。Hereinafter, the invention of the method of designing a clothoid industrial product according to claims 1 to 10 will be described.

第1发明,为解决上述的问题,提供一种工业制品的设计方法,其特征是:采用按曲线长或曲线长变量的二次式给出切线方向的倾角(pitchangle)及偏转角(yaw angle)各自的三维曲线(称为三维回旋曲线),设计工业制品的形状。The first invention, in order to solve the above-mentioned problems, provides a kind of design method of industrial product, it is characterized in that: the inclination angle (pitch angle) and deflection angle (yaw angle) of tangential direction are given by the quadratic formula of curve length or curve length variable ) of their respective three-dimensional curves (called three-dimensional clothoid curves) to design the shape of industrial products.

第2发明,如第1发明所述的工业制品的设计方法,其特征是:所述工业制品是包含使具有质量的机械元件运动的机构的机械;采用所述三维曲线(称为三维回旋曲线)设计所述机械元件的运动轨道。The second invention is the design method of the industrial product as described in the first invention, wherein the industrial product is a machine including a mechanism for moving a mechanical element with mass; the three-dimensional curve (called a three-dimensional clothoid curve) ) to design the motion track of the mechanical element.

第3发明,如第2发明所述的工业制品的设计方法,其特征是:所述机械是作为所述机械元件包含使滚珠运动的机构的螺丝装置;所述螺丝装置具备,在外周面具有螺旋状的滚动体滚道槽的丝杠轴、和在内周面具有与所述滚动体滚道槽对置的负荷滚动体滚道槽,同时具有连接所述负荷滚动体滚道槽的一端和另一端的回归路径的螺母、和排列在所述丝杠轴的所述滚动体滚道槽和所述螺母的所述负荷滚动体滚道槽的之间及回归路径上的多个滚动体;采用所述三维曲线(称为三维回旋曲线),设计所述螺丝装置的所述回归路径。The third invention is the method of designing an industrial product according to the second invention, wherein the machine is a screw device including a mechanism for moving balls as the mechanical element; The screw shaft of the spiral rolling body raceway groove and the load rolling body raceway groove opposite to the rolling body raceway groove on the inner peripheral surface have one end connected to the load rolling body raceway groove and the nut of the return path at the other end, and a plurality of rolling elements arranged between the rolling element raceway groove of the screw shaft and the loaded rolling element raceway groove of the nut and on the return path ; Design the regression path of the screw device by using the three-dimensional curve (called a three-dimensional clothoid curve).

第4发明,如发明1~3中任何一项所述的工业制品的设计方法,按以下式定义所述三维回旋曲线。A fourth invention is the method for designing an industrial product according to any one of inventions 1 to 3, wherein the three-dimensional clothoid curve is defined by the following formula.

[数式1][Formula 1]

P = P 0 + ∫ 0 s uds = P 0 + h ∫ 0 S udS , 0≤s≤h, 0 ≤ S = s h ≤ 1 P = P 0 + ∫ 0 the s uds = P 0 + h ∫ 0 S wxya , 0≤s≤h, 0 ≤ S = the s h ≤ 1

                                          (1) (1)

uu == EE. kβkβ EE. jαjα (( ii )) == coscos ββ sinsin ββ 00 sinsin ββ coscos ββ 00 00 00 11 coscos αα 00 sinsin αα 00 11 00 -- sinsin αα 00 coscos αα 11 00 00 == coscos ββ coscos αα sinsin ββ coscos αα -- sinsin αα

                                          (2) (2)

α=a0+a1S+a2S2            (3)α=a 0 +a 1 S+a 2 S 2 (3)

β=b0+b1S+b2S2            (4)β=b 0 +b 1 S+b 2 S 2 (4)

此处,here,

[数式2][Formula 2]

PP == xx ythe y zz ,, PP 00 == xx 00 ythe y 00 zz 00 -- -- -- (( 55 ))

分别表示三维回旋曲线上的点的位置矢量及其初始值。Respectively represent the position vector of the point on the three-dimensional clothoid curve and its initial value.

将从始点的曲线的长度设为s,将其总长(从始点到终点的长度)设为h。用S表示用h除s的值。S是无纲量的值,将其称为曲线长变量。Let s be the length of the curve from the start point, and let its total length (the length from the start point to the end point) be h. Let S denote the value of dividing s by h. S is a value of a dimensionless quantity, which is referred to as a curve length variable.

i、j、k分别是x轴、y轴及z轴方向的单位矢量。i, j, and k are unit vectors in the x-axis, y-axis, and z-axis directions, respectively.

u是表示点P上的曲线的切线方向的单位矢量,由式(2)给出。E及E是旋转矩阵,分别表示k轴系的角度β的旋转及j轴系的角度α的旋转。将前者称为偏转(yaw)旋转,将后者称为倾斜(pitch)旋转。式(2),表示通过首先使i轴向的单位矢量在j轴系只转动α,而后,在k轴系只转动β,得到切线矢量u。u is a unit vector representing the tangential direction of the curve on the point P, and is given by Equation (2). E and E are rotation matrices, and represent the rotation of the angle β of the k-axis system and the rotation of the angle α of the j-axis system, respectively. The former is called yaw rotation, and the latter is called pitch rotation. Equation (2) indicates that the tangent vector u is obtained by first rotating the unit vector in the i-axis by only α on the j-axis, and then only rotating by β on the k-axis.

a0、a1、a2、b0、b1、b2是常数。a 0 , a 1 , a 2 , b 0 , b 1 , and b 2 are constants.

第5发明,如第4发明所述的工业制品的设计方法,其特征是:在三维坐标内指定多个空间点,通过采用所述三维回旋曲线插补这些空间点,设计所述工业制品的形状。The fifth invention is the method for designing an industrial product according to the fourth invention, wherein a plurality of spatial points are specified in three-dimensional coordinates, and the industrial product is designed by interpolating these spatial points using the three-dimensional clothoid curve. shape.

第6发明,如第5发明所述的工业制品的设计方法,其特征是:以在所述多个空间点,用一个三维回旋线段(构成通过插补生成的曲线群的单位曲线)和下个三维回旋线段(构成通过插补生成的曲线群的单位曲线),连接两者的位置、切线方法、法线方向及曲率的方式,算出所述三维回旋线段的7个参数a0、a1、a2、b0、b1、b2、h。The 6th invention is the design method of an industrial product according to the 5th invention, characterized in that: at the plurality of space points, a three-dimensional clothoid segment (a unit curve constituting a curve group generated by interpolation) and the following A three-dimensional clothoid segment (constituting the unit curve of the curve group generated by interpolation), and the position, tangent method, normal direction and curvature of the two are connected, and the seven parameters a 0 and a 1 of the three-dimensional clothoid segment are calculated. , a 2 , b 0 , b 1 , b 2 , h.

第7发明,如第6发明所述的工业制品的设计方法,其特征是:指定所述多个空间点中的始点及终点的切线方向、法线方向及曲率;通过在预先指定的所述空间点间重新插入插补对象,使加运算所述始点及所述终点的切线方向、法线方向及曲率的条件式、和用所述多个空间点上的一个三维回旋线段和下个三维回旋线段连接两者的位置、切线方向、法线方向及曲率的条件式的条件式数,与所述三维回旋线段的7个参数a0、a1、a2、b0、b1、b2、h的未知数一致;通过使条件式和未知数的数一致,算出所述三维回旋线段的7个参数a0、a1、a2、b0、b1、b2、h。The 7th invention is the design method of an industrial product according to the 6th invention, characterized in that: designate the tangent direction, normal direction and curvature of the start point and the end point among the plurality of spatial points; Re-insert the interpolation object between the spatial points, so that the conditional expressions of the tangent direction, the normal direction and the curvature of the starting point and the end point of the addition operation, and a three-dimensional clothoid segment on the multiple spatial points and the next three-dimensional The conditional expression number of the conditional expression of the position, tangent direction, normal direction and curvature of the clothoid segment connecting the two, and the seven parameters a 0 , a 1 , a 2 , b 0 , b 1 , b of the three-dimensional clothoid segment 2. The unknowns of h are consistent; by making the conditional formula consistent with the unknowns, the seven parameters a 0 , a 1 , a 2 , b 0 , b 1 , b 2 , h of the three-dimensional clothoid segment are calculated.

第8发明是一种工业制品,用如发明1~7中任何一项所述的工业制品的设计方法设计。The eighth invention is an industrial product designed by the method for designing an industrial product according to any one of inventions 1 to 7.

第9发明是一种程序,用于为了设计工业制品的形状,使计算机作为采用切线方向的倾角及偏转角分别由曲线长或曲线长变量的二次式给出的三维曲线(称为三维回旋曲线),设计工业制品的形状的手段而发挥作用。The ninth invention is a program for making a computer use a three-dimensional curve (referred to as a three-dimensional rondo) given by the curve length or the quadratic equation of the curve length variable using the inclination angle and the deflection angle in the tangential direction, respectively, in order to design the shape of an industrial product. line), which plays a role as a means of designing the shape of industrial products.

第10发明是一种计算机可读取的记录介质,在其上记录程序,该程序用于为了设计工业制品的形状,使计算机作为采用切线方向的倾角及偏转角分别由曲线长或曲线长变量的二次式给出的三维曲线(称为三维回旋曲线),设计工业制品的形状的手段而发挥作用。The tenth invention is a computer-readable recording medium on which is recorded a program for making the computer use the inclination angle and the deflection angle in the tangential direction as the curve length or the curve length variable, respectively, in order to design the shape of an industrial product. The three-dimensional curve given by the quadratic formula (called the three-dimensional clothoid curve) plays a role as a means of designing the shape of industrial products.

B.采用回旋曲线的数值控制方法B. Numerical control method using clothoid curve

以下,说明采用权利要求11~27所述的回旋曲线的数值控制方法的发明。Hereinafter, the invention using the numerical control method of the clothoid curve described in claims 11 to 27 will be described.

第11发明,为解决上述的问题,提供一种数值控制方法,其中,采用切线方向的倾角及偏转角分别由曲线长或曲线长变量的二次式给出的三维曲线(称为三维回旋曲线),表现工具轨迹或工件的轮廓形状,通过该三维曲线控制工具的运动。The 11th invention, in order to solve the above-mentioned problem, provides a kind of numerical control method, wherein, adopts the three-dimensional curve (referred to as three-dimensional clothoid curve) that the inclination angle and the deflection angle of the tangential direction are respectively given by the quadratic formula of the curve length or the curve length variable ), which represents the tool trajectory or the contour shape of the workpiece, and the movement of the tool is controlled by the three-dimensional curve.

第12发明,如第11发明所述的数值控制方法,其中按以下式定义三维回旋。A twelfth invention is the numerical control method according to the eleventh invention, wherein the three-dimensional convolution is defined by the following equation.

[数式3][Formula 3]

P = P 0 + ∫ 0 s uds = P 0 + h ∫ 0 S udS , 0≤s≤h, 0 ≤ S = s h ≤ 1 P = P 0 + ∫ 0 the s uds = P 0 + h ∫ 0 S wxya , 0≤s≤h, 0 ≤ S = the s h ≤ 1

                                       (1) (1)

uu == EE. kβkβ EE. jαjα (( ii )) == coscos ββ -- sinsin ββ 00 sinsin ββ coscos ββ 00 00 00 11 coscos αα 00 sinsin αα 00 11 00 -- sinsin αα 00 coscos αα 11 00 00 == coscos ββ coscos αα sinsin ββ coscos αα -- sinsin αα

                                        (2) (2)

α=a0+a1S+a2S2            (3)α=a 0 +a 1 S+a 2 S 2 (3)

β=b0+b1S+b2S2            (4)β=b 0 +b 1 S+b 2 S 2 (4)

此处,here,

[数式4][Formula 4]

PP == xx ythe y zz ,, PP 00 == xx 00 ythe y 00 zz 00 -- -- -- (( 55 ))

分别表示三维回旋曲线上的点的位置矢量及其初始值。Respectively represent the position vector of the point on the three-dimensional clothoid curve and its initial value.

将从始点的曲线的长度设为s,将其总长(从始点到终点的长度)设为h。用S表示用h除s的值。S是无纲量的值,将其称为曲线长变量。Let s be the length of the curve from the start point, and let its total length (the length from the start point to the end point) be h. Let S denote the value of dividing s by h. S is a value of a dimensionless quantity, which is referred to as a curve length variable.

i、j、k分别是x轴、y轴及z轴方向的单位矢量。i, j, and k are unit vectors in the x-axis, y-axis, and z-axis directions, respectively.

u是表示点P上的曲线的切线方向的单位矢量,由式(2)给出。E及E是旋转矩阵,分别表示k轴系的角度β的旋转及j轴系的角度α的旋转。将前者称为偏转(yaw)旋转,将后者称为倾斜(pitch)旋转。式(2),表示通过首先使i轴向的单位矢量在j轴系只转动α,而后,在k轴系只转动β,得到切线矢量u。u is a unit vector representing the tangential direction of the curve on the point P, and is given by Equation (2). E and E are rotation matrices, and represent the rotation of the angle β of the k-axis system and the rotation of the angle α of the j-axis system, respectively. The former is called yaw rotation, and the latter is called pitch rotation. Equation (2) indicates that the tangent vector u is obtained by first rotating the unit vector in the i-axis by only α on the j-axis, and then only rotating by β on the k-axis.

a0、a1、a2、b0、b1、b2是常数。a 0 , a 1 , a 2 , b 0 , b 1 , and b 2 are constants.

第13发明是一种数值控制装置,其中,采用切线方向的倾角及偏转角分别由曲线长或曲线长变量的二次式给出的三维曲线(称为三维回旋曲线),表现工具轨迹或工件的轮廓形状,通过该三维曲线控制工具的运动。The thirteenth invention is a numerical control device in which a tool locus or a workpiece is expressed using a three-dimensional curve (referred to as a three-dimensional clothoid curve) whose inclination angle and deflection angle in the tangential direction are respectively given by the curve length or the quadratic equation of the curve length variable. The outline shape of the 3D curve controls the movement of the tool.

第14发明是一种程序,用于为了数值控制工具的运动,使计算机作为采用切线方向的倾角及偏转角分别由曲线长或曲线长变量的二次式给出的三维曲线(称为三维回旋曲线),表现工具轨迹或工件的轮廓形状的手段而发挥作用。The 14th invention is a program for making the computer use a three-dimensional curve (referred to as a three-dimensional rondo) given by the curve length or the quadratic equation of the curve length variable, respectively, using the inclination angle and deflection angle in the tangential direction for numerically controlling the movement of the tool. line), it functions as a means of expressing the tool trajectory or the contour shape of the workpiece.

第15发明是一种计算机可读取的记录介质,在其上记录程序或由该程序得出的计算结果,该程序用于为了数值控制工具的运动,使计算机作为采用切线方向的倾角及偏转角分别由曲线长或曲线长变量的二次式给出的三维曲线(称为三维回旋曲线),表现工具轨迹或工件的轮廓形状的手段而发挥作用。The fifteenth invention is a computer-readable recording medium on which is recorded a program or a calculation result obtained by the program for numerically controlling the motion of the tool, making the computer use the inclination and deflection in the tangential direction The angle is a three-dimensional curve (called a three-dimensional clothoid curve) given by the curve length or the quadratic formula of the curve length variable, and it functions as a means of expressing the tool trajectory or the contour shape of the workpiece.

第16发明为解决上述问题,提供是一种数值控制方法,其中,采用切线方向的倾角及偏转角分别由曲线长或曲线长变量的二次式给出的三维曲线(三维回旋线段),插补在三维坐标内任意给出的点列间,通过该三维回旋线段控制工具的运动。In order to solve the above problems, the sixteenth invention provides a numerical control method in which a three-dimensional curve (three-dimensional clothoid segment) whose inclination angle and deflection angle in the tangential direction are respectively given by the curve length or the quadratic equation of the curve length variable is used, and interpolated Complement between the point columns arbitrarily given in the three-dimensional coordinates, and control the movement of the tool through the three-dimensional clothoid segment.

第17发明是一种数值控制方法,其中,将切线方向的倾角及偏转角分别由曲线长或曲线长变量的二次式给出的三维曲线(三维回旋线段)连接多根,通过该多根三维回旋线段控制工具的运动。The seventeenth invention is a numerical control method in which a plurality of three-dimensional curves (three-dimensional clothoid segments) whose inclination angle and deflection angle in the tangential direction are respectively given by the curve length or the quadratic equation of the curve length variable are connected, and through the plurality of A 3D clothoid segment controls the motion of the tool.

第18发明,如发明16或17所述的数值控制方法,其中按以下式定义三维回旋曲线。The eighteenth invention is the numerical control method according to the sixteenth or seventeenth invention, wherein the three-dimensional clothoid curve is defined by the following equation.

[数式5][Formula 5]

P = P 0 + ∫ 0 s uds = P 0 + h ∫ 0 S udS , 0≤s≤h, 0 ≤ S = s h ≤ 1 P = P 0 + ∫ 0 the s uds = P 0 + h ∫ 0 S wxya , 0≤s≤h, 0 ≤ S = the s h ≤ 1

                                     (1) (1)

uu == EE. kβkβ EE. jαjα (( ii )) == coscos ββ -- sinsin ββ 00 sinsin ββ coscos ββ 00 00 00 11 coscos αα 00 sinsin αα 00 11 00 -- sinsin αα 00 coscos αα 11 00 00 == coscos ββ coscos αα sinsin ββ coscos αα -- sinsin αα

                                     (2) (2)

α=a0+a1S+a2S2        (3)α=a 0 +a 1 S+a 2 S 2 (3)

β=b0+b1S+b2S2        (4)β=b 0 +b 1 S+b 2 S 2 (4)

此处,here,

[数式6][Formula 6]

PP == xx ythe y zz ,, PP 00 == xx 00 ythe y 00 zz 00 -- -- -- (( 55 ))

分别表示三维回旋曲线上的点的位置矢量及其初始值。Respectively represent the position vector of the point on the three-dimensional clothoid curve and its initial value.

将从始点的曲线的长度设为s,将其总长(从始点到终点的长度)设为h。用S表示用h除s的值。S是无纲量的值,将其称为曲线长变量。Let s be the length of the curve from the start point, and let its total length (the length from the start point to the end point) be h. Let S denote the value of dividing s by h. S is a value of a dimensionless quantity, which is referred to as a curve length variable.

i、j、k分别是x轴、y轴及z轴方向的单位矢量。i, j, and k are unit vectors in the x-axis, y-axis, and z-axis directions, respectively.

u是表示点P上的曲线的切线方向的单位矢量,由式(2)给出。E及E是旋转矩阵,分别表示k轴系的角度β的旋转及j轴系的角度α的旋转。将前者称为偏转(yaw)旋转,将后者称为倾斜(pitch)旋转。式(2),表示通过首先使i轴向的单位矢量在j轴系只转动α,而后,在k轴系只转动β,得到切线矢量u。u is a unit vector representing the tangential direction of the curve on the point P, and is given by Equation (2). E and E are rotation matrices, and represent the rotation of the angle β of the k-axis system and the rotation of the angle α of the j-axis system, respectively. The former is called yaw rotation, and the latter is called pitch rotation. Equation (2) indicates that the tangent vector u is obtained by first rotating the unit vector in the i-axis by only α on the j-axis, and then only rotating by β on the k-axis.

a0、a1、a2、b0、b1、b2是常数。a 0 , a 1 , a 2 , b 0 , b 1 , and b 2 are constants.

第19发明,如第18发明所述的数值控制方法,其特征是:在一个三维回旋线段和下个三维回旋线段的接头上,以两者的位置、切线方向(及根据情况曲率)连续的方式,算出所述三维回旋线段的7个参数a0、a1、a2、b0、b1、b2、h。The nineteenth invention, the numerical control method as described in the eighteenth invention, is characterized in that: on the joint of a three-dimensional clothoid segment and the next three-dimensional clothoid segment, the position and tangent direction (and curvature according to the situation) of the two are continuous In this way, the seven parameters a 0 , a 1 , a 2 , b 0 , b 1 , b 2 , and h of the three-dimensional clothoid segment are calculated.

第20发明是一种数值控制装置,其中,采用切线方向的倾角及偏转角分别由曲线长或曲线长变量的二次式给出的三维回旋线段,插补在三维坐标内任意给出的点列间,通过该三维回旋线段控制工具的运动。The 20th invention is a numerical control device in which a point arbitrarily given in three-dimensional coordinates is interpolated using a three-dimensional clothoid segment whose inclination angle and deflection angle in the tangential direction are respectively given by the curve length or the quadratic equation of the curve length variable Between columns, the movement of the tool is controlled by the three-dimensional clothoid segment.

第21发明是一种程序,用于为了数值控制工具的运动,使计算机作为采用切线方向的倾角及偏转角分别由曲线长或曲线长变量的二次式给出的三维回旋线段,插补在三维坐标内任意给出的点列间的手段而发挥作用。The 21st invention is a program for causing the computer to interpolate the three-dimensional clothoid segment using the inclination angle and the deflection angle in the tangential direction respectively given by the quadratic expression of the curve length or the curve length variable for numerically controlling the movement of the tool. It functions as a means between arbitrarily given point sequences in three-dimensional coordinates.

第22发明是一种计算机可读取的记录介质,在其上记录程序或由该程序得出的计算结果,该程序用于为了数值控制工具的运动,使计算机作为采用切线方向的倾角及偏转角分别由曲线长或曲线长变量的二次式给出的三维回旋线段,插补在三维坐标内任意给出的点列间的手段而发挥作用。The 22nd invention is a computer-readable recording medium on which a program or a calculation result obtained by the program is recorded, the program is used for numerically controlling the movement of the tool, and the computer is used as the inclination angle and the deflection in the tangential direction. The three-dimensional clothoid segments whose angles are given by the curve length or the quadratic formula of the curve length variable, respectively, function by means of interpolating between point sequences arbitrarily given in the three-dimensional coordinates.

第23发明是一种数值控制方法,其中:采用切线方向的倾角及偏转角分别由曲线长或曲线长变量的二次式给出的三维曲线(称为三维回旋曲线),表现工具轨迹或工件的轮廓形状;指定沿着所述三维曲线移动的工具的运动;按照指定的运动,按每单位时间算出工具的移动位置。此处,所谓运动,指的是作为时间的函数变化的位置信息。The 23rd invention is a numerical control method, wherein: a three-dimensional curve (referred to as a three-dimensional clothoid curve) whose inclination angle and deflection angle in the tangential direction are respectively given by the curve length or the quadratic equation of the curve length variable is used to express the tool path or the workpiece The shape of the contour; specify the motion of the tool moving along the three-dimensional curve; calculate the moving position of the tool per unit time according to the specified motion. Here, motion refers to positional information that changes as a function of time.

第24发明,如第23发明所述的数值控制方法,其中按以下公式定义三维回旋曲线。A twenty-fourth invention is the numerical control method according to the twenty-third invention, wherein the three-dimensional clothoid curve is defined by the following formula.

[数式7][Formula 7]

P = P 0 + ∫ 0 s uds = P 0 + h ∫ 0 S udS , 0≤s≤h, 0 ≤ S = s h ≤ 1 P = P 0 + ∫ 0 the s uds = P 0 + h ∫ 0 S wxya , 0≤s≤h, 0 ≤ S = the s h ≤ 1

                                      (1) (1)

uu == EE. kβkβ EE. jαjα (( ii )) == coscos ββ -- sinsin ββ 00 sinsin ββ coscos ββ 00 00 00 11 coscos αα 00 sinsin αα 00 11 00 -- sinsin αα 00 coscos αα 11 00 00 == coscos ββ coscos αα sinsin ββ coscos αα -- sinsin αα

                                        (2) (2)

α=a0+a1S+a2S2           (3)α=a 0 +a 1 S+a 2 S 2 (3)

β=b0+b1S+b2S2           (4)β=b 0 +b 1 S+b 2 S 2 (4)

此处,here,

[数式8][Formula 8]

PP == xx ythe y zz ,, PP 00 == xx 00 ythe y 00 zz 00 -- -- -- (( 55 ))

分别表示三维回旋曲线上的点的位置矢量及其初始值。Respectively represent the position vector of the point on the three-dimensional clothoid curve and its initial value.

将从始点的曲线的长度设为s,将其总长(从始点到终点的长度)设为h。用S表示用h除s的值。S是无纲量的值,将其称为曲线长变量。Let s be the length of the curve from the start point, and let its total length (the length from the start point to the end point) be h. Let S denote the value of dividing s by h. S is a value of a dimensionless quantity, which is referred to as a curve length variable.

i、j、k分别是x轴、y轴及z轴方向的单位矢量。i, j, and k are unit vectors in the x-axis, y-axis, and z-axis directions, respectively.

u是表示点P上的曲线的切线方向的单位矢量,由式(2)给出。E及E是旋转矩阵,分别表示k轴系的角度β的旋转及j轴系的角度α的旋转。将前者称为偏转(yaw)旋转,将后者称为倾斜(pitch)旋转。式(2),表示通过首先使i轴向的单位矢量在j轴系只转动α,而后,在k轴系只转动β,得到切线矢量u。a0、a1、a2、b0、b1、b2是常数。u is a unit vector representing the tangential direction of the curve on the point P, and is given by Equation (2). E and E are rotation matrices, and represent the rotation of the angle β of the k-axis system and the rotation of the angle α of the j-axis system, respectively. The former is called yaw rotation, and the latter is called pitch rotation. Equation (2) indicates that the tangent vector u is obtained by first rotating the unit vector in the i-axis by only α on the j-axis, and then only rotating by β on the k-axis. a 0 , a 1 , a 2 , b 0 , b 1 , and b 2 are constants.

第25发明是一种数值控制装置,其中:采用切线方向的倾角及偏转角分别由曲线长或曲线长变量的二次式给出的三维曲线(称为三维回旋曲线),表现工具轨迹或工件的轮廓形状;指定沿着所述三维曲线移动的工具的运动;按照指定的运动,按每单位时间算出工具的移动位置。此处,所谓运动,指的是作为时间函数变化的位置信息。The twenty-fifth invention is a numerical control device, wherein: a three-dimensional curve (referred to as a three-dimensional clothoid curve) whose inclination angle and deflection angle in the tangential direction are respectively given by the curve length or the quadratic equation of the curve length variable is used to express the tool path or the workpiece The shape of the contour; specify the motion of the tool moving along the three-dimensional curve; calculate the moving position of the tool per unit time according to the specified motion. Here, motion refers to positional information that changes as a function of time.

第26发明是一种程序,用于为了数值控制工具的运动,而使计算机作为以下手段发挥作用:采用切线方向的倾角及偏转角分别由曲线长或曲线长变量的二次式给出的三维回曲线(称为三维回旋曲线),表现工具轨迹或工件的轮廓形状的手段;指定沿着所述三维曲线移动的工具的运动的手段;按照指定的运动,按每单位时间算出工具的移动位置的手段。此处,所谓运动,指的是作为时间函数变化的位置信息。The twenty-sixth invention is a program for causing a computer to function as a means for numerically controlling the motion of a tool by using a three-dimensional method in which the inclination angle and deflection angle in the tangential direction are respectively given by the curve length or the quadratic formula of the curve length variable. Cloth curve (referred to as a three-dimensional clothoid curve), a means of expressing the trajectory of a tool or the contour shape of a workpiece; a means of specifying the motion of a tool moving along the three-dimensional curve; calculating the movement position of the tool per unit time according to the specified motion s method. Here, motion refers to positional information that changes as a function of time.

第27发明是一种计算机可读取的记录介质,在其上记录程序或由该程序得出的计算结果,该程序用于为了数值控制工具的运动,而使计算机作为以下手段发挥作用:采用切线方向的倾角及偏转角分别由曲线长或曲线长变量的二次式给出的三维回曲线(称为三维回旋曲线),表现工具轨迹或工件的轮廓形状的手段;指定沿着所述三维曲线移动的工具的运动的手段;按照指定的运动,按每单位时间算出工具的移动位置的手段。此处,所谓运动,指的是作为时间函数变化的位置信息。The twenty-seventh invention is a computer-readable recording medium on which is recorded a program for causing a computer to function as means for numerically controlling the movement of a tool, or a calculation result obtained by the program by using The inclination angle and deflection angle in the tangential direction are respectively given by the curve length or the quadratic formula of the curve length variable. The three-dimensional loop curve (called three-dimensional clothoid curve) is a means of expressing the contour shape of the tool trajectory or workpiece; specifying along the three-dimensional A means of moving the tool in a curve; a means of calculating the moving position of the tool per unit time according to the specified motion. Here, motion refers to positional information that changes as a function of time.

A.采用回旋曲线的工业制品的设计方法A. Design method of industrial products using clothoid curve

根据第1~10发明所述的发明,通过采用三维回旋曲线,能够设计使机械元件的运动流畅的运动的轨道。如果能够如此设计轨道,可实现力学上合理的运动,能够制造运动误差造成的机能下降或轨道损伤小的机械。According to the inventions described in the first to tenth inventions, by using the three-dimensional clothoid curve, it is possible to design a motion track that makes the motion of the machine element smooth. If the track can be designed in this way, mechanically reasonable motion can be realized, and a machine with less functional degradation or track damage caused by motion errors can be manufactured.

尤其对于螺丝装置,能够提供在设计滚动体的循环路径时必需的空间曲线的广用的发生方法。在滚动体沿着循环路径的空间曲线,伴随加减速度运动的情况下,可设计约束力变化流畅的设计。根据该特征,由于滚动体进行平稳、流畅的运动,因此能够提高螺丝装置的动力传递效率,抑制过大摩擦力或惯力的发生。从而能够防止部件的损伤,实现可靠性高的螺丝装置。Especially for screw devices, it is possible to provide a universal method of generating the spatial curves necessary for designing the circulation paths of the rolling elements. In the case that the rolling element moves along the space curve of the cyclic path with acceleration and deceleration, it is possible to design a design in which the constraint force changes smoothly. According to this feature, since the rolling elements move smoothly and smoothly, the power transmission efficiency of the screw device can be improved, and the occurrence of excessive frictional force or inertial force can be suppressed. Accordingly, damage to components can be prevented, and a highly reliable screw device can be realized.

此外,应用能够控制曲率变化图形的特征,可增加在产业领域的应用。例如,在要求审美的意匠的图案形状设计中,能够有效地应用该广用的曲线设计法。In addition, the application can control the characteristics of the curvature change graph, which can increase the application in the industrial field. For example, this widely-used curve design method can be effectively applied to the design of a pattern shape that requires aesthetics.

B.采用回旋曲线的数值控制方法B. Numerical control method using clothoid curve

根据第11~27发明所述的发明,由于曲线的主变量是曲线长或曲线长变量,并分别按曲线长或曲线长变量的二次式给出其切线方向的倾角及偏转角,因此可保证关于曲线长或曲线长变量,一次微分其得到的法线方向、及二次微分其得到的曲率是连续的。换句话讲,在一个回旋曲线中,法线方向及曲率是连接的。因此,可得到流畅的性质良好的曲线,实现力学上合理的速度变化的数值控制方式成为可能。According to the inventions described in the 11th to 27th inventions, since the main variable of the curve is the curve length or the curve length variable, and the inclination angle and the deflection angle of the tangential direction are given according to the quadratic formula of the curve length or the curve length variable respectively, it can be It is guaranteed that the normal direction obtained by the first differential and the curvature obtained by the second differential are continuous with respect to the length of the curve or the variable of the length of the curve. In other words, in a clothoid curve, the normal direction and the curvature are connected. Therefore, a smooth curve with good properties can be obtained, and it becomes possible to realize a numerical control method of a mechanically reasonable speed change.

附图说明 Description of drawings

图1是表示xy坐标上的二维回旋曲线的图示。FIG. 1 is a diagram representing a two-dimensional clothoid curve on xy coordinates.

图2是表示典型的二维回旋曲线的形状的图示。FIG. 2 is a diagram showing the shape of a typical two-dimensional clothoid curve.

图3是表示三维回旋曲线的倾角α及偏转角β的定义的图示。FIG. 3 is a diagram showing definitions of inclination α and deflection β of a three-dimensional clothoid curve.

图4是表示典型的三维回旋曲线的形状的图示。Fig. 4 is a diagram showing the shape of a typical three-dimensional clothoid curve.

图5是表示单位法线矢量的变化量的图示。FIG. 5 is a graph showing the amount of change of the unit normal vector.

图6是表示大小、形状相同但朝向相反的2个二维或三维回旋曲线的图示。Fig. 6 is a diagram showing two two-dimensional or three-dimensional clothoid curves with the same size and shape but opposite directions.

图7是表示三维回旋曲线的分割的图示。Fig. 7 is a diagram showing division of a three-dimensional clothoid curve.

图8是表示G2连续的插补的条件的图示。Fig. 8 is a diagram showing conditions of G2 - continuous interpolation.

图9是表示接触平面的概念的图示。FIG. 9 is a diagram showing the concept of a contact plane.

图10是表示回旋插补的方法的简要流程的图示。FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a schematic flow of a method of convolution interpolation.

图11是表示满足G2连续的条件的回旋插补的方法的简要流程的图示。FIG. 11 is a diagram showing a schematic flow of a convolution interpolation method satisfying the condition of G2 continuity.

图12是表示点P1、P2、P3的三维回旋插补的图示。Fig. 12 is a diagram showing three-dimensional convolutional interpolation of points P 1 , P 2 , P 3 .

图13是表示r=4的3D Discrete Clothoid Splines的图示。Figure 13 is a diagram showing 3D Discrete Clothoid Splines for r=4.

图14是说明3D Discrete Clothoid Splines的图示。Fig. 14 is a diagram illustrating 3D Discrete Clothoid Splines.

图15是通过插补生成的三维回旋曲线的透视图。Fig. 15 is a perspective view of a three-dimensional clothoid curve generated by interpolation.

图16是在横轴取从始点的移动距离、在纵轴取曲率的曲率变化曲线图。Fig. 16 is a curvature change graph in which the moving distance from the starting point is taken on the horizontal axis and the curvature is taken on the vertical axis.

图17是表示在两端点控制各值的三维回旋插补的简要流程的图示。Fig. 17 is a diagram showing a schematic flow of three-dimensional convolution interpolation in which values are controlled at both ends.

图18是表示在两端点控制各值的三维回旋插补的简图。Fig. 18 is a schematic diagram showing three-dimensional convolution interpolation in which values are controlled at both ends.

图19是表示实际进行插补的结果的图示。Fig. 19 is a graph showing the results of actually performing interpolation.

图20是表示从各曲线的始点的移动距离和曲率的关系的曲线图。FIG. 20 is a graph showing the relationship between the moving distance from the starting point of each curve and the curvature.

图21是表示中间点上的值的控制的图示。Fig. 21 is a diagram showing control of values at intermediate points.

图22是表示采用在始点及端点控制各值的三维回旋的插补法的简要流程的图示。Fig. 22 is a diagram showing a schematic flow of an interpolation method using a three-dimensional convolution that controls each value at a start point and an end point.

图23是表示r=4的3D Discrete Clothoid Splines的图示。Figure 23 is a diagram showing 3D Discrete Clothoid Splines for r=4.

图24是表示生成的多角形的图示。Fig. 24 is a diagram showing generated polygons.

图25是表示点P1、P2、P3的三维回旋插补的图示。Fig. 25 is a diagram showing three-dimensional convolutional interpolation of points P 1 , P 2 , P 3 .

图26是表示生成的曲线和多角形的图示。Fig. 26 is a diagram showing generated curves and polygons.

图27是插入点的图示。Figure 27 is an illustration of insertion points.

图28是表示分割的三维回旋曲线的图示。Fig. 28 is a diagram representing a segmented three-dimensional clothoid curve.

图29是表示生成的曲线的图示。Fig. 29 is a diagram showing the generated curves.

图30是表示从各曲线的始点的移动距离s和曲率κ的关系的曲线图。FIG. 30 is a graph showing the relationship between the moving distance s from the starting point of each curve and the curvature κ.

图31是表示反向器为螺母和其它反向器方式的滚珠丝杠的图示。Fig. 31 is a diagram showing a ball screw in which the reverser is a nut and other reverser methods.

图32是表示反向器为与螺母一体的滚珠丝杠的螺母的图示。Fig. 32 is a diagram showing a nut in which the reverser is a ball screw integrated with the nut.

图33A是看见滚珠循环槽的状态的螺母的立体图。Fig. 33A is a perspective view of the nut with the ball circulation groove seen.

图33B是看见负荷滚珠滚道槽的状态的螺母的立体图。33B is a perspective view of the nut in a state where the loaded ball rolling groove is seen.

图34是表示在丝杠轴上组装螺母的状态的图示。Fig. 34 is a diagram showing a state where a nut is assembled on a screw shaft.

图35是以往的滚珠丝杠的循环路径的展开图。Fig. 35 is a developed view of a circulation path of a conventional ball screw.

图36是表示以往的滚珠丝杠的循环路径的曲率的曲线图。FIG. 36 is a graph showing the curvature of the circulation path of a conventional ball screw.

图37是表示滚珠中心的轨道的图示。Figure 37 is a diagram showing the track of the center of the ball.

图38是表示坐标系的图示。Fig. 38 is a diagram showing a coordinate system.

图39是表示从z轴上看的坐标系的图示。Fig. 39 is a diagram showing a coordinate system viewed from the z-axis.

图40是表示绘出沿丝杠槽移动的滚珠的中心的轨迹的曲线的图示。FIG. 40 is a diagram representing a curve plotting a locus of the center of a ball moving along a screw groove.

图41是表示从y轴上看的曲线C0和C1的图示。FIG. 41 is a graph showing curves C0 and C1 viewed from the y-axis.

图42是表示从z轴上看的点Ps附近的曲线C0和C1的图示。FIG. 42 is a graph showing curves C0 and C1 around the point Ps viewed from the z-axis.

图43是插入点P2的图示。Figure 43 is an illustration of the insertion point P2 .

图44是表示生成的回归路径和曲线C0的图示。FIG. 44 is a diagram showing the generated regression path and curve C0 .

图45是表示从点Pe的移动距离和曲率的关系的图示。Fig. 45 is a graph showing the relationship between the moving distance from the point Pe and the curvature.

图46是表示x、y坐标上的二维回旋曲线的图示。Fig. 46 is a diagram representing a two-dimensional clothoid curve on x, y coordinates.

图47是表示二维回旋曲线的图示。Fig. 47 is a graph showing a two-dimensional clothoid curve.

图48是表示三维回旋曲线的α、β的定义的图示。Fig. 48 is a diagram showing definitions of α and β of a three-dimensional clothoid curve.

图49是表示典型的三维回旋曲线的图形的图示。Fig. 49 is a diagram representing a graph of a typical three-dimensional clothoid curve.

图50是表示G2连续的插补的条件的图示。Fig. 50 is a diagram showing conditions of G2 continuous interpolation.

图51是表示接触平面的概念的图示。Fig. 51 is a diagram showing the concept of a contact plane.

图52是表示回旋插补方法的简要流程的图示。Fig. 52 is a diagram showing a schematic flow of the convolution interpolation method.

图53是表示满足G2连续的条件的回旋插补的方法的简要流程的图示。FIG. 53 is a diagram showing a schematic flow of a convolution interpolation method satisfying the condition of G2 continuity.

图54是表示点P1、P2、P3的三维回旋插补的图示。Fig. 54 is a diagram showing three-dimensional convolutional interpolation of points P 1 , P 2 , and P 3 .

图55是表示r=4的3D Discrete Clothoid Splines的图示。Figure 55 is a diagram showing 3D Discrete Clothoid Splines for r=4.

图56是说明3D Discrete Clothoid Splines的图示。Figure 56 is a diagram illustrating 3D Discrete Clothoid Splines.

图57是通过插补生成的三维回旋曲线的透视图。Fig. 57 is a perspective view of a three-dimensional clothoid curve generated by interpolation.

图58是在横轴从始点的移动距离、在纵轴取得曲率的曲率变化曲线图。Fig. 58 is a curve graph showing the movement distance from the starting point on the horizontal axis and the curvature change graph on the vertical axis.

图59是表示在两端点控制各值的三维回旋插补的简要流程的图示。Fig. 59 is a diagram showing a schematic flow of three-dimensional convolution interpolation in which values are controlled at both ends.

图60是表示在两端点控制各值的三维回旋插补的简图。Fig. 60 is a schematic diagram showing three-dimensional convolutional interpolation in which values are controlled at both ends.

图61是表示实际进行插补的结果的图示。Fig. 61 is a graph showing the result of actually performing interpolation.

图62是表示从各曲线的始点的移动距离和曲率的关系的曲线图。Fig. 62 is a graph showing the relationship between the moving distance from the starting point of each curve and the curvature.

图63是表示中间点上的值的控制的图示。Fig. 63 is a diagram showing control of values at intermediate points.

图64是表示采用在始点及端点控制各值的三维回旋的插补法的简要流程的图示。Fig. 64 is a diagram showing a schematic flow of an interpolation method using three-dimensional convolution that controls values at the start point and end point.

图65是表示r=4的3D Discrete Clothoid Splines的图示。Figure 65 is a diagram showing 3D Discrete Clothoid Splines for r=4.

图66是表示生成的多角形的图示。Fig. 66 is a diagram showing generated polygons.

图67是表示点P1、P2、P3的三维回旋插补的图示。Fig. 67 is a diagram showing three-dimensional convolutional interpolation of points P 1 , P 2 , and P 3 .

图68是表示生成的曲线和多角形的图示。Fig. 68 is a diagram showing generated curves and polygons.

图69是插入点的图示。Figure 69 is an illustration of an insertion point.

图70是表示分割的三维回旋曲线的图示。Fig. 70 is a diagram representing a segmented three-dimensional clothoid curve.

图71是表示生成的曲线的图示。Fig. 71 is a diagram showing a generated curve.

图72是表示从各曲线的始点的移动距离s和曲率κ的关系的曲线图。FIG. 72 is a graph showing the relationship between the moving distance s from the starting point of each curve and the curvature κ.

图73是表示数值控制方法的工序图。Fig. 73 is a flowchart showing a numerical control method.

图74是表示以往的样条曲线的比较图。Fig. 74 is a comparison diagram showing conventional spline curves.

具体实施方式 Detailed ways

A.采用回旋曲线的工业制品的设计方法A. Design method of industrial products using clothoid curve

以下,关于采用回旋曲线的工业制品的设计方法的发明的实施方式,分1.三维回旋曲线的定义和特征、2.采用三维回旋曲线的插补法、3.采用三维回旋插补,设计作为螺丝装置的滚珠丝杠的回归路径的方法、4.采用三维回旋插补的数值控制方法,依次说明。Hereinafter, regarding the embodiment of the invention of the design method of an industrial product using a clothoid curve, it is divided into 1. the definition and characteristics of a three-dimensional clothoid curve, 2. the interpolation method using a three-dimensional clothoid curve, and 3. the use of a three-dimensional clothoid interpolation method to design as The method of the return path of the ball screw of the screw device, and 4. The numerical control method using three-dimensional convolution interpolation will be described in order.

1.三维回旋曲线的定义和特征1. Definition and characteristics of three-dimensional clothoid curve

(1-1)三维回旋的基本方式(1-1) The basic method of three-dimensional rotation

回旋曲线(Clothoid curve),别名还称为柯纽的螺旋(Cornu’s spiral),是与曲线的长度成正比地变化曲率的曲线。Clothoid curve, also known as Cornu's spiral, is a curve whose curvature changes proportionally to the length of the curve.

发明者已经提出的二维的回旋曲线,是平面曲线(二维曲线)的一种,在图1所示的xy坐标上,用下式表示。The two-dimensional clothoid curve proposed by the inventor is a type of plane curve (two-dimensional curve), and is represented by the following equation on the xy coordinates shown in FIG. 1 .

[数式9][Formula 9]

P = P 0 + ∫ 0 s e jφ ds = P 0 + h ∫ 0 S e jφ dS , 0≤s≤h, 0 ≤ S = s h ≤ 1 P = P 0 + ∫ 0 the s e jφ ds = P 0 + h ∫ 0 S e jφ wxya , 0≤s≤h, 0 ≤ S = the s h ≤ 1

                                                 (1-1)(1-1)

φ=c0+c1s+c2s2=φ0vS+φuS2                       (1-2)φ=c 0 +c 1 s+c 2 s 2 =φ 0v S+φ u S 2 (1-2)

此处,here,

[数式10][Formula 10]

P=x+jy, j = - 1 - - - ( 1 - 3 ) P=x+jy, j = - 1 - - - ( 1 - 3 )

是表示曲线上的点的位置矢量,is the position vector representing the point on the curve,

[数式11][Formula 11]

P0=x0+jy0                 (1-4)P 0 =x 0 +jy 0 (1-4)

是其初始值(始点的位置矢量)。is its initial value (the position vector of the starting point).

[数式12][Formula 12]

e=cos φ+jsin φ                  (1-5)e = cos φ + jsin φ (1-5)

是表示曲线的切线方向的位置矢量(长度为1矢量),该方向Φ从原线(x轴方向)逆时针测定。如果在该单位矢量中乘以微小长度ds积分,可求出曲线上的点P。is a position vector (vector with a length of 1) representing the tangent direction of the curve, and this direction Φ is measured counterclockwise from the original line (x-axis direction). If this unit vector is multiplied by a small length ds integral, the point P on the curve can be obtained.

将沿着曲线测定的曲线的从始点的长度设为s,将其总长(从始点到终点的长度)设为h。用S表示用h除s的值。S是无纲量的值,将其称为曲线长变量。Let the length from the start point of the curve measured along the curve be s, and let the total length (length from the start point to the end point) be h. Let S denote the value of dividing s by h. S is a value of a dimensionless quantity, which is referred to as a curve length variable.

回旋曲线的特征,如式(1-2)所示,在于用曲线长s或曲线变量S的二次式表示切线方向角Φ。c0、c1、c2或Φo、Φv、Φu是二次式的系数,将这些数及曲线的总长h称为回旋的参数。图2表示一般的回旋曲线的形状。The characteristic of the clothoid curve, as shown in the formula (1-2), is that the tangent direction angle Φ is expressed by the quadratic formula of the curve length s or the curve variable S. c 0 , c 1 , c 2 or Φ o , Φ v , Φ u are the coefficients of the quadratic equation, and these numbers and the total length h of the curve are called the parameters of the convolution. Figure 2 shows the shape of a general clothoid curve.

三维扩张以上的关系,制作三维回旋曲线的式。以往不知道给出三维回旋曲线的式,所以发明者们最初导出其式。For the relationship above three-dimensional expansion, create an expression for a three-dimensional clothoid curve. The formula for giving a three-dimensional clothoid curve was not known in the past, so the inventors first derived the formula.

按以下的式定义三维回旋曲线。The three-dimensional clothoid curve is defined by the following equation.

[数式13][Formula 13]

P = P 0 + ∫ 0 s uds = P 0 + h ∫ 0 S udS , 0≤s≤h, 0 ≤ S = s h ≤ 1 P = P 0 + ∫ 0 the s uds = P 0 + h ∫ 0 S wxya , 0≤s≤h, 0 ≤ S = the s h ≤ 1

                                        (1-6)(1-6)

uu == EE. kβkβ EE. jαjα (( ii )) == coscos ββ -- sinsin ββ 00 sinsin ββ coscos ββ 00 00 00 11 coscos αα 00 sinsin αα 00 11 00 -- sinsin αα 00 coscos αα 11 00 00 == coscos ββ coscos αα sinsin ββ coscos αα -- sinsin αα

                                         (1-7)(1-7)

α=a0+a1S+a2S2          (1-8)α=a 0 +a 1 S+a 2 S 2 (1-8)

β=b0+b1S+b2S2          (1-9),β=b 0 +b 1 S+b 2 S 2 (1-9),

此处,here,

[数式14][Formula 14]

PP == xx ythe y zz ,, PP 00 == xx 00 ythe y 00 zz 00 -- -- -- (( 11 -- 1010 ))

分别表示三维回旋曲线上的点的位置矢量及其初始值。i、j、k分别是x轴、y轴及z轴方向的单位矢量。Respectively represent the position vector of the point on the three-dimensional clothoid curve and its initial value. i, j, and k are unit vectors in the x-axis, y-axis, and z-axis directions, respectively.

u是表示点P上的曲线的切线方向的单位矢量,由式(1-7)给出。在式(1-7)中,E及E是旋转矩阵,如图3所示,分别表示k轴(z轴)系的角度β的旋转及j轴(y轴)系的角度α的旋转。将前者称为偏转(yaw)旋转,将后者称为倾斜(pitch)旋转。式(1-7),表示通过首先使i轴(x轴)向的单位矢量在j轴(y轴)系只转动α,而后在k轴(z轴)系只转动β,得到切线矢量u。u is a unit vector representing the tangent direction of the curve on point P, and is given by equation (1-7). In formula (1-7), E and E are rotation matrices, as shown in Figure 3, which represent the rotation of the angle β in the k-axis (z-axis) system and the angle α in the j-axis (y-axis) system, respectively. rotate. The former is called yaw rotation, and the latter is called pitch rotation. Equation (1-7) indicates that the tangent vector u is obtained by first rotating the unit vector in the direction of the i-axis (x-axis) by α in the j-axis (y-axis) system, and then by only rotating β in the k-axis (z-axis) system .

也就是,在二维时,由从x轴的倾斜角度Φ得到表示曲线的切线方向的单位矢量e。在三维时,可由从倾角α及偏转角β得到曲线的切线矢量u。如果倾角α为0,可得到以xy平面卷起的二维回旋曲线,如果偏转角β为0,可得到以xz平面卷起的二维回旋曲线。如果在切线方向矢量u中乘以微小长ds地积分,可得到三维回旋曲线。That is, in two dimensions, the unit vector e representing the tangential direction of the curve is obtained from the inclination angle Φ from the x-axis. In three dimensions, the tangent vector u of the curve can be obtained from the inclination angle α and the deflection angle β. If the inclination angle α is 0, a two-dimensional clothoid curve rolled up in the xy plane can be obtained, and if the deflection angle β is 0, a two-dimensional clothoid curve rolled up in the xz plane can be obtained. If the integral is multiplied by the small length ds in the tangential direction vector u, a three-dimensional clothoid curve can be obtained.

在三维回旋曲线中,切线矢量的倾角α及偏转角β,分别如式(1-8)及式(1-9)所示,可由曲线长变量S的二次式给出。这样一来,能够自由选择切线方向的变化,并且还能在其变化中使其具有连续性。In the three-dimensional clothoid curve, the inclination angle α and the deflection angle β of the tangent vector are shown in formula (1-8) and formula (1-9) respectively, which can be given by the quadratic formula of the curve length variable S. In this way, the change in the direction of the tangent can be freely chosen and also given continuity in its change.

如以上的式所示,三维回旋曲线被定义为“是分别用曲线长变量的二次式表示切线方向的倾角α及偏转角β的曲线”。As shown in the above formula, the three-dimensional clothoid curve is defined as "a curve in which the inclination angle α and the deflection angle β in the tangential direction are respectively expressed by the quadratic equation of the curve length variable".

从P0开始的一个三维回旋曲线,由A three-dimensional clothoid curve starting from P 0 , given by

[数式15][Formula 15]

a0,a1,a2,b0,b1,b2,h                (1-11)a 0 , a 1 , a 2 , b 0 , b 1 , b 2 , h (1-11)

这7个参数确定。a0~b2的6个变量具有角度的单位,表示回旋曲线的形状。与此相反,h具有长度的单位,表示回旋曲线的大小。作为三维回旋曲线的典型的例子,有图4所示的螺旋状的曲线。These 7 parameters are determined. The six variables of a 0 to b 2 have angle units and represent the shape of the clothoid curve. In contrast, h has units of length, representing the size of the clothoid curve. A typical example of a three-dimensional clothoid curve is a spiral curve shown in FIG. 4 .

(1-2)三维回旋曲线上的弗雷涅标架和曲率(1-2) Fresney frame and curvature on three-dimensional clothoid

在具有任意的三元曲线时,规定以t作为参数以R(t)表示。尤其,在以从始点的移动距离s作为参数时,以R(s)表示。When there is an arbitrary ternary curve, it is specified that t is used as a parameter and expressed as R(t). In particular, when the moving distance s from the starting point is used as a parameter, it is represented by R(s).

如果把具有ds程度差的曲线上的2点的相对位置矢量dR(s)的绝对值看作线素ds,在ds和dt的之间具有下式(2-1)的关系。为简化利用参数t的R的微分,在字母上附加圆点表示。If the absolute value of the relative position vector dR(s) of two points on the curve having a degree difference of ds is regarded as the linear element ds, the relationship of the following formula (2-1) exists between ds and dt. To simplify the differentiation of R using the parameter t, dots are attached to the letters.

[数式16][Formula 16]

dsds == || dRd (( tt )) || == || dRd (( tt )) dtdt || dtdt == || RR ·· || == RR ·· ·· RR ·· dtdt -- -- -- (( 22 -- 11 ))

由于单位切线矢量u(t)使曲线的线素矢量dR(t)标准化,所以如果参照式(2-1),可用式(2-2)表示。Since the unit tangent vector u(t) normalizes the line element vector dR(t) of the curve, it can be expressed by formula (2-2) if referring to formula (2-1).

[数式17][Formula 17]

uu (( tt )) == dRd (( tt )) || dRd (( tt )) || == dRd (( tt )) dsds == RR ·· || RR ·· (( tt )) || -- -- -- (( 22 -- 22 ))

接着,考虑单位切线矢量的变化量du。图5表示单位法线矢量的变化量。由于在是直线时切线方向不变化,因此是du(t)={0,0,0},但在曲线时不这样,分离距离ds的位置上的单位切线矢量的变化量du与切线矢量u正交。这也可从如果微分u·u=1的关系,就可得到正交关系u·du=0中弄清。使该单位切线矢量的变化量du标准化的,是单位主法线矢量n(t)。也就是,用式(2-3)表示单位主法线矢量n(t)Next, the change amount du of the unit tangent vector is considered. Fig. 5 shows the amount of change of the unit normal vector. Since the tangent direction does not change when it is a straight line, it is du(t)={0, 0, 0}, but it is not like this when it is a curve, the change of the unit tangent vector du at the position of the separation distance ds and the tangent vector u Orthogonal. This can also be clarified from the fact that if the relation u·u=1 is differentiated, the orthogonal relation u·du=0 can be obtained. What normalizes the change amount du of the unit tangent vector is the unit main normal vector n(t). That is, the unit main normal vector n(t) is represented by formula (2-3)

[数式18][Formula 18]

nno (( tt )) == uu ·&Center Dot; (( tt )) || uu ·&Center Dot; (( tt )) || -- -- -- (( 22 -- 33 ))

法线方向以人朝切线方向时的左方向为正。更确切地讲,在由矢量du和单位切线矢量u(t)制作的平面内,将从单位切线矢量u(t)向逆时针方向旋转90度的方向定义为单位主法线矢量n(t)的正方向。The normal direction is positive when the person faces the tangent direction to the left. More precisely, in the plane made by the vector du and the unit tangent vector u(t), the direction rotated 90 degrees counterclockwise from the unit tangent vector u(t) is defined as the unit principal normal vector n(t ) in the positive direction.

此外,从法线矢量b(t),是与单位切线矢量u(t)和单位主法线矢量n(t)的双方正交的矢量,由式(2-4)定义。Also, the slave normal vector b(t) is a vector orthogonal to both the unit tangent vector u(t) and the unit main normal vector n(t), and is defined by Equation (2-4).

[数式19][Formula 19]

b(t)=u(t)×n(t)       (2-4)b(t)=u(t)×n(t) (2-4)

将定义的单位切线矢量u(t)、单位主法线矢量n(t)、法线矢量b(t)规定为3个矢量组{u(t)、n(t)、b(t)}的,被称为曲线的位置R(t)上的弗雷涅标架(Frenet Frame)。Define the defined unit tangent vector u(t), unit principal normal vector n(t), and normal vector b(t) as three vector groups {u(t), n(t), b(t)} , is called the Frenet Frame on the position R(t) of the curve.

接着,叙述单位切线矢量沿着曲线的线素弯曲的比例即曲率κ。三维上的曲率用式(2-5)定义。Next, the curvature κ which is the rate at which the unit tangent vector bends along the line element of the curve will be described. The curvature in three dimensions is defined by formula (2-5).

[数式20][Formula 20]

κκ (( tt )) == || || RR ·&Center Dot; (( tt )) ×× RR ·&Center Dot; ·&Center Dot; (( tt )) || || || || RR ·· (( tt )) || || 33 -- -- -- (( 22 -- 55 ))

关于以上定义的三维曲线上的基本的量,用在三维回旋曲线中作为参数采用曲线长变量S的表现记述。Regarding the basic quantity on the three-dimensional curve defined above, it is described by using the curve length variable S as a parameter in the three-dimensional clothoid curve.

在考虑任意的三维回旋曲线P(S)时,单位切线矢量u(S),可由式(2-2),用式(2-6)表示。When considering any three-dimensional clothoid curve P(S), the unit tangent vector u(S) can be expressed by formula (2-2) and formula (2-6).

[数式21][Formula 21]

uu (( SS )) == PP ′′ (( SS )) || PP ′′ (( SS )) || -- -- -- (( 22 -- 66 ))

此外,如果单位切线矢量u(S)考虑三维回旋曲线的定义式(1-7)、(1-8)、(1-9),也能够用下式(2-7)表示。在本说明书中,主要采用这些表现。Furthermore, the unit tangent vector u(S) can also be represented by the following equation (2-7) if the definition equations (1-7), (1-8), and (1-9) of the three-dimensional clothoid curve are considered. In this specification, these representations are mainly used.

[数式22][Formula 22]

uu (( SS )) == coscos ββ (( SS )) coscos αα (( SS )) sinsin ββ (( SS )) coscos αα (( SS )) -- sinsin αα (( SS )) -- -- -- (( 22 -- 77 ))

用式(2-8)表示按三维回旋曲线的单位切线矢量u(S)的曲线长变量S1阶微分的,用式(2-9)表示其大小。Use formula (2-8) to express the curve length variable S1 order differential according to the unit tangent vector u(S) of the three-dimensional clothoid curve, and use formula (2-9) to express its magnitude.

[数式23][Formula 23]

uu ′′ (( SS )) == -- αα ′′ (( SS )) coscos ββ (( SS )) sinsin αα (( SS )) -- ββ ′′ (( SS )) sinsin ββ (( SS )) coscos αα (( SS )) -- αα ′′ (( SS )) sinsin ββ (( SS )) sinsin αα (( SS )) -- ββ ′′ (( SS )) coscos ββ (( SS )) coscos αα (( SS )) -- αα ′′ (( SS )) coscos αα (( SS ))

                                    (2-8)(2-8)

|| || uu ′′ (( SS )) || || == αα ′′ (( SS )) 22 ++ ββ ′′ (( SS )) 22 coscos 22 αα (( SS )) -- -- -- (( 22 -- 99 ))

接着,考虑单位主法线矢量n(S)。由于用式(2-3)表示三维曲线的法线矢量,所以三维回旋曲线的法线矢量,用式(2-10)表示。Next, consider the unit principal normal vector n(S). Since the normal vector of the three-dimensional curve is expressed by formula (2-3), the normal vector of the three-dimensional clothoid curve is expressed by formula (2-10).

[数式24][Formula 24]

nno (( SS )) == uu ′′ (( SS )) || || uu ′′ (( SS )) || ||

== 11 αα ′′ (( SS )) 22 ++ ββ ′′ (( SS )) 22 coscos 22 αα (( SS )) -- αα ′′ (( SS )) coscos ββ (( SS )) sinsin αα (( SS )) -- ββ ′′ (( SS )) sinsin ββ (( SS )) coscos αα (( SS )) -- αα ′′ (( SS )) sinsin ββ (( SS )) sinsin αα (( SS )) ++ ββ ′′ (( SS )) coscos ββ (( SS )) coscos αα (( SS )) -- αα ′′ (( SS )) coscos αα (( SS ))

                                       (2-10)(2-10)

关于从法线矢量b(S),规定由式(2-4)从式(2-7)的单位切线矢量u(S)和式(2-10)的单位主法线矢量n(S)求出。Regarding the secondary normal vector b(S), it is stipulated that the unit tangent vector u(S) from the formula (2-7) and the unit main normal vector n(S) from the formula (2-10) are defined by the formula (2-4) Find out.

[数式25][Formula 25]

b(S)=u(S)×n(S)               (2-11)b(S)=u(S)×n(S) (2-11)

最后是关于曲率,如果变形式(2-5),用式(2-12)表示。Finally, regarding the curvature, if the form (2-5) is changed, it can be expressed by formula (2-12).

[数式26][Formula 26]

κκ (( SS )) == || || PP ′′ (( SS )) ×× PP ′′ ′′ (( SS )) || || || || PP ′′ (( SS )) || || 33 == || || uu ′′ (( SS )) || || hh == αα ′′ (( SS )) 22 ++ ββ ′′ (( SS )) 22 coscos 22 αα (( SS )) hh

                                        (2-12)(2-12)

由以上,可从曲线长变量S求出三维回旋曲线上的各点上的弗雷涅标架和曲率κ。From the above, the Fresnel frame and curvature κ at each point on the three-dimensional clothoid curve can be obtained from the curve length variable S.

(1-3)朝向相反的三维回旋曲线的生成(1-3) Generation of three-dimensional clothoid curves facing opposite

考虑生成图6所示的大小、形状与某三维回旋曲线相同而朝向相反的三维回旋曲线。Consider generating a three-dimensional clothoid curve shown in Figure 6 that has the same size and shape as a certain three-dimensional clothoid curve but with the opposite orientation.

假设具有始点Ps和终点Pe,三维回旋曲线的回旋参数,具有由h、a0、a1、a2、b0、b1、b2等7个值确定的三维回旋曲线C1。此时,切线旋转角α1、β1,用下式(2-13)(2-14)表示。Assume that there is a start point P s and an end point Pe , the three-dimensional clothoid curve parameters, and a three-dimensional clothoid curve C 1 determined by seven values including h, a 0 , a 1 , a 2 , b 0 , b 1 , and b 2 . At this time, the tangential rotation angles α 1 and β 1 are represented by the following formulas (2-13) (2-14).

[数式27][Formula 27]

α1=a0+a1S+a2S2          (2-13)α 1 =a 0 +a 1 S+a 2 S 2 (2-13)

β1=b0+b1S+b2S2          (2-14)β 1 =b 0 +b 1 S+b 2 S 2 (2-14)

在生成大小、形状与该三维回旋曲线相同而朝向相反的三维回旋曲线C2中,如果将始点设定为P’s,将P’e作为终点,分别为P’s=Pe、P’e=Ps。首先考虑曲线长h,但如果考虑是大小相同,曲线长在曲线C1、C2中相等。接着,三维回旋曲线C2上的切线t,如果考虑朝向与通常相同的坐标的三维回旋曲线C1上的切线t相反,则在曲线C1的切线旋转角α1、β1和曲线C2的切线方向旋转角α2、β2的之间,具有下记关系。In generating a three-dimensional clothoid curve C 2 with the same size and shape as the three-dimensional clothoid curve but with the opposite orientation, if the starting point is set as P' s and P' e is used as the end point, P' s =P e , P' e = P s . First consider the curve length h, but if the size is considered to be the same, the curve lengths are equal in the curves C 1 and C 2 . Next, if the tangent line t on the three-dimensional clothoid curve C2 is considered to be oriented opposite to the tangent line t on the three-dimensional clothoid curve C1 with the same coordinates in general, the tangent rotation angles α1 , β1 of the curve C1 and the curve C2 There is the following relationship between the tangential rotation angles α 2 and β 2 .

[数式28][Formula 28]

α2(S)=α1(1-S)+π         (2-15)α 2 (S)=α 1 (1-S)+π (2-15)

β2(S)=β1(1-S)           (2-16)β 2 (S) = β 1 (1-S) (2-16)

如果整理这些式,用下记式(2-7)(2-18)表示。When these formulas are arranged, they are represented by the following formulas (2-7) (2-18).

[数式29][Formula 29]

α2(S)=(a0+a1+a2+π)-(a1+2a2)S+a2S2     (2-17)α 2 (S)=(a 0 +a 1 +a 2 +π)-(a 1 +2a 2 )S+a 2 S 2 (2-17)

β2(S)=(b0+b1+b2)-(b1+2b2)S+b2S2       (2-18)β 2 (S)=(b 0 +b 1 +b 2 )-(b 1 +2b 2 )S+b 2 S 2 (2-18)

由于由此确定剩余的参数,所以曲线C2的回旋参数h’、a’0、a’1、a’2、b’0、b’1、b’2,采用曲线C1的参数,可用式(2-19)表示。Since the remaining parameters are thus determined, the convolution parameters h', a' 0 , a' 1 , a' 2 , b' 0 , b' 1 , b' 2 of the curve C 2 can be used by using the parameters of the curve C 1 Formula (2-19) represents.

[数式30][Formula 30]

PP sthe s ′′ == PP ee aa 00 ′′ == aa 00 ++ aa 11 ++ aa 22 ++ ππ aa 11 ′′ == -- (( aa 11 ++ 22 aa 22 )) aa 22 ′′ == aa 22 bb 00 ′′ == bb 00 ++ bb 11 ++ bb 22 bb 11 ′′ == -- (( bb 11 ++ 22 bb 22 )) bb 22 ′′ == bb 22 hh ′′ == hh -- -- -- (( 22 -- 1919 ))

如果采用该关系式,能够生成大小、形状相同而朝向相反的三维回旋曲线。Using this relational expression, it is possible to generate three-dimensional clothoid curves having the same size and shape but opposite directions.

(1-4)三维回旋曲线的分割(1-4) Segmentation of three-dimensional clothoid curve

假设具有始点P1和终点P2,三维回旋曲线的回旋参数,具有由h、a0、a1、a2、b0、b1、b2等7个值确定的三维回旋曲线C0。此时如图7所示,用途中的曲线长变量为S=Sd的点Pm分割连结点P1、P2的三维回旋曲线C0,下面考虑分割成曲线C1和C2的方法。Assume that there is a start point P 1 and an end point P 2 , the three-dimensional clothoid curve parameters, and a three-dimensional clothoid curve C 0 determined by seven values including h, a 0 , a 1 , a 2 , b 0 , b 1 , and b 2 . At this time, as shown in Figure 7, the curve length variable in the application is the point P m of S=S d to divide the three-dimensional clothoid curve C 0 connecting the points P 1 and P 2 , and consider the method of dividing it into curves C 1 and C 2 .

考虑分割的曲线中的以点P1为始点的曲线C1。如果考虑曲线长h,由三维回旋曲线的定义得知,曲线C1的曲线长h1等于曲线C0的曲线长h0的Sd倍。此外,如果将表示曲线C1上的点时的曲线C0的曲线长变量设为S0,将曲线C1的曲线长变量设为S1,在它们之间成立下记关系。Consider the curve C 1 starting from the point P 1 among the divided curves. If the curve length h is considered, it can be seen from the definition of the three-dimensional clothoid curve that the curve length h 1 of the curve C 1 is equal to S d times the curve length h 0 of the curve C 0 . In addition, if the curve length variable of the curve C 0 when representing a point on the curve C 1 is S 0 , and the curve length variable of the curve C 1 is S 1 , the following relationship is established between them.

[数式31][Formula 31]

S1=SdS0           (2-20)S 1 =S d S 0 (2-20)

也就是,得知,在曲线C0的切线旋转角α0、β0和曲线C1的切线旋转角α1、β1的之间,具有下记关系。That is, it is found that the following relationship exists between the tangential rotation angles α 0 , β 0 of the curve C 0 and the tangential rotation angles α 1 , β 1 of the curve C 1 .

[数式32][Formula 32]

α1(S1)=α0(SdS0)α 1 (S 1 )=α 0 (S d S 0 )

                       (2-21)(2-21)

β1(S1)=β0(SdS0)β 1 (S 1 )=β 0 (S d S 0 )

如果整理这些公式,用下式(2-22)表示。When these formulas are rearranged, they are represented by the following formula (2-22).

[数式33][Formula 33]

α1(S)=a0+a1SdS+a2Sd 2S2 α 1 (S)=a 0 +a 1 S d S+a 2 S d 2 S 2

                        (2-22)(2-22)

β1(S)=b0+b1SdS+b2Sd 2S2 β 1 (S)=b 0 +b 1 S d S+b 2 S d 2 S 2

由于由此确定切线方向,所以曲线C1的回旋参数h’、a’0、a’1、a’2、b’0、b’1、b’2,采用曲线C0的参数,可用式(2-23)表示。Since the direction of the tangent line is determined by this , the parameters of the convolution h', a' 0 , a' 1 , a' 2 , b' 0 , b' 1 , and b' 2 of the curve C 1 adopt the parameters of the curve C 0 , and the formula can be used (2-23) said.

[数式34][Formula 34]

aa 00 ′′ == aa 00 aa 11 ′′ == aa 11 SS dd aa 22 ′′ == aa 22 SS dd 22 bb 00 ′′ == bb 00 bb 11 ′′ == bb 11 SS dd bb 22 ′′ == bb 22 SS dd 22 hh ′′ == hSwxya dd -- -- -- (( 22 -- 23twenty three ))

下面,考虑以分割点Pm作为始点的曲线C2。关于曲线C2,能够通过组合生成在1-3中所述的大小、形状相同而朝向相反的曲线的方法、和在曲线C1的生成中采用的方法来生成。Next, consider the curve C 2 starting from the split point P m . The curve C 2 can be generated by combining the method of generating the curves described in 1-3 with the same size and shape but facing opposite directions, and the method used to generate the curve C 1 .

首先,将大小、形状与曲线C0相同而朝向相反的曲线设定为曲线C’0。在该曲线上用Pm=C’0(1-Sd)表示分割点Pm。此处,如果考虑用点Pm分割曲线C’0,以该分割的曲线中的作P2为始点的曲线C’2,成为与曲线C2大小、形状相同而朝向相反的曲线。由于利用在1-3中所述的方法和曲线C1所用的方法,能够生成曲线C’2,所以,此处,如果另外对曲线C’2采用在1-3中所述的方法,能够生成曲线C2First, a curve having the same size and shape as the curve C 0 but facing in the opposite direction is set as the curve C' 0 . The dividing point P m is represented by P m =C' 0 (1-S d ) on this curve. Here, if it is considered that the curve C' 0 is divided by the point P m , the curve C' 2 starting from P 2 in the divided curve becomes a curve with the same size and shape as the curve C 2 but facing opposite. Since the curve C'2 can be generated by using the method described in 1-3 and the method used for the curve C1 , here, if the method described in 1-3 is additionally used for the curve C'2 , it can be Curve C2 is generated.

该曲线C2的回旋参数h″、a″0、a″1、a″2、b″0、b″1、b″2,采用曲线C0的参数,用下式(2-24)表示。The convolution parameters h″, a″ 0 , a″ 1 , a″ 2 , b″ 0 , b″ 1 , b″ 2 of the curve C 2 are expressed by the following formula (2-24) using the parameters of the curve C 0 .

[数式35][Formula 35]

aa 00 ′′ ′′ == aa 00 ++ aa 11 SS dd ++ aa 22 SS dd 22 aa 11 ′′ ′′ == (( 11 -- SS dd )) {{ aa 11 ++ 22 aa 22 SS dd }} aa 22 ′′ ′′ == aa 22 (( 11 -- SS dd )) 22 bb 00 ′′ ′′ == bb 00 ++ bb 11 SS dd ++ bb 22 SS dd 22 bb 11 ′′ ′′ == (( 11 -- SS dd )) {{ bb 11 ++ 22 bb 22 SS dd }} bb 22 ′′ ′′ == bb 22 (( 11 -- SS dd )) 22 hh ′′ ′′ == hh (( 11 -- SS dd )) -- -- -- (( 22 -- 24twenty four ))

由以上,能够用三维回旋曲线C0上的曲线变量为S=Sd的点Pm,将曲线分割成曲线C1和C2From the above, the curve can be divided into curves C 1 and C 2 by using the point P m on the three-dimensional clothoid curve C 0 whose curve variable is S=S d .

(1-5)三维回旋曲线的特征(1-5) Characteristics of three-dimensional clothoid curves

(a)曲线的连续性(a) Continuity of the curve

在一个回旋曲线(用同一参数表示的回旋曲线)中,由于分别按曲线长或曲线长变量S的二次式给出其切线方向的倾角及偏转角,所以关于曲线长变量S,可保证1次微分其得到的法线方向、及2次微分其得到的曲率是连续的。换句话讲,在一个回旋曲线中,法线方向及曲率是连续的。因此,可得到流畅、性质良好的曲线。即使在连结两个回旋曲线的情况下,为在其接头上切线、法线、曲率达到连续,通过选择参数,能够制作光滑的一根连接的曲线。将其称为回旋曲线群。In a clothoid curve (a clothoid curve represented by the same parameter), since the inclination angle and the deflection angle of the tangential direction are given according to the quadratic formula of the curve length or the curve length variable S, respectively, with respect to the curve length variable S, it can be guaranteed that 1 The normal direction obtained by the sub-differentiation, and the curvature obtained by the second-order differentiation are continuous. In other words, in a clothoid curve, the direction of the normal and the curvature are continuous. Therefore, smooth, well-characterized curves can be obtained. Even in the case of connecting two clothoid curves, it is possible to create a smooth connected curve by selecting parameters so that the tangent, normal, and curvature are continuous at their joints. Call it the clothoid group.

(b)适用性(b) Applicability

由于能够用两个角度(倾角及偏转角)分摊曲线的切线方向,所以能够任意制作符合各种条件的三维曲线,能够用于各种用途,能够提供工业制品的设计必需的空间曲线的广用的发生方法。在物体沿着空间曲线伴随加减速度运动的情况下,能够进行约束力变化平稳的设计。此外,由于能够相对于曲线长适当设计曲率的变化,因而能够有效地用于要求审美的意匠曲线设计等的多个产业领域。Since the tangent direction of the curve can be shared by two angles (inclination angle and deflection angle), three-dimensional curves that meet various conditions can be made arbitrarily, can be used for various purposes, and can provide a wide range of spatial curves necessary for the design of industrial products. method of occurrence. In the case that the object moves along the space curve with acceleration and deceleration, it is possible to design a smooth change of the constraint force. In addition, since changes in curvature can be appropriately designed with respect to the length of the curve, it can be effectively used in various industrial fields such as artistic curve design that requires aesthetics.

(c)与几何曲线的整合性(c) Integration with geometric curves

直线·圆弧·螺旋曲线等几何曲线,能够通过将回旋参数的几个置于0,或在几个参数间设定特定的函数关系进行制作。这些曲线是回旋曲线的一种,能够采用回旋的格式表现。Geometric curves such as straight lines, circular arcs, and spiral curves can be created by setting some of the convolution parameters to 0, or setting a specific functional relationship between several parameters. These curves are a type of clothoid curve and can be represented in a clothoid format.

此外,由于通过将α或β中的任何一种通常置于0,能够制作二维回旋,所以能够应用以前就二维回旋已经得到的资源。Furthermore, since two-dimensional convolutions can be made by generally setting either of α or β to 0, resources already obtained for two-dimensional convolutions can be applied.

也就是,通过适当设定α或β,包括已经知道的二维回旋,还能够表现圆弧或直线等个别的曲线。由于对于这样的个别的曲线,能够采用同一形式的三维回旋曲线式,因此能够简化计算手续。That is, by appropriately setting α or β, individual curves such as circular arcs and straight lines can also be expressed including known two-dimensional convolutions. Since the three-dimensional clothoid equation of the same form can be used for such individual curves, calculation procedures can be simplified.

(d)推测的良好性(d) Inferred goodness

在样条插补等以往的插补法中,在使自由曲线数式化时,多难分开其整体的形式、或局部的形式,但在三维回旋中,通过设想倾角及偏转角各自,能够比较容易把握整体形象。In conventional interpolation methods such as spline interpolation, when formulating a free curve, it is difficult to separate its overall form or local form. It is easy to grasp the overall image.

此外,在作为回旋曲线表现的中途端,线长·切线方向·曲率等的值是已知的,不像以往的插补法需要重新计算。也就是,与曲线的参数S对应,按式(1-7)、(2-10)及(2-12)所示,直接求出曲线的切线、或法线、曲率。In addition, at the middle end expressed as a clothoid curve, values such as line length, tangent direction, and curvature are known, and recalculation is not required unlike conventional interpolation methods. That is, corresponding to the parameter S of the curve, the tangent, or normal, and curvature of the curve are directly obtained as shown in equations (1-7), (2-10) and (2-12).

(e)运动控制的容易性(e) Ease of motion control

曲线的主变量是长度s或标准化的长度S,曲线的方程式用相对于该长度的自然方程式给出。因此,通过作为时间t的函数确定长度s,能够任意给出加减速度等运动特性,通过采用以往凸轮等所用的特性良好的运动曲线,能够谋求加工作业的高速化。由于可作为实际存在的笛卡尔空间中的值给出长度s,相对于切线方向求出速度、加速度,所以不需要像以往的插补法那样,合成按每个轴给出的值。此外,由于曲率的计算容易,从而也容易求出运动时的离心加速度,能够进行符合运动轨迹的控制。The principal variable of the curve is the length s or normalized length S, and the equation of the curve is given by the equation of nature relative to this length. Therefore, by determining the length s as a function of time t, motion characteristics such as acceleration and deceleration can be given arbitrarily, and by adopting a motion curve with good characteristics conventionally used for cams, etc., it is possible to increase the speed of machining operations. Since the length s can be given as a value in the actually existing Cartesian space, and the velocity and acceleration can be obtained with respect to the tangential direction, it is not necessary to combine the values given for each axis like the conventional interpolation method. In addition, since the calculation of the curvature is easy, it is also easy to obtain the centrifugal acceleration during exercise, and control in accordance with the trajectory of the exercise can be performed.

2.采用三维回旋曲线的插补法2. Using the interpolation method of the three-dimensional clothoid curve

(2-1)流畅的连接的数学条件(2-1) Mathematical conditions for smooth connection

在1根三维回旋曲线中,曲线的形状表现具有界限。此处,以利用数值控制的工具的运动控制为主要目的,多根连接三维回旋曲线(三维回旋线段),通过该多根三维回旋曲线设计工业制品的形。以下将采用三维回旋曲线的插补法称为三维回旋插补。以下,将通过插补生成的曲线群整体称为三维回旋曲线,将构成其的单位曲线称为三维回旋线段。In one three-dimensional clothoid curve, the shape expression of the curve has a limit. Here, a plurality of three-dimensional clothoid curves (three-dimensional clothoid segments) are connected for the main purpose of controlling the motion of a tool using numerical control, and the shape of an industrial product is designed through the plurality of three-dimensional clothoid curves. Hereinafter, the interpolation method using a three-dimensional clothoid curve will be referred to as three-dimensional clothoid interpolation. Hereinafter, the entire group of curves generated by interpolation is referred to as a three-dimensional clothoid curve, and the unit curves constituting it are referred to as a three-dimensional clothoid segment.

在其端点流畅地连接2根三维回旋线段,被定义为是连续连接端点位置、切线及曲率。采用上述的定义式,按以下叙述此条件。最初的3式表示位置的连续性,下个2式表示切线的连续性,下个1式表示法线的一致,最后的式表示曲率的连续性。Fluidly connecting two three-dimensional clothoid segments at their endpoints is defined as continuously connecting endpoint positions, tangents, and curvatures. Using the above definition formula, this condition is described as follows. The first 3 formulas represent the continuity of the position, the next 2 formulas represent the continuity of the tangent line, the next 1 formula represents the coincidence of the normal line, and the last formula represents the continuity of the curvature.

[数式36][Formula 36]

Pxi(1)=Pxi+1(0)Px i (1) = Px i+1 (0)

Pyi(1)=Pyi+1(0)Py i (1) = Py i+1 (0)

Pzi(1)=Pzi+1(0)Pz i (1) = Pz i+1 (0)

αi(1)=αi+1(0)α i (1) = α i+1 (0)

βi(1)=βi+1(0)                    (3-1)β i (1)=β i+1 (0) (3-1)

tan γi(1)=tan γi+1(0)tan γ i (1) = tan γ i+1 (0)

κi(1)=κi+1(0)κ i (1) = κ i + 1 (0)

这是满足切线矢量和法线矢量连续、曲率和α、β在连接点是连续的条件,有时条件过于严格。因此,也可以按以下所示变更条件,来单一地满足条件。This is to satisfy the condition that the tangent vector and the normal vector are continuous, and the curvature and α, β are continuous at the connection point, and sometimes the condition is too strict. Therefore, it is also possible to simply satisfy the conditions by changing the conditions as shown below.

[数式37][Formula 37]

Pxi(1)=Pxi+1(0)Px i (1) = Px i+1 (0)

Pyi(1)=Pyi+1(0)Py i (1) = Py i+1 (0)

Pzi(1)=Pzi+1(0)Pz i (1) = Pz i+1 (0)

cos[αi(1)-αi+1(0)]=1cos[α i (1)-α i+1 (0)]=1

                              (3-2)(3-2)

cos[βi(1)-βi+1(0)]=1cos[β i (1)-β i+1 (0)]=1

tan γi(1)=tan γi+1(0)tan γ i (1) = tan γ i+1 (0)

κi(1)=κi+1(0)κ i (1) = κ i + 1 (0)

此处,另外,Here, in addition,

[数式38][Formula 38]

cos[αi(1)-αi+1(0)]=1cos[α i (1)-α i+1 (0)]=1

如果将上面的关系也考虑在内,If the above relationship is also taken into account,

[数式39][Formula 39]

tan γi(1)=tan γi+1(0)tan γ i (1) = tan γ i+1 (0)

被用下记的条件置换。It is replaced by the following condition.

[数式40][Formula 40]

tan γi(1)=tan γi+1(0)tan γ i (1) = tan γ i+1 (0)

αα ′′ ii (( 11 )) ββ ′′ ii (( 11 )) coscos αα ii (( 11 )) == αα ′′ ii ++ 11 (( 00 )) ββ ′′ ii ++ 11 (( 00 )) coscos αα ii ++ 11 (( 00 ))

∵α′i(1)β′i+1(0)=α′i+1(0)β′i(1)∵α′ i (1)β′ i+1 (0)=α′ i+1 (0)β′ i (1)

结果得知,如果满足下记的条件,能够达到目的。As a result, it was found that the objective can be achieved if the following conditions are satisfied.

[数式41][Formula 41]

Pxi(1)=Pxi+1(0)Px i (1) = Px i+1 (0)

Pyi(1)=Pyi+1(0)Py i (1) = Py i+1 (0)

Pzi(1)=Pzi+1(0)Pz i (1) = Pz i+1 (0)

cos[αi(1)-αi+1(0)]=1cos[α i (1)-α i+1 (0)]=1

cos[βi(1)-βi+1(0)]=1               (3-3)cos[β i (1)-β i+1 (0)]=1 (3-3)

αα ii ′′ (( 11 )) ββ ii ++ 11 ′′ (( 00 )) == αα ii ++ 11 ′′ (( 00 )) ββ ii ′′ (( 11 ))

κi(1)=κi+1(0)κ i (1) = κ i + 1 (0)

在式(3-3)中,最初的3式表示位置的连续性,下个2式表示切线的连续性,下个1式表示法线的一致,最后的式表示曲率的连续性。要进行G2连续的插补,需要2根三维回旋曲线在其端点满足式(3-3)的7个条件式。In the formula (3-3), the first formula 3 represents the continuity of the position, the next formula 2 represents the continuity of the tangent line, the formula 1 below represents the coincidence of the normal line, and the last formula represents the continuity of the curvature. To perform G2 continuous interpolation, two three-dimensional clothoid curves are required to satisfy the seven conditional expressions of Equation (3-3) at their endpoints.

关于G2连续(G为Geometry的字头)进行补充。图8表示G2连续的插补的条件。Supplementary about G 2 continuous (G is the prefix of Geometry). Fig. 8 shows the conditions of G2 continuous interpolation.

所谓G0连续指的是2根三维回旋曲线在其端点位置一致,所谓G1连续指的是切线方向一致,所谓G2连续指的是接触平面(法线)及曲率一致。在以下的表1中对比样条曲线所用的C0~C2连续和本发明的回旋曲线所用的G0~G2连续。The so-called G 0 continuity means that the two three-dimensional clothoid curves have the same endpoint position, the so-called G 1 continuity means that the tangent direction is consistent, and the so-called G 2 continuity means that the contact plane (normal line) and curvature are consistent. In Table 1 below, the C 0 -C 2 continuum used for the comparative spline curve and the G 0 -G 2 continuum used in the clothoid curve of the present invention are compared.

表1Table 1

  C<sup>0</sup>:位置 G<sup>0</sup>:位置 C<sup>1</sup>:一次微分系数 G<sup>1</sup>:切线方向 C<sup>2</sup>:二次微分系数 G<sup>2</sup>:接触平面(法线)、曲率 C<sup>0</sup>: position G<sup>0</sup>: position C<sup>1</sup>: first order differential coefficient G<sup>1</sup>: Tangent direction C<sup>2</sup>: quadratic differential coefficient G<sup>2</sup>: contact plane (normal), curvature

在考虑2根三维回旋曲线的连续性时,随着达到C0→C1→C2、G0→G1→G2,插补条件变严。在C1连续中需要切线的大小及方向都一致,但在G1连续中可以只有切线方向一致。在用2根三维回旋曲线流畅地连接切线的时候,优选用G1连续做成条件式。如样条曲线,如果用C1连续做成条件式,由于增加使在几何学上无关系的切线的大小一致的条件,所以条件过严。如果用G1连续做成条件式,具有可自由设定一次微分系数的大小的优点。When considering the continuity of two three-dimensional clothoid curves, the interpolation conditions become stricter as C 0 →C 1 →C 2 and G 0 →G 1 →G 2 are reached. In C 1 continuity, the size and direction of tangents must be consistent, but in G 1 continuity, only the direction of tangents may be consistent. When connecting tangent lines smoothly with two three-dimensional clothoid curves, it is preferable to make a conditional expression continuously using G1 . For example, if the spline curve is made into a conditional expression continuously with C 1 , the condition is too strict due to the addition of the condition that the sizes of the tangent lines that have no relationship in geometry are consistent. If G1 is used to make the conditional expression continuously, it has the advantage of being able to freely set the size of the primary differential coefficient.

在G2连续中使接触平面(法线)一致。所谓接触平面,如图9所示,指的是局部含有曲线C的平面S1、S2。图9表示在点P切线方向连续,但接触平面S1、S2不连续的例子。在考虑三维曲线的连续性时,切线方向的一致后必须考虑的是接触平面的一致。在议论曲率时,不意味着接触平面不一致,需要在使接触平面一致后使曲率一致。用2根三维曲线使坐标、切线方向、接触平面(法线)及曲率一致,可达到满足G2连续的条件。Make the contact plane (normal) consistent in G2 continuation. The so-called contact planes, as shown in FIG. 9 , refer to the planes S1 and S2 partially containing the curve C. FIG. 9 shows an example in which the point P is continuous in the tangential direction, but the contact planes S1 and S2 are discontinuous. When considering the continuity of a three-dimensional curve, the consistency of the contact plane must be considered after the consistency of the tangent direction. When discussing the curvature, it does not mean that the contact planes are not consistent, but the curvature needs to be consistent after the contact planes are consistent. Using two three-dimensional curves to make the coordinates, tangent direction, contact plane (normal line) and curvature consistent can meet the condition of G 2 continuity.

(2-2)具体的计算顺序(2-2) Specific calculation order

具有以下2种计算顺序。There are the following two calculation sequences.

(a)给出曲线的参数h、α、β,发生1根三维回旋曲线,在其端点,以满足式(3-3)的方式,确定下个三维回旋曲线的参数。如此,能够发生逐个流畅连接的三维回旋曲线。根据该计算顺序,容易算出曲线参数,将其称为顺解。根据此方式,能够容易发生多种形状的曲线,但不能明确指定曲线通过的连接点。(a) Given the parameters h, α, and β of the curve, a three-dimensional clothoid curve is generated, and at its endpoint, the parameters of the next three-dimensional clothoid curve are determined in a manner that satisfies formula (3-3). In this way, three-dimensional clothoid curves connected smoothly one by one can be generated. According to this calculation procedure, the curve parameters can be easily calculated, which is called a sequential solution. According to this method, curves of various shapes can be easily generated, but the connection points through which the curves pass cannot be clearly specified.

(b)能以预先指定的点群成为曲线的连接点的方式,连接三维回旋曲线。此处,在每个离散地任意给出的点列的各区间做成短的回旋曲线(回旋段)。在此种情况下,以满足式(3-3)的方式确定曲线参数的计算顺序比(a)更复杂,为重复收束计算。由于从连接条件相反地确定曲线参数,所以该计算顺序称为逆解。(b) The three-dimensional clothoid curves can be connected so that the point groups specified in advance become the connection points of the curves. Here, a short clothoid curve (clothoid segment) is created for each section of each discretely given point sequence. In this case, the calculation sequence to determine the curve parameters in a manner that satisfies formula (3-3) is more complex than (a), which is repeated convergence calculation. Since the curve parameters are determined inversely from the connection conditions, this calculation order is called an inverse solution.

关于上述(b)的逆解,详细地叙述计算方法。要解决的计算问题,按以下被公式化。Regarding the inverse solution of (b) above, the calculation method will be described in detail. The computational problem to be solved is formulated as follows.

未知参数∶曲线参数Unknown parameter: Curve parameter

约束条件∶式(3-3)或其一部Constraints: Formula (3-3) or a part thereof

根据要求的问题,变化约束条件的数量,可以作为未知参数设定与之相符的数量的曲线参数。例如,在不要求曲率的连续性的情况下,能够自由地使一部分曲线参数工作。或者,在曲率连续且指定切线方向的情况下,需要通过分割增加插补所用的三维回旋曲线的数量,增加对应的未知曲线参数。Depending on the required problem, varying the number of constraints can be used as unknown parameters to set the corresponding number of curve parameters. For example, in the case where the continuity of the curvature is not required, some curve parameters can be freely operated. Or, when the curvature is continuous and the tangent direction is specified, it is necessary to increase the number of three-dimensional clothoid curves used for interpolation through segmentation and increase the corresponding unknown curve parameters.

为了使上述重复收束计算稳定收束,需要在计算上下功夫。为了避免计算的发散,加快收束,关于未知参数,有效的方法是设定更好的初始值。因此,有效的方法是,发生满足给出的连接点等约束条件的、更单一的插补曲线,例如线形样条曲线等,从其曲线形状推算三维回旋曲线的曲线参数,作为重复收束计算的初始值。In order to make the above repeated convergence calculations converge stably, it is necessary to work hard on the calculations. In order to avoid calculation divergence and speed up convergence, an effective method for unknown parameters is to set better initial values. Therefore, an effective method is to generate a more simple interpolation curve that satisfies the given constraints such as connection points, such as a linear spline curve, etc., and calculate the curve parameters of the three-dimensional clothoid curve from its curve shape as a repeated convergence calculation the initial value of .

或者,不一气满足应满足的约束条件,而依次增加条件式的方式,作为稳定得到解的方法也是有效的。例如,将曲线发生的顺序分为下面的三个STEP,依次进行。作为第1 STEP在以位置信息和切线方向一致的方式插补后,作为第2 STEP以使法线方向一致的方式进行插补,在第3 STEP以曲率一致的方式插补。图10表示该方法的简要流程。已示出必要的三维回旋曲线式及其切线、法线或曲率的定义式。Alternatively, the method of sequentially increasing the conditional expressions without satisfying the constraint conditions that should be satisfied is also effective as a method for stably obtaining a solution. For example, the sequence in which the curves occur is divided into the following three STEPs, which are performed sequentially. After interpolating so that the position information and the tangent direction coincide in the first step, interpolate so that the normal direction coincides as the second step, and interpolate so that the curvature coincides in the third step. Fig. 10 shows a schematic flow of this method. The necessary three-dimensional clothoid equations and their definitions for tangents, normals, or curvatures are shown.

(2-3)采用三维回旋曲线的插补法的实施例(2-3) Example using interpolation method of three-dimensional clothoid curve

(a)插补法的流程(a) Flow of imputation method

详细说明采用三维回旋曲线流畅地插补给出的点列间的方法的一实施例。An embodiment of a method for smoothly interpolating between a given point sequence by using a three-dimensional clothoid curve is described in detail.

作为三维回旋插补的基本的流程,以连结插补对象的点间的三维回旋线段的各参数作为未知数,严密地通过插补对象的点,并且用牛顿·拉夫申法求出满足成为G2连续的条件的解,生成曲线。图11是归纳该流程的概要的图示。所谓G2连续,指的是2根三维回旋曲线在其端点,位置、切线方向、法线方向及曲率一致。As the basic flow of three-dimensional convolutional interpolation, each parameter of the three-dimensional cycloidal segment connecting the points of the interpolation object is used as an unknown, and the points of the interpolation object are strictly passed through, and the satisfaction is obtained by Newton-Raphson's method . Continuous conditional solutions generate curves. FIG. 11 is a diagram summarizing the outline of this flow. The so-called G 2 continuity means that the two three-dimensional clothoid curves have the same position, tangent direction, normal direction and curvature at their endpoints.

(b)G2连续的插补的条件(b) Conditions for G2 continuous interpolation

在三维回旋插补中,关于严密地通过插补对象的点,并且成为G2连续的条件,考虑具体的条件。In the three-dimensional convolutional interpolation, specific conditions are considered regarding the condition that the point of the interpolation object passes closely and becomes G2 continuous.

现在,简单地具有3个点P1={Px1、Py1、Pz1}、P2={Px2、Py2、Pz2}和P3={Px3、Py3、Pz3},考虑用三维回旋线段插补该点。图12表示点P1、P2和P3的三维回旋插补。如果将连结点P1、P2间的曲线设定为曲线C1,将连结点P2、P3间的曲线设定为曲线C2,在此种情况下,未知数为曲线C1的参数a01、a11、a21、b01、b11、b21、h1,曲线C2的参数a02、a12、a22、b02、b12、b22、h2的14个。此外,以后在说明中出现的文字的下标与各曲线的下标对应。Now, simply having 3 points P 1 ={Px 1 , Py 1 , Pz 1 }, P 2 ={Px 2 , Py 2 , Pz 2 } and P 3 ={Px 3 , Py 3 , Pz 3 }, Consider interpolating the point with a 3D clothoid segment. Fig. 12 shows three-dimensional convolutional interpolation of points P1 , P2 and P3 . If the curve between connection points P 1 and P 2 is set as curve C 1 , and the curve between connection points P 2 and P 3 is set as curve C 2 , in this case, the unknown is the parameter of curve C 1 a0 1 , a1 1 , a2 1 , b0 1 , b1 1 , b2 1 , h 1 , and 14 parameters a0 2 , a1 2 , a2 2 , b0 2 , b1 2 , b2 2 , and h 2 of the curve C 2 . In addition, the subscripts of characters appearing in the description below correspond to the subscripts of the respective curves.

下面考虑严密地通过插补对象的点,并且达到G2连续的条件。首先,在始点严密地通过插补对象的点的条件,如果从三维回旋曲线的定义考虑,由于在给出始点时必然达成,所以没有插补条件。接着在连接点P1,在位置方面成立3个,在切线矢量方面成立2个,在曲率连续的条件式的大小和方向方面成立2个,合计成立7个。此外关于终点,在点P2在位置方面是3个。由以上得出条件式合计为10个。但是,照这样相对于未知数14个,由于条件式只存在10个,所以不能求出未知数的解。因此,在本研究中,给出两端点的切线矢量,对于两端点,增加各两个条件,使条件式和未知数的数相等。此外,如果确定在始点的切线方向,由于能够从其定义式求出a01、b01,所以可不作为未知数处理。以下,考虑各条件。Next, consider the point that passes the interpolation object strictly and achieves the condition of G2 continuity. First, the condition of passing the point of the interpolation object strictly at the starting point is considered from the definition of the three-dimensional clothoid curve, because it must be satisfied when the starting point is given, so there is no interpolation condition. Next, at the connection point P 1 , three cases are established regarding the position, two cases are established regarding the tangent vector, two cases are established regarding the magnitude and direction of the conditional expression of curvature continuity, and a total of seven cases are established. Also about the end point, at point P 2 is 3 in terms of position. The total number of conditional expressions obtained from the above is 10. However, since there are only 10 conditional expressions with respect to 14 unknowns in this way, the solution to the unknowns cannot be obtained. Therefore, in this study, the tangent vectors of the two endpoints are given, and two conditions are added for each of the two endpoints, so that the number of conditional expressions and unknowns are equal. In addition, if the tangent direction at the starting point is determined, since a0 1 and b0 1 can be obtained from the definition formula, they need not be treated as unknowns. Hereinafter, each condition is considered.

首先,如果考虑位置的条件,成立下记的3个式(4-1)、(4-2)、(4-3)。(以下,规定自然数i<3。)First, considering the positional conditions, the following three expressions (4-1), (4-2), and (4-3) are established. (Hereafter, the natural number i<3 is specified.)

[数式42][Formula 42]

PxPx ii ++ hh ii &Integral;&Integral; 00 11 coscos (( aa 00 ii ++ aa 11 ii SS ++ aa 22 ii SS 22 )) coscos (( bb 00 ii ++ bb 11 ii SS ++ bb 22 ii SS 22 )) dSwxya -- PxPx ii ++ 11 == 00

                                       (4-1)(4-1)

PyPython ii ++ hh ii &Integral;&Integral; 00 11 coscos (( aa 00 ii ++ aa 11 ii SS ++ aa 22 ii SS 22 )) sinsin (( bb 00 ii ++ bb 11 ii SS ++ bb 22 ii SS 22 )) dSwxya -- PyPython ii ++ 11 == 00

                                       (4-2)(4-2)

PzPz ii ++ hh ii &Integral;&Integral; 00 11 (( -- sinsin (( aa 00 ii ++ aa 11 ii SS ++ aa 22 ii SS 22 )) )) dSwxya -- PzPz ii ++ 11 == 00

                                       (4-3)(4-3)

接着,如果考虑切线方向,则成立2个式(4-4)、(4-5)。Next, if the tangential direction is considered, two equations (4-4) and (4-5) are established.

[数式43][Formula 43]

cos(a0i+a1i+a2i-a0i+1)=1         (4-4)cos(a0 i +a1 i +a2 i -a0 i+1 )=1 (4-4)

cos(b0i+b1i+b2i-b0i+1)=1         (4-5)cos(b0 i +b1 i +b2 i -b0 i+1 )=1 (4-5)

关于曲率κ的大小,成立下个式(4-6)Regarding the magnitude of the curvature κ, the following formula (4-6) is established

[数式44][Formula 44]

κi(1)-κi+1(0)=0                  (4-6)κ i (1)-κ i+1 (0) = 0 (4-6)

最后考虑法线方向矢量n。三维回旋曲线的法线矢量n,由式(2-10)表示。Finally consider the normal direction vector n. The normal vector n of the three-dimensional clothoid curve is represented by formula (2-10).

此处,与三维回旋曲线的切线矢量u的确定同样,采用回旋考虑法线矢量n。对于初期切线方向(1,0,0),规定采用常数γ,用(0,cosγ,-sinγ)i表示初期法线方向。如果与切线同样使其回旋,法线n如式(4-7)所示。Here, similar to the determination of the tangent vector u of the three-dimensional clothoid curve, the normal vector n is considered using the clothoid curve. For the initial tangent direction (1, 0, 0), a constant γ is used, and (0, cosγ, -sinγ)i is used to represent the initial normal direction. If it is convolved in the same way as the tangent, the normal n is shown in formula (4-7).

[数式45][Formula 45]

nno (( SS )) == coscos &beta;&beta; (( SS )) -- sinsin &beta;&beta; (( SS )) 00 sinsin &beta;&beta; (( SS )) coscos &beta;&beta; (( SS )) 00 00 00 11 coscos &alpha;&alpha; (( SS )) 00 sinsin &alpha;&alpha; (( SS )) 00 11 00 -- sinsin &alpha;&alpha; (( SS )) 00 coscos &alpha;&alpha; (( SS )) 00 coscos &gamma;&gamma; -- sinsin &gamma;&gamma;

== -- sinsin &gamma;&gamma; coscos &beta;&beta; (( SS )) sinsin &alpha;&alpha; (( SS )) -- coscos &gamma;&gamma; sinsin &beta;&beta; (( SS )) -- sinsin &gamma;&gamma; sinsin &beta;&beta; (( SS )) sinsin &alpha;&alpha; (( SS )) ++ coscos &gamma;&gamma; coscos &beta;&beta; (( SS )) -- sinsin &gamma;&gamma; coscos &alpha;&alpha; (( SS ))

                                     (4-7)(4-7)

如果比较式(2-10)、(4-7),可知sinγ、cosγ与式(4-8)对应。Comparing formulas (2-10) and (4-7), it can be seen that sinγ and cosγ correspond to formula (4-8).

[数式46][Formula 46]

sinsin &gamma;&gamma; == &alpha;&alpha; &prime;&prime; (( SS )) &alpha;&alpha; &prime;&prime; (( SS )) 22 ++ &beta;&beta; &prime;&prime; (( SS )) 22 coscos 22 &alpha;&alpha; (( SS ))

coscos &gamma;&gamma; == &beta;&beta; &prime;&prime; (( SS )) coscos &alpha;&alpha; (( SS )) &alpha;&alpha; &prime;&prime; (( SS )) 22 ++ &beta;&beta; &prime;&prime; (( SS )) 22 coscos 22 &alpha;&alpha; (( SS )) -- -- -- (( 44 -- 88 ))

即,由式(4-8)得知,要达成在三维回旋插补中的连接点的法线连续,只要tanγ是连续的可以。That is, it can be known from formula (4-8) that to achieve the continuity of the normals of the connection points in the three-dimensional convolution interpolation, as long as tanγ is continuous.

[数式47][Formula 47]

tanthe tan &gamma;&gamma; == &alpha;&alpha; &prime;&prime; (( SS )) &beta;&beta; &prime;&prime; (( SS )) coscos &alpha;&alpha; (( SS )) -- -- -- (( 44 -- 99 ))

即,得知法线连续的条件,是式(4-10)。That is, the condition for knowing that the normal line is continuous is Equation (4-10).

[数式48][Formula 48]

tan γi(1)=tan γi+1(0)               (4-10)tan γ i (1) = tan γ i+1 (0) (4-10)

此处,另外,如Here, in addition, as

[数式49][Formula 49]

cos[αi(1)-αi+1(0)]=1                (4-11)cos[α i (1)-α i+1 (0)]=1 (4-11)

也在考虑内,条件式(4-10),可用下记的条件式置换。即,法线连续的条件是式(4-12)。Also under consideration, the conditional expression (4-10) can be replaced by the following conditional expression. That is, the condition for the continuity of the normal line is Equation (4-12).

[数式50][numeral formula 50]

α′i(1)β′i+1(0)=α′i+1(0)β′i(1)    (4-12)α′ i (1)β′ i+1 (0)=α′ i+1 (0)β′ i (1) (4-12)

综上所述,得知,严密地通过插补对象的点,并且成为G2连续的条件,在切线点如式(4-13)。此外,即使在始点·终点,也可选择这些其中的几个条件。To sum up, it is known that the condition of passing the interpolation object point strictly and becoming G2 continuous is as formula (4-13) at the tangent point. Also, some of these conditions can be selected even at the start point and the end point.

[数式51][Formula 51]

Pxi(1)=Pxi+1(0)Px i (1) = Px i+1 (0)

Pyi(1)=Pyi+1(0)Py i (1) = Py i+1 (0)

Pzi(1)=Pzi+1(0)Pz i (1) = Pz i+1 (0)

cos[αi(1)-αi+1(0)]=1cos[α i (1)-α i+1 (0)]=1

cos[βi(1)-βi+1(0)]=1cos[β i (1)-β i+1 (0)]=1

&alpha;&alpha; ii &prime;&prime; (( 11 )) &beta;&beta; ii ++ 11 &prime;&prime; (( 00 )) == &alpha;&alpha; ii ++ 11 &prime;&prime; (( 00 )) &beta;&beta; ii &prime;&prime; (( 11 ))

κi(1)=κi+1(0)                (4-13)κ i (1) = κ i + 1 (0) (4-13)

由以上得知,对于未知数a11、a21、b11、b21、h1、a02、a12、a22、b02、b12、b22和h2等12个,条件式成立下记的12个。(点P3的切线方向旋转角设定为α3、β3。)From the above, we know that for the 12 unknowns a1 1 , a2 1 , b1 1 , b2 1 , h 1 , a0 2 , a1 2 , a2 2 , b0 2 , b1 2 , b2 2 and h 2 , the conditional expression holds Remember 12. (The tangential rotation angle of point P 3 is set to α 3 , β 3 .)

[数式52][Formula 52]

Px 1(1)=Px 2(0)Px 1 (1) = Px 2 (0)

Py 1(1)=Py 2(0)Py 1 (1) = Py 2 (0)

Pz 1(1)=Pz 2(0)Pz 1 (1) = Pz 2 (0)

cos[α1(1)-α2(0)]=1cos[α 1 (1)-α 2 (0)]=1

cos[β1(1)-β2(0)]=1cos[β 1 (1)-β 2 (0)]=1

α′1(1)β′2(0)=α′2(0)β′1(1)α′ 1 (1)β′ 2 (0)=α′ 2 (0)β′ 1 (1)

κ1(1)=κ2(0)κ 1 (1) = κ 2 (0)

Px 2(1)=Px 3(0)Px 2 (1) = Px 3 (0)

Py 2(1)=Py 3(0)Py 2 (1) = Py 3 (0)

Pz 2(1)=Pz 3(0)Pz 2 (1) = Pz 3 (0)

cos[α2(1)-α3]=1cos[α 2 (1)-α 3 ]=1

cos[β2(1)-β3]=1               (4-14)cos[β 2 (1)-β 3 ]=1 (4-14)

这样一来,由于对于12个未知数成立12个式,所以能够求解。对此可用牛顿·拉夫申法解释,求出解。In this way, since 12 equations are established for 12 unknowns, they can be solved. This can be explained by Newton Raphson's method, and the solution can be obtained.

此外,一般在考虑插补n个点列时,条件式只要将上述的自然数i扩大为i<n就可以。然后是未知数和条件式的数量的问题。In addition, generally, when interpolation of n point columns is considered, the conditional expression only needs to expand the above-mentioned natural number i to i<n. Then there is the question of the number of unknowns and conditional expressions.

例如,在具有n-1个点列时,看作成立N个未知数和N个关系式。此处,如果假设再增加1点,未知数就增加三维回旋线段Pn-1、Pn的回旋参数a0n、a1n、a2n、b0n、b1n、b2n和hn等7个。一方面,条件式,由于连接点增加1个,所以在点Pn-1,在位置方面增加3个,在切线矢量方面增加2个,在曲率连续的条件式的大小和方向方面增加2个,合计增加7个。For example, when there are n-1 point columns, it is considered that N unknown numbers and N relational expressions are established. Here, if it is assumed that one more point is added, seven unknowns will be added, including the three-dimensional clothoid segment P n-1 , the cycloidal parameters a0 n , a1 n , a2 n , b0 n , b1 n , b2 n and h n . On the one hand, the conditional expression, since the connection point increases by 1, so at the point P n-1 , 3 are added in terms of position, 2 are added in terms of tangent vector, and 2 are added in terms of the magnitude and direction of the conditional expression with continuous curvature , adding 7 in total.

由于得知在n=3时,未知数、关系式都是12个,所以在n≥3时,未知数为7(n-2)+5个,对此成立的式也是7(n-2)+5个。这样一来,由于未知数和与之有关的条件的数相等,所以在n个自由点列时也能用与3点时同样的方法求解。作为求解法,采用利用在未知数和条件式的之间成立式(4-15)、(4-16)的关系的牛顿-拉夫申法求解。(将条件设为F,将未知数设为u、将误差雅可比矩阵设为j。)Since it is known that when n=3, there are 12 unknowns and relational expressions, so when n≥3, the unknowns are 7(n-2)+5, and the established formula is also 7(n-2)+ 5. In this way, since the unknown number is equal to the number of conditions related to it, the same method as that of 3 points can be used for n free point columns. As a solution method, the Newton-Raphson method using the relationship of the equations (4-15) and (4-16) established between the unknown number and the conditional expression is used. (Set the condition to be F, the unknown to be u, and the error Jacobian to be j.)

[数式53][Formula 53]

ΔF=[J]Δu               (4-15)ΔF=[J]Δu (4-15)

Δu=[J]-1ΔF             (4-16)Δu=[J] -1 ΔF (4-16)

由以上得知,对于n个点列也可进行严密地通过插补对象的点,并且达到G2连续的三维回旋插补。From the above, it is possible to perform three-dimensional convolutional interpolation that closely passes through the interpolation target points for n point columns and achieves G2 continuity.

(C)初始值的确定(C) Determination of initial value

在牛顿-拉夫申法中,在开始解的探索时需要给出适当的初始值。初始值怎样给出都可以,但此处只叙述该初始值的一例给出方式。In the Newton-Raphson method, appropriate initial values need to be given when starting the search for a solution. The initial value can be given in any way, but only one example of the way of giving the initial value will be described here.

在插补中,首先,需要从点列确定各未知数的初始值,但在本研究中,生成在Li等的3D Discrete Clothoid Splines的多角形Q的单一形的插补对象点列间具有4个顶点的,从该多角形Q算出其初始值,进行确定。3DDiscrete Clothoid Splines,严密地通过插补对象点,具有曲率相对于从始点的移动距离平稳变化的性质。在本说明书中,用于三维回旋插补的初始值,通过制作如图13的r=4的3D Discrete Clothoid Splines的多角形Q,从此处通过计算确定。In interpolation, first, it is necessary to determine the initial value of each unknown from the point sequence, but in this study, the interpolation target point sequence of the single shape of the polygon Q generated in Li et al.'s 3D Discrete Clothoid Splines has 4 For the vertices, their initial values are calculated from the polygon Q and determined. 3DDiscrete Clothoid Splines, strictly by interpolating object points, has the property that the curvature changes smoothly with respect to the moving distance from the starting point. In this specification, the initial value used for three-dimensional convolution interpolation is determined by calculation from here by making a polygon Q of 3D Discrete Clothoid Splines with r=4 as shown in FIG. 13 .

下面,补充说明3D Discrete Clothoid Splines。首先如图14所示,制作以插补对象的点列为顶点的多角形P,在P的各顶点间插入各相同数r个新的顶点,制作为 P &Subset; Q 的多角形Q。此处,如果将P的顶点设定为n个,在多角形Q关闭的情况下具有rn个顶点,在多角形Q打开的情况下具有r(n-1)+1个顶点。以后规定以下标作为从始点的连续号码,用qi表示各顶点。此外,在各顶点,作为方向确定从法线矢量b,作为大小确定具有曲率κ的矢量k。Next, 3D Discrete Clothoid Splines are supplemented. First, as shown in Figure 14, a polygon P with the point row of the interpolation object as the vertex is made, and the same number r of new vertices are inserted between the vertices of P, and it is made as P &Subset; Q The polygon Q. Here, if the number of vertices of P is set to n, there are rn vertices when the polygon Q is closed, and r(n-1)+1 vertices when the polygon Q is open. Subscripts are defined hereafter as consecutive numbers from the starting point, and each vertex is represented by qi. In addition, at each vertex, a normal vector b is determined as a direction, and a vector k having a curvature κ is determined as a magnitude.

此时,将满足下记的顶点相互间达到等距离的式(4-17)的,曲率最接近与从始点的移动距离成正比的条件时的(使式(4-18)的函数最小化时的)多角形Q,称为3D Discrete Clothoid Splines。At this time, when the equation (4-17) in which the vertices are equidistant from each other is satisfied, the curvature is closest to the condition proportional to the moving distance from the starting point (the function of the equation (4-18) is minimized When) polygon Q, called 3D Discrete Clothoid Splines.

[数式54][Formula 54]

|qi-1qi|=|qi+1qi|, ( q i &NotElement; P ) - - - ( 4 - 17 ) |q i-1 q i |=|q i+1 q i |, ( q i &NotElement; P ) - - - ( 4 - 17 )

Figure C200580006053D00423
i={0...n-1},Δ2ki=ki-1-2ki+ki+1
Figure C200580006053D00423
i={0...n-1}, Δ 2 k i =k i-1 -2k i +k i+1

                                     (4-18)(4-18)

在3D Discrete Clothoid Splines中,已经求出各顶点的弗雷涅标架。因此,从其单位切线方向矢量t求出参数a0、b0。该切线方向矢量t在求出多角形Q时已知,通过该t和三维回旋曲线的切线的式,求出多角形Q的顶点的切线方向旋转角α、β。由此求出各曲线的a0、b0的初始值。此外,在从始点开始的三维回旋线段上,给出此值。In 3D Discrete Clothoid Splines, the Fresnel frame of each vertex has been calculated. Therefore, the parameters a 0 and b 0 are obtained from the unit tangential direction vector t. The tangential direction vector t is known when the polygon Q is obtained, and the tangential direction rotation angles α, β of the vertices of the polygon Q are obtained from this t and the tangent equation of the three-dimensional clothoid curve. From this, the initial values of a 0 and b 0 of each curve are obtained. Also, on the 3D clothoid segment from the start point, this value is given.

[数式55][Formula 55]

uu == coscos &beta;&beta; coscos &alpha;&alpha; sinsin &beta;&beta; coscos &alpha;&alpha; -- sinsin &alpha;&alpha; -- -- -- (( 44 -- 1919 ))

此处,关于3D Discrete Clothoid Splines,如果考虑等距离排列顶点,在图13的点q4i+1,能够近似于曲线长变量S是1/4。同样在点q4(i+1)-1,能够近似于曲线长变量S是3/4。如果与三维回旋曲线的α的式合在一起考虑这些,成立下式(4-20)。Here, regarding the 3D Discrete Clothoid Splines, if the vertices are arranged equidistantly, at point q 4i+1 in FIG. 13 , it can be approximated that the curve length variable S is 1/4. Also at point q 4(i+1)-1 , it can be approximated that the curve length variable S is 3/4. When these are considered together with the formula of α of the three-dimensional clothoid curve, the following formula (4-20) is established.

[数式56][Formula 56]

aa 00 44 ii ++ 11 44 aa 11 44 ii ++ (( 11 44 )) 22 aa 22 44 ii == aa 00 44 ii ++ 11 aa 00 44 ii ++ 33 44 aa 11 44 ii ++ (( 33 44 )) 22 aa 22 44 ii == aa 00 44 (( ii ++ 11 )) -- 11 -- -- -- (( 44 -- 2020 ))

此式成为未知数为a14i和a24i的二维联立方程式,对其进行求解,作为参数a1、a2的初始值。同样也能够确定参数b1、b2的初始值。This formula becomes a two-dimensional simultaneous equation with unknowns a1 4i and a2 4i , which is solved and used as the initial values of parameters a 1 and a 2 . It is likewise possible to determine initial values for the parameters b 1 , b 2 .

其余的未知数是曲线长h,但关于其初始值可由三维回旋曲线的曲率的式算出。三维回旋曲线的曲率,可用式(4-21)表示。The remaining unknown is the curve length h, but its initial value can be calculated from the formula of the curvature of the three-dimensional clothoid curve. The curvature of the three-dimensional clothoid curve can be expressed by formula (4-21).

[数式57][Formula 57]

&kappa;&kappa; == &alpha;&alpha; &prime;&prime; 22 ++ &beta;&beta; &prime;&prime; 22 coscos 22 &alpha;&alpha; hh -- -- -- (( 44 -- 21twenty one ))

如果改变此式,成为式(4-22),可确定h的初始值。If this formula is changed to formula (4-22), the initial value of h can be determined.

[数式58][Formula 58]

hh 44 ii == (( aa 11 44 ii ++ 22 aa 22 44 ii )) 22 ++ (( bb 11 44 ii ++ 22 bb 22 44 ii )) 22 coscos 22 (( aa 00 44 ii ++ aa 11 44 ii ++ aa 22 44 ii )) &kappa;&kappa; 44 (( ii ++ 11 ))

                                (4-22)(4-22)

用以上的方法,对于7个三维回旋参数能够确定初始值。采用该确定的初始值,在(b)中叙述的达到G2连续的条件下,用牛顿-拉夫申法求出各曲线的参数的近似值。从由此得到的参数生成三维回旋线段,用三维回旋曲线插补点列间。Using the above method, initial values can be determined for the seven three-dimensional convolution parameters. Using this determined initial value, under the condition of achieving G2 continuity described in (b), the approximate value of the parameters of each curve is obtained by the Newton-Raphson method. A three-dimensional clothoid segment is generated from the parameters thus obtained, and a three-dimensional clothoid curve is used to interpolate between point columns.

(d)插补例(d) Imputation example

作为实际用以上所述的方法插补点列的例子,举例三维回旋插补(0.0,0.0,0.0)、(2.0,2.0,2.0)、(4.0,0.0,1.0)和(5.0,0.0,2.0)这4点的例子。图15中示出通过插补生成的三维回旋曲线的透视图。图15中的实线是三维回旋曲线,虚线、一点划线、二点划线的直线,是曲线上的各点上的取大小为log(曲率半径+自然对数e),取方向为法线方向的曲率半径变化模式。As an example of actually interpolating a point sequence using the method described above, three-dimensional convolutional interpolation (0.0, 0.0, 0.0), (2.0, 2.0, 2.0), (4.0, 0.0, 1.0) and (5.0, 0.0, 2.0) are given ) Examples of these 4 points. A perspective view of a three-dimensional clothoid curve generated by interpolation is shown in FIG. 15 . The solid line in Fig. 15 is a three-dimensional clothoid curve, and the straight line of dotted line, dot-dash line, and two-dot-dash line is that the size of each point on the curve is log (radius of curvature+natural logarithm e), and the direction is normal The radius of curvature variation pattern along the line.

另外,表2中示出各曲线的参数,此外表3示出在各切线点的坐标、切线、法线、曲率的偏斜。从这些表看出,在各切线点生成成为G2连续的三维回旋曲线。此外,图16是在横轴取从始点的移动距离、在纵轴取曲率的曲率变化曲线图。In addition, Table 2 shows the parameters of each curve, and Table 3 shows the coordinates of each tangent point, tangent line, normal line, and curvature deflection. As can be seen from these tables, a three-dimensional clothoid curve that is G2 continuous is generated at each tangent point. In addition, FIG. 16 is a curvature change graph in which the moving distance from the starting point is taken on the horizontal axis and the curvature is taken on the vertical axis.

     表2 Table 2

      各三维回旋线段的模式The mode of each 3D clothoid segment

曲线1 (曲率半径变化模式 虚线)Curve 1 (Curvature Radius Variation Mode Dashed Line)

  α=-0.657549-1.05303S+1.84584S2 α=-0.657549-1.05303S+1.84584S 2

  β=1.03297+1.29172S-2.55118S2 β=1.03297+1.29172S- 2.55118S2

  h=3.82679h=3.82679

  P0=(0.0、0.0、0.0) P0 = (0.0, 0.0, 0.0)

曲线2 (曲率半径变化模式 一点划线)Curve 2 (curvature radius change mode dot-dash line)

  α=0.135559+2.18537S-2.69871S2 α=0.135559+2.18537S- 2.69871S2

  β=-0.226655-3.15603S+3.03298S2 β=-0.226655-3.15603S+3.03298S 2

  h=3.16932h=3.16932

  P0=(2.0、2.0、2.0) P0 = (2.0, 2.0, 2.0)

曲线3 (曲率半径变化模式 二点划线)Curve 3 (curvature radius change mode two dotted line)

  α=-0.377569-1.45922S+0.984945S2 α=-0.377569-1.45922S+0.984945S 2

  β=-0.349942+1.32198S-0.873267S2 β=-0.349942+1.32198S- 0.873267S2

  h=1.43987h=1.43987

  P0=(4.0、0.0、1.0) P0 = (4.0, 0.0, 1.0)

        表3 table 3

  在各切线点的坐标、切线、法线、曲率的偏斜Coordinates, tangents, normals, curvature skews at each tangent point

曲线1和曲线2的连接点The connection point of curve 1 and curve 2

  Coord:(1.16×10-5,2.00×10-6,3.82×10-6)Coord: (1.16×10 -5 , 2.00×10 -6 , 3.82×10 -6 )

  Tvector:(7.59×10-5,1.50×10-5,2.95×10-4)Tvector: (7.59×10 -5 , 1.50×10 -5 , 2.95×10 -4 )

  Nvector:(2.93×10-4,9.19×10-5,-7.57×10-6)Nvector: (2.93×10 -4 , 9.19×10 -5 , -7.57×10 -6 )

  Curvature:3.06×10-7 Curvature: 3.06×10 -7

曲线2和曲线3的连接点The connection point of curve 2 and curve 3

  Coord:(-4.33×10-6,-1.64×10-6,1.11×10-5)Coord: (-4.33×10 -6 , -1.64×10 -6 , 1.11×10 -5 )

  Tvector:(2.06×10-6,2.33×10-4,1.97×10-4)Tvector: (2.06×10 -6 , 2.33×10 -4 , 1.97×10 -4 )

  Nvector:(3.30×10-4,1.19×10-5,-3.23×10-5)Nvector: (3.30×10 -4 , 1.19×10 -5 , -3.23×10 -5 )

  Curvature:5.96×10-6 Curvature: 5.96×10 -6

(2-4)考虑到在两端的各值的控制的G2连续的三维回旋插补(2-4) G2 continuous three-dimensional convolution interpolation considering the control of each value at both ends

(a)插补条件和未知数(a) Imputation conditions and unknowns

如在(2-3)中所述,在曲线打开的情况下,在插补对象的点有n个时,用n-1个曲线三维回旋插补点列。如果严格地通过各点,关于各三维回旋线段,由于未知数有a0、a1、a2、b0、b1、b2、h等7个,所以未知数整体为7(n-1)个。另一方面,关于条件式,由于具有n-2个的连接点都存在坐标、切线、法线、曲率的各7个和终点上的坐标的3个,所以全部为7(n-2)+3个。在(2-3)的方法中,通过对其给出始点·终点上的切线矢量,增加4个条件,使条件式和未知数的数相对。As described in (2-3), when the curve is turned on, when there are n points to be interpolated, the three-dimensional convolution interpolation point sequence is performed using n-1 curves. If strictly passing through each point, for each three-dimensional clothoid segment, since there are 7 unknowns such as a 0 , a 1 , a 2 , b 0 , b 1 , b 2 , h, etc., the total number of unknowns is 7(n-1) . On the other hand, regarding the conditional expression, since there are 7 each of coordinates, tangents, normals, and curvatures and 3 coordinates on the end point for n-2 connection points, all of them are 7(n-2)+ 3. In the method (2-3), four conditions are added by giving the tangent vectors at the start point and the end point, and the conditional expression is made to be opposite to the number of unknowns.

此处,如果控制始点·终点上的切线·法线·曲率,并且以达到G2连续的方式插补,条件与控制两端的切线时相比,另外在始点·终点,在法线·曲率方面各增加2个,合计增加4个。于是,条件式全部达到7n-3个。在此种情况下,由于未知数的数比条件少,所以不能用牛顿-拉夫申法求解。因此,需要用什么方法增加未知数。Here, if the tangent, normal, and curvature at the start point and end point are controlled, and the interpolation is achieved in a G2 continuous manner, the condition is compared with that of controlling the tangent at both ends. In addition, at the start point and end point, in terms of normal line and curvature Add 2 each, and add 4 in total. Thus, all the conditional expressions reach 7n-3. In this case, the Newton-Raphson method cannot be used to solve the problem because the number of unknowns is less than the condition. Therefore, what method needs to be used to increase the unknown.

因此,此处,通过重新插入插补对象点使未知数和条件式的数相等。例如,如果4个未知数的一方多,就插入2个新的点,作为未知数处理各点的坐标中的2个。Therefore, here, the unknown number and the number of the conditional expression are equalized by reinserting interpolation target points. For example, if there are more than one of four unknowns, two new points are inserted, and two of the coordinates of each point are treated as unknowns.

在此种情况下,由于连接点增加2个,所以对于各连接点条件增加坐标、切线、法线、曲率的各7个的14个。另一方面,由于未知数增加2个三维回旋线段,所以增加a0、a1、a2、b0、b1、b2、h的各7个的合计14个。由于此时点列所含的点的数为n+2个,所以如果整体考虑,未知数达到7(n+1)个,条件式达到7(n+1)+4个。此处,另外,假设作为未知数处理新插入的点的坐标中的2个,未知数就增加4个。于是,未知数、条件式都达到7(n+2)-3个,能够求出未知数的解。如此,通过插入新的点,能够进行严密地通过给出的各点,G2连续的并且控制了两端点的切线·法线·曲率的插补。In this case, since two connection points are added, 14 of each of seven coordinates, tangents, normals, and curvatures are added for each connection point condition. On the other hand, since two three-dimensional clothoid segments are added to the unknowns, a total of seven of a 0 , a 1 , a 2 , b 0 , b 1 , b 2 , and h is added to the total of 14 unknowns. Since the number of points contained in the point column is n+2 at this time, if considered as a whole, the number of unknowns reaches 7(n+1), and the number of conditional expressions reaches 7(n+1)+4. Here, assuming that two of the coordinates of the newly inserted point are treated as unknowns, the number of unknowns increases by four. Therefore, the number of unknowns and conditional expressions reaches 7(n+2)-3, and the solution of the unknowns can be obtained. In this way, by inserting new points, it is possible to perform interpolation that strictly passes through each given point, is G2 continuous, and controls the tangent, normal, and curvature of both ends.

另外,考虑到一般的情况。在插补n个点列时,考虑在两端点控制m个项目时插入的点的数和在该点作为未知数处理的坐标的数。前面也记述过,但在曲线打开时,用n-1个曲线插补点列。如果严密地通过各点,由于对于各三维回旋线段未知数有a0、a1、a2、b0、b1、b2、h的7个,所以未知数整体有7(n-1)个。一方面,关于条件式,由于具有n-2个的连接点都存在坐标、切线、法线、曲率的各7个和终点上的坐标3个,所以全部为7(n-2)+3个,条件式少,为4个。也就是,在两端点要控制的项目在4个以上。以下,叙述在说明中m为4以上的自然数、k为2以上的自然数,在插入新的点时使条件式和未知数的数相等的方法。Also, consider the general situation. When interpolating n point columns, the number of points inserted when controlling m items at both ends and the number of coordinates handled as unknowns at this point are considered. It is also described above, but when the curve is turned on, n-1 curves are used to interpolate the point sequence. If each point is strictly passed, since there are 7 unknowns of a 0 , a 1 , a 2 , b 0 , b 1 , b 2 , h for each three-dimensional clothoid segment, there are 7(n-1) unknowns as a whole. On the one hand, regarding the conditional expression, since there are n-2 connection points, there are 7 each of coordinates, tangents, normals, and curvatures, and 3 coordinates on the end point, so all of them are 7(n-2)+3 , the number of conditional expressions is less than 4. That is, there are four or more items to be controlled at both ends. Hereinafter, in the description, m is a natural number greater than or equal to 4, k is a natural number greater than or equal to 2, and a method of making the conditional expression equal to the number of the unknown when inserting a new point will be described.

(i)m=2k时(i) When m=2k

在两端合在一起控制m=2k个项目时,未知数整体有7(n-1)个,条件式整体为7(n-1)-4+2k个。此时,过剩的条件式为2k-4个。现在,如果考虑重新插入k-2个点,由于三维回旋线段增加k-2根,连接点增加k-2个,所以未知数整体有7(n+k-3)个,条件式整体为7(n+k-3)-4+2k个。此处,另外假设作为未知数处理新插入的各点的坐标的值中的2个(例如x、y),未知数整体为7(n+k-3)+2(k-2)个,条件式整体为7(n+k-3)+2(k-2)个,未知数和条件式的数相等。When both ends are combined to control m=2k items, there are 7(n-1) unknowns and 7(n-1)-4+2k overall conditional expressions. At this time, there are 2k-4 excess conditional expressions. Now, if we consider reinserting k-2 points, since the three-dimensional clothoid segment increases by k-2 and the connection points increase by k-2, there are 7 (n+k-3) unknowns and 7 ( n+k-3)-4+2k pieces. Here, it is also assumed that two of the values of the coordinates of each newly inserted point (for example, x and y) are handled as unknowns, and the total number of unknowns is 7(n+k-3)+2(k-2). The conditional expression The overall number is 7(n+k-3)+2(k-2), and the number of unknowns and conditional expressions are equal.

(ii)m=2k+1时(ii) When m=2k+1

在两端合在一起控制m=2k+1个项目时,未知数整体为7(n-1)个,条件式整体为7(n-1)+2k-3个。此时,过剩的条件式为2k-3个。现在,如果考虑重新插入k-1个点,由于三维回旋线段增加k-1根,连接点增加k-1个,所以未知数整体为7(n+k-2)个,条件式整体为7(n+k-2)-3+2k个。此处,另外假设作为未知数处理新插入的各点的坐标的值中的2个(例如x、y),未知数整体有7(n+k-2)+2(k-2)个,条件式整体为7(n+k-2)+2k-3个,条件式的数多1个。因此,要在m=2k+1时插入的点中的1个点上,作为未知数只处理坐标的值中的1个。这样一来,未知数整体为7(n+k-2)+2(k-2)个,条件式整体为7(n+k-2)+2(k-2)个,未知数和条件式的数相等。When both ends are combined to control m=2k+1 items, the total number of unknowns is 7(n-1), and the total number of conditional expressions is 7(n-1)+2k-3. At this time, there are 2k-3 excess conditional expressions. Now, if you consider reinserting k-1 points, since the three-dimensional clothoid segment increases by k-1, and the connection points increase by k-1, the total number of unknowns is 7(n+k-2), and the total number of conditional expressions is 7( n+k-2)-3+2k pieces. Here, it is also assumed that two of the values of the coordinates of each newly inserted point (for example, x and y) are treated as unknowns, and there are 7(n+k-2)+2(k-2) unknowns as a whole. The conditional expression The overall number is 7(n+k-2)+2k-3, and the number of conditional expressions is one more. Therefore, at one of the points to be inserted when m=2k+1, only one of the coordinate values is handled as an unknown. In this way, the overall number of unknowns is 7(n+k-2)+2(k-2), the overall number of conditional expressions is 7(n+k-2)+2(k-2), and the number of unknowns and conditional expressions The numbers are equal.

如以上所述的方法,即使在通过与追加的条件的数对照,调整插入的点的坐标中的成为未知数的数,控制切线、法线、曲率以外的例如切线回旋角α时等的种种情况下,也能够使未知数和条件式的数相对,理论上能够控制两端点的各值。此外,关于控制项目和未知数、条件式的数,表4列出归纳的数In the method described above, even in various situations such as when controlling the tangent line, normal line, and curvature other than the tangent line, normal line, and curvature, such as the tangent line angle of rotation α, by adjusting the unknown number in the coordinates of the inserted point by comparing with the added condition In this case, the unknown number and the number of the conditional expression can also be compared, and the values at both ends can be controlled theoretically. In addition, regarding control items, unknowns, and conditional expressions, Table 4 lists the summed numbers

              表4 Table 4

n点的插补中在两端的控制项目和未知数、条件式的数The number of control items and unknowns and conditional expressions at both ends in interpolation of n points

                *k:2以上的自然数 * k: natural number above 2

(b)方法(b) method

采用在始点·终点控制各值的三维回旋的插补法,如图17及图18所示,按以下的流程进行。The interpolation method using the three-dimensional convolution that controls each value at the start point and the end point is performed in the following flow as shown in Fig. 17 and Fig. 18 .

Step1)只采用要控制的条件中的4个,进行严密地通过插补对象点,并且G2连续的插补,生成曲线。Step1) Using only 4 of the conditions to be controlled, perform interpolation that strictly passes through the interpolation object points, and G2 continuous interpolation, to generate a curve.

Step2)在生成的曲线上插入新的点,调整条件式和未知数的数。Step2) Insert a new point on the generated curve, adjust the conditional expression and the number of unknowns.

Step3)以Step1的曲线参数作为初始值,用牛顿-拉夫申法求出满足目的条件的各曲线的参数的近似值。Step3) Using the curve parameters of Step1 as initial values, use the Newton-Raphson method to obtain the approximate values of the parameters of each curve that meet the objective conditions.

以下,对各Step进行补充说明。首先在Step1中,只要控制切线方向,就可采用(2-3)的方法生成曲线。此外,即使在不控制切线方向的情况下,作为求出该曲线的参数时的初始值,也采用与(2-3)的方法相同的初始值。Hereinafter, supplementary explanations are given for each Step. First in Step1, as long as the tangent direction is controlled, the method (2-3) can be used to generate the curve. Also, even when the tangential direction is not controlled, the same initial values as in the method (2-3) are used as initial values when obtaining the parameters of the curve.

接着,在Step2中插入新的点,进行条件式和未知数的数的调整。此时,新插入的点,在各插补对象点间尽可能地在1个以下。此外,作为插入的点,插入用连结插补对象相互间的在Step1生成的三维回旋线段的中间的点。另外,插入的点要从两端依次插入。也就是,最初插入的点是始点和其邻接的点的之间、和终点和其邻接的点的之间。Next, insert a new point in Step2, and adjust the conditional expression and the number of unknowns. At this time, the number of points to be newly inserted is one or less among the interpolation target points as much as possible. In addition, as the interpolation point, an intermediate point between the three-dimensional clothoid segments generated in Step 1 between the interpolation objects is inserted. In addition, the inserted points should be inserted sequentially from both ends. That is, the first inserted point is between the start point and its adjacent point, and between the end point and its adjacent point.

最后是关于Step3,但需要重新确定用于在Step3进行的牛顿-拉夫申法的初始值。因此,对于插入新点的曲线,采用按(1-4)所述的分割三维回旋曲线的方法分割曲线,从生成的曲线的各值确定。对于未插入点的曲线,直接采用在Step1生成的曲线的值。以上,确定了在Step3中的曲线的各参数的初始值。采用该初始值,从用牛顿-拉夫申法得到的参数生成三维回旋曲线,用满足目的条件的三维回旋曲线插补点列间。Finally about Step3, but the initial values for the Newton-Raphschen method performed in Step3 need to be re-determined. Therefore, for a curve to which a new point is inserted, the curve is divided by the method of dividing a three-dimensional clothoid curve as described in (1-4), and determined from each value of the generated curve. For the curve without point insertion, directly adopt the value of the curve generated in Step1. Above, the initial value of each parameter of the curve in Step3 is determined. Using this initial value, a three-dimensional clothoid curve is generated from parameters obtained by the Newton-Raphson method, and interpolation between point rows is performed using a three-dimensional clothoid curve satisfying the objective condition.

(C)插补例(C) Interpolation example

示出以实际用表5的条件控制两端的切线、法线、曲率的方式,进行三维回旋插补的例子。向应严密地通过的插补对象的点分摊连续号码,形成P1、P2和P3An example of performing three-dimensional convolution interpolation is shown in which the tangent, normal, and curvature at both ends are actually controlled using the conditions in Table 5. Consecutive numbers are allocated to interpolation target points that should pass strictly to form P 1 , P 2 , and P 3 .

    表5 插补对象各点和始点·终点的条件Table 5 Conditions for each point of the interpolation object and the start point and end point

  坐标 单位切线矢量 主法线矢量 曲率 P<sub>1</sub> (0,0,0) (Cos(θ),Sin(θ),0) (-Sin(θ),Cos(θ)、0) 0.2 P<sub>2</sub> (4,-4,-4) P<sub>3</sub> (8,-4,-5) (1,0,0) (0,-1,0) 0.2 coordinate unit tangent vector principal normal vector curvature P<sub>1</sub> (0,0,0) (Cos(θ), Sin(θ), 0) (-Sin(θ), Cos(θ), 0) 0.2 P<sub>2</sub> (4, -4, -4) P<sub>3</sub> (8, -4, -5) (1,0,0) (0, -1, 0) 0.2

                              *θ=-(π/6)*θ=-(π/6)

图19表示在此条件下实际进行插补的结果。实线的曲线表示三维回旋曲线,虚线·一点划线·二点划线·三点划线表示各曲线的曲率半径变化。此外,图20是表示从与图19的曲线的线种对应的各曲线的始点的移动距离和曲率的关系的曲线图。由图中看出,生成的曲线满足表6所给出的条件。Fig. 19 shows the results of actually performing interpolation under these conditions. A solid line represents a three-dimensional clothoid curve, and a dotted line, a one-dot chain line, a two-dot chain line, and a three-dot chain line represent changes in the radius of curvature of each curve. In addition, FIG. 20 is a graph showing the relationship between the movement distance and the curvature from the starting point of each curve corresponding to the line type of the curve in FIG. 19 . It can be seen from the figure that the generated curve meets the conditions given in Table 6.

表6 给出的值和生成的曲线的始点·终点的切线、法线、曲率的差Differences between the values given in Table 6 and the tangent, normal, and curvature of the start point and end point of the generated curve

Figure C200580006053D00491
Figure C200580006053D00491

(d)在中间点的值的控制(d) Control of values at intermediate points

利用(b)的方法,继续控制两端点上的各值,进行G2连续的插补。此处,考虑不在两端点而在中间点控制值。Using the method of (b), continue to control the values at both ends, and perform G2 continuous interpolation. Here, it is considered to control the value not at both ends but at an intermediate point.

例如在插补如图21的点列的情况下,考虑在中间点Pc控制切线、法线。但是,在前面所述的方法中不能控制中间点上的值。因此,此处通过将该点列分为2个,控制在中间点的值。For example, in the case of interpolating a point sequence as shown in FIG. 21, it is considered to control the tangent and the normal at the intermediate point Pc . However, the value at the intermediate point cannot be controlled in the aforementioned method. So here by splitting the point column into 2, the value at the middle point is controlled.

也就是,对于点列,不是一举地进行插补,而是夹着中间点Pc分为曲线C1和曲线C2地进行插补。在此种情况下,由于点Pc相当于端点,所以只要采用(b)的方法就能够控制值。That is, the point sequence is not interpolated at one go, but is interpolated by dividing it into a curve C1 and a curve C2 with the middle point Pc in between. In this case, since the point P c corresponds to an end point, the value can be controlled by adopting the method (b).

如此在有要控制的值的点上分开区分,控制其两端上的值,进行插补的结果,只要连接生成的曲线,理论上能够进行可在各点控制切线·法线·曲率的三维回旋插补。As a result of separating the points with values to be controlled, controlling the values at both ends, and performing interpolation, as long as the generated curves are connected, it is theoretically possible to perform three-dimensional control of tangent, normal, and curvature at each point. Convolutional interpolation.

(2-5)控制两端点上的切线、法线、曲率的三维回旋插补(2-5) Three-dimensional convolutional interpolation to control the tangent, normal, and curvature of the two ends

(a)方法的流程(a) Flow of the method

采用在始点·终点控制各值的三维回旋的插补法,可按图22所示的以下的流程进行。下面,沿着该流程说明。The interpolation method using the three-dimensional convolution that controls each value at the start point and the end point can be performed in the following flow shown in FIG. 22 . Hereinafter, description will be made along this flow.

(b-1)给出插补对象的点(b-1) Give the point of the interpolation object

在本例中,给出三维空间的3点{0.0,0.0,0.0}、{5.0,5.0,10.0}、{10.0,10.0,5.0}。表7归纳地列出在其它各点给出的切线、法线、曲率等的条件。In this example, 3 points {0.0, 0.0, 0.0}, {5.0, 5.0, 10.0}, {10.0, 10.0, 5.0} of the three-dimensional space are given. Table 7 summarizes the conditions of tangent, normal, curvature, etc. given at other points.

表7 插补对象各点和始点·终点的条件Table 7 Conditions for each point of the interpolation object and the start point and end point

  坐标 单位切线矢量 主法线矢量 曲率 P<sub>1</sub> (0.0,0.0,0.0) {0.0,1.0,0.0} {1.0,0.0,0.0} 0.1 P<sub>2</sub> (5.0,5.0,10.0) P<sub>3</sub> (10.0,10.0,5.0) {1.0,0.0,0.0} {0.0,-1.0,0.0} 0.1 coordinate unit tangent vector principal normal vector curvature P<sub>1</sub> (0.0, 0.0, 0.0) {0.0, 1.0, 0.0} {1.0, 0.0, 0.0} 0.1 P<sub>2</sub> (5.0, 5.0, 10.0) P<sub>3</sub> (10.0, 10.0, 5.0) {1.0, 0.0, 0.0} {0.0, -1.0, 0.0} 0.1

(b-2)r=4的3DDCS的生成(b-2) Generation of 3DDCS with r=4

在牛顿-拉夫申法中,在开始解的探索时需要给出适当的初始值。此处,进行得出该初始值的准备。先行的研究即3D Discrete Clothoid Splines,具有严密地通过插补对象点,相对于从始点的移动距离曲率平稳地变化的性质。因此,在本研究中,制作如图23的r=4的3D Discrete Clothoid Splines的多角形Q,从此处通过计算确定用于三维回旋插补的初始值。此外,图24示出实际由该点列生成的多角形,顶点的坐标列入表8。In the Newton-Raphson method, appropriate initial values need to be given when starting the search for a solution. Here, preparations for finding the initial value are performed. 3D Discrete Clothoid Splines, which is the first research, has the property that the curvature changes smoothly with respect to the moving distance from the starting point by strictly interpolating the target point. Therefore, in this study, the polygon Q of 3D Discrete Clothoid Splines with r=4 as shown in Figure 23 is made, and the initial value for three-dimensional convolution interpolation is determined from here by calculation. In addition, FIG. 24 shows the polygon actually generated by this point sequence, and the coordinates of the vertices are listed in Table 8.

表8 生成的多角形的顶点坐标Table 8 Vertex coordinates of the generated polygon

  顶点坐标 P<sub>1</sub> {0.0,0.0,0.0} {0.4677,0.4677,3.1228} {0.9354,0.9354,6.2456} {2.3029、2.3029、9.4966} P<sub>2</sub> {5.0,5.0,10.0} {6.7095,6.7095,9.9244} {8.0655,8.0655,8.4732} {9.0327,9.0327,6.7366} P<sub>3</sub> {10.0,10.0,5.0} Vertex coordinates P<sub>1</sub> {0.0, 0.0, 0.0} {0.4677, 0.4677, 3.1228} {0.9354, 0.9354, 6.2456} {2.3029, 2.3029, 9.4966} P<sub>2</sub> {5.0, 5.0, 10.0} {6.7095, 6.7095, 9.9244} {8.0655, 8.0655, 8.4732} {9.0327, 9.0327, 6.7366} P<sub>3</sub> {10.0, 10.0, 5.0}

(b-3)初始值的确定(b-3) Determination of initial value

要用牛顿-拉夫申法求解,需要确定各未知数的初始值。在本方法中,使用在(b-2)生成的多角形Q,求出各未知数的近似值,确定该值。在3D Discrete Clothoid Splines中,已经求出各顶点的弗雷涅标架。因此由在(b-2)生成的多角形Q的单位切线方向矢量t求出参数a0、b0。该切线方向矢量t在求出多角形Q时已知,通过该t和三维回旋曲线的切线的式,求出多角形Q的顶点的切线方向回旋角α、β。由此求出各曲线的a0、b0的初始值。此外,在从始点开始的三维回旋线段上,给出该值。To use the Newton-Raphson method to solve, it is necessary to determine the initial value of each unknown. In this method, the approximate value of each unknown is obtained using the polygon Q generated in (b-2), and the value is determined. In 3D Discrete Clothoid Splines, the Fresnel frame of each vertex has been calculated. Therefore, the parameters a 0 and b 0 are obtained from the unit tangent direction vector t of the polygon Q generated in (b-2). The tangential direction vector t is known when the polygon Q is obtained, and the tangential direction clothoid angles α, β of the vertices of the polygon Q are obtained from this t and the tangent equation of the three-dimensional clothoid curve. From this, the initial values of a 0 and b 0 of each curve are obtained. Also, on the 3D clothoid segment from the start point, the value is given.

[数式59][Formula 59]

uu == coscos &beta;&beta; coscos &alpha;&alpha; sinsin &beta;&beta; coscos &alpha;&alpha; -- sinsin &alpha;&alpha;

此处,关于3D Discrete Clothoid Splines,如果考虑顶点以等距离排列,在图23的点q4i+1上,能够近似于曲线长变量S是1/4。同样在点q4(i+1)-1上,能够近似于曲线长变量S是3/4。如果与三维回旋曲线的α的式合在一起考虑这些,成立下式。Here, regarding the 3D Discrete Clothoid Splines, if considering that the vertices are arranged equidistantly, at the point q 4i+1 in Fig. 23, it can be approximated that the curve length variable S is 1/4. Also at point q 4(i+1)-1 , it can be approximated that the curve length variable S is 3/4. When these are considered together with the expression of α of the three-dimensional clothoid curve, the following expression is established.

[数式60][Formula 60]

aa 00 44 ii ++ 11 44 aa 11 44 ii ++ (( 11 44 )) 22 aa 22 44 ii == aa 00 44 ii ++ 11 aa 00 44 ii ++ 33 44 aa 11 44 ii ++ (( 33 44 )) 22 aa 22 44 ii == aa 00 44 (( ii ++ 11 )) -- 11

此式成为未知数为a14i和a24i的二维联立方程式,对其进行求解,作为参数a1、a2的初始值。同样也能够确定参数b1、b2的初始值。This formula becomes a two-dimensional simultaneous equation with unknowns a1 4i and a2 4i , which is solved and used as the initial values of parameters a 1 and a 2 . It is likewise possible to determine initial values for the parameters b 1 , b 2 .

其余的未知数是曲线长h,但关于其初始值可由三维回旋曲线的曲率的式算出。三维回旋曲线的曲率,可用下记表示。The remaining unknown is the curve length h, but its initial value can be calculated from the formula of the curvature of the three-dimensional clothoid curve. The curvature of the three-dimensional clothoid curve can be expressed as follows.

[数式61][Formula 61]

&kappa;&kappa; == &alpha;&alpha; &prime;&prime; 22 ++ &beta;&beta; &prime;&prime; 22 coscos 22 &alpha;&alpha; hh

如果改变此式,成为以下的式,可确定h的初始值。If this formula is changed to the following formula, the initial value of h can be determined.

[数式62][Formula 62]

hh 44 ii == (( aa 11 44 ii ++ 22 aa 22 44 ii )) 22 ++ (( bb 11 44 ii ++ 22 bb 22 44 ii )) 22 coscos 22 (( aa 00 44 ii ++ aa 11 44 ii ++ aa 22 44 ii )) &kappa;&kappa; 44 (( ii ++ 11 ))

用以上的方法,能够为7个三维回旋参数确定初始值。Using the above method, it is possible to determine initial values for the seven three-dimensional convolution parameters.

表9 示出实际用此法求出的初始值。Table 9 shows the initial values actually obtained by this method.

      表9 初始值Table 9 Initial value

Figure C200580006053D00521
Figure C200580006053D00521

(b-4)严密地通过各点,G2连续的三维回旋插补(b-4) Pass through each point strictly, G2 continuous three-dimensional convolution interpolation

采用通过(b-3)确定的初始值,在达到G2连续的条件下,用牛顿-拉夫申法求出各曲线的参数的近似值。从由此得到的参数生成三维回旋线段,用三维回旋曲线插补点列间。Using the initial values determined by (b-3), under the condition of achieving G2 continuity, use the Newton-Raphson method to obtain approximate values of the parameters of each curve. A three-dimensional clothoid segment is generated from the parameters thus obtained, and a three-dimensional clothoid curve is used to interpolate between point columns.

此处,在3点的三维回旋插补中,关于严密地通过插补对象点,并且达到G2连续的条件,考虑具体的条件。图25表示点P1、P2、P3的三维回旋插补。如果将连结点P1、P2间的曲线作为曲线C1,将连结点P2、P3间的曲线作为曲线C2,由于a01和b01是已知的,所以未知数为曲线C1的参数a11、a21、b11、b21、h1,曲线C2的参数a02、a12、a22、b02、b12、b22、h2的12个。以后在说明中出现的文字的下标与各曲线的下标对应,作为曲线长变量S的函数,如Pxi、Pyi、Pzi、αi、βi、ni、κi,表示各曲线上的坐标、切线回旋角α、β、法线、曲率。Here, in the 3-point three-dimensional convolutional interpolation, specific conditions are considered regarding the condition that the interpolation target points are passed strictly and G2 continuity is achieved. Fig. 25 shows three-dimensional convolutional interpolation of points P 1 , P 2 , and P 3 . If the curve between connection points P 1 and P 2 is taken as curve C 1 , and the curve between connection points P 2 and P 3 is taken as curve C 2 , since a0 1 and b0 1 are known, the unknown is curve C 1 parameters a1 1 , a2 1 , b1 1 , b2 1 , h 1 , and 12 parameters a0 2 , a1 2 , a2 2 , b0 2 , b1 2 , b2 2 , h 2 of curve C 2 . The subscripts of the text appearing in the description later correspond to the subscripts of each curve, as a function of the curve length variable S, such as Pxi , Py i , Pzi , α i , β i , ni , and κ i , indicating that each Coordinates on the curve, tangent turning angle α, β, normal, curvature.

首先,在点P1上严密地通过插补对象点的条件,如果从三维回旋曲线的定义考虑,在给出始点时必然达成。此外,关于切线方向,由于已经作为已知的值给出,所以不特别指定在点P1上的条件。First of all, the condition of strictly passing the interpolation object point at point P1 , if considered from the definition of the three-dimensional clothoid curve, must be achieved when the starting point is given. Also, regarding the tangential direction, since it is already given as a known value, the condition on the point P1 is not particularly specified.

接着,考虑点P2。点P2是曲线相互间的连接点,要达到G2连续需要位置、切线、法线、曲率连续。即在点P2上应成立的条件如下。Next, consider point P2 . Point P 2 is the connection point between the curves, to achieve G 2 continuity requires position, tangent, normal, and curvature continuity. That is, the conditions to be established at the point P2 are as follows.

[数式63][Formula 63]

Px1(1)=Px2(0)Px 1 (1) = Px 2 (0)

Py1(1)=Py2(0)Py 1 (1) = Py 2 (0)

Pz1(1)=Pz2(0)Pz 1 (1) = Pz 2 (0)

cos[α1(1)-α2(0)]=1cos[α 1 (1)-α 2 (0)]=1

cos[β1(1)-β2(0)]=1cos[β 1 (1)-β 2 (0)]=1

n1(1)·n2(0)=1n 1 (1)·n 2 (0)=1

κ1(1)=κ2(0)κ 1 (1) = κ 2 (0)

最后考虑点P3。点P3是终点,由于应满足的条件只是位置、切线,所以成立以下的5个条件。此处,看作α3、β3是确定在给出的终点上的切线矢量的切线方向回旋角α、β。Finally consider point P3 . The point P3 is the end point, and since the conditions to be satisfied are only the position and the tangent, the following five conditions are satisfied. Here, α 3 , β 3 are considered to be tangential turning angles α, β that determine the tangent vector at a given end point.

[数式64][Formula 64]

Px2(1)=Px3 Px 2 (1) = Px 3

Py2(1)=Py3 Py 2 (1) = Py 3

Pz2(1)=Pz3 Pz 2 (1) = Pz 3

cos[α2(1)-α3]=1cos[α 2 (1)-α 3 ]=1

cos[β2(1)-β3]=1cos[β 2 (1)-β 3 ]=1

由以上得知,对于未知数a11、a21、b11、b21、h1、a02、a12、a22、b02、b12、b22、h2的12个,条件式成立下记的12个。归纳成立的条件式如下。From the above, we know that for the 12 unknowns a1 1 , a2 1 , b1 1 , b2 1 , h 1 , a0 2 , a1 2 , a2 2 , b0 2 , b1 2 , b2 2 , h 2 , the conditional expression holds Remember 12. The conditional expression for induction is as follows.

[数式65][Formula 65]

Px1(1)=Px2(0)Px 1 (1) = Px 2 (0)

Py1(1)=Py2(0)Py 1 (1) = Py 2 (0)

Pz1(1)=Pz2(0)Pz 1 (1) = Pz 2 (0)

cos[α1(1)-α2(0)]=1cos[α 1 (1)-α 2 (0)]=1

cos[β1(1)-β2(0)]=1cos[β 1 (1)-β 2 (0)]=1

n1·n2=1n 1 ·n 2 =1

κ1(1)=κ2(0)κ 1 (1) = κ 2 (0)

Px2(1)=Px3 Px 2 (1) = Px 3

Py2(1)=Py3 Py 2 (1) = Py 3

Pz2(1)=Pz3 Pz 2 (1) = Pz 3

cos[α2(1)-α3]=1cos[α 2 (1)-α 3 ]=1

cos[β2(1)-β3]=1cos[β 2 (1)-β 3 ]=1

由于对于12个未知数成立12个式,所以能够求解。用牛顿-拉夫申法求解该式,求出解。表10列出初始值和解。Since 12 equations are established for 12 unknowns, they can be solved. Use the Newton-Raphson method to solve this equation and find the solution. Table 10 lists the initial values and solutions.

   表10 初始值和解Table 10 Initial value and solution

(b-5)曲线的生成(b-5) Curve generation

图26同时表示以在(b-4)求出的参数为基础生成的曲线和在(b-2)生成的多角形。实线的曲线是曲线C1,虚线的曲线是曲线C2。在该阶段,形成在始点·终点控制切线方向的G2连续的三维回旋曲线。Fig. 26 shows both the curve generated based on the parameters obtained in (b-4) and the polygon generated in (b-2). The curve of the solid line is the curve C 1 , and the curve of the broken line is the curve C 2 . At this stage, a G2 continuous three-dimensional clothoid curve is formed in which the tangential direction is controlled at the start point and the end point.

(b-6)条件式和未知数(b-6) Conditional expressions and unknowns

此处,另外考虑也将始点P1和终点P3上的法线和曲率确定为表7给出的值。要在始点·终点再控制法线和曲率,需要分别2个增加始点·终点上的条件。但是,在条件增加4个的状态下,从与未知数的关系考虑不能求出满足该条件的解。因此,为了使未知数和条件式的数相对,如图27所示,在曲线C1的曲线长变量S=0.5的位置重新插入点DP1。此外,对于曲线C2,也在曲线长变量S=0.5的位置重新插入点DP2Here, it is additionally considered that the normal and curvature on the starting point P1 and the ending point P3 are also determined as the values given in Table 7. To control the normal line and curvature at the start point and end point, two additional conditions on the start point and end point are required. However, in a state where four conditions are added, a solution satisfying the conditions cannot be found from the viewpoint of the relationship with the unknowns. Therefore, in order to make the unknown number and the number of the conditional expression correspond, as shown in FIG. 27 , point DP 1 is reinserted at the position of curve length variable S=0.5 of curve C 1 . Furthermore, for the curve C 2 , the point DP 2 is also reinserted at the position of the curve length variable S=0.5.

此时,将连结点P1和点DP1的曲线作为曲线C’1,将连结点DP1和点P2的曲线作为曲线C’2,将连结点P2和点DP2的曲线作为曲线C’3,将连结点DP2和点P3的曲线作为曲线C’4。以后在说明中出现的文字的下标与各曲线名对应,例如作为曲线长变量S的函数,如Pxc、Pyc、Pzc、αc、βc、nc、κc,表示曲线C上的坐标、切线回旋角α、β、法线、曲率。此外,在始点·终点上,在始点如Pxs、Pys、Pzs、αs、βs、ns、κs,在终点如Pxe、Pye、Pze、αe、βe、ne、Ke,表示坐标、切线回旋角α、β、法线、曲率。In this case, let the curve connecting point P 1 and point DP 1 be curve C' 1 , let the curve connecting point DP 1 and point P 2 be curve C' 2 , and let the curve connecting point P 2 and point DP 2 be curve C' 3 , let the curve connecting the point DP 2 and the point P 3 be the curve C' 4 . The subscripts of the text appearing in the explanation later correspond to each curve name, for example, as a function of the curve length variable S, such as Px c , Py c , Pz c , α c , β c , n c , κ c , which represent the curve C Coordinates on , tangent turning angle α, β, normal, curvature. In addition, at the start point and end point, at the start point such as Px s , Py s , Pz s , α s , β s , n s , κ s , at the end point such as Px e , Py e , Pz e , α e , β e , n e and K e represent coordinates, tangential turning angles α, β, normal, and curvature.

以下说明在各点上成立的条件。Conditions established at each point will be described below.

[数式66][Formula 66]

点P1:切线、法线、曲率:4个Point P 1 : tangent, normal, curvature: 4

cos[αC′1(0)-αs]=1cos[α C′1 (0)-α s ]=1

cos[βC′1(0)-βs]=1cos[β C′1 (0)-β s ]=1

nC′1(0)·ns=1n C′1 (0) n s =1

κC′1(0)=κs κ C′1 (0)=κ s

点DP1:位置、切线、法线、曲率:7个Point DP 1 : position, tangent, normal, curvature: 7

PxC′1(1)=PxC′2(0)Px C'1 (1) = Px C'2 (0)

PyC′1(1)=PyC′2(0)Py C'1 (1) = Py C'2 (0)

PzC′1(1)=PzC′2(0)Pz C'1 (1) = Pz C'2 (0)

cos[αC′1(1)-αC′2(0)]=1cos[α C′1 (1)-α C′2 (0)]=1

cos[βC′1(1)-βC′2(0)]=1cos[β C′1 (1)-β C′2 (0)]=1

nC′1(1)·nC′2(0)=1n C′1 (1)·n C′2 (0)=1

κC′1(1)=κC′2(0)κ C'1 (1) = κ C'2 (0)

点P2:位置、切线、法线、曲率:7个Point P 2 : position, tangent, normal, curvature: 7

PxC′2(1)=PxC′3(0)Px C'2 (1) = Px C'3 (0)

PyC′2(1)=PyC′3(0)Py C'2 (1) = Py C'3 (0)

PzC′2(1)=PzC′3(0)Pz C'2 (1) = Pz C'3 (0)

cos[αC′2(1)-αC′3(0)]=1cos[α C′2 (1)-α C′3 (0)]=1

cos[βC′2(1)-βC′3(0)]=1cos[β C′2 (1)-β C′3 (0)]=1

nC′2(1)·nC′3(0)=1n C′2 (1)·n C′3 (0)=1

κC′2(1)=κC′3(0)κ C′2 (1)=κ C′3 (0)

点DP2:位置、切线、法线、曲率:7个Point DP 2 : position, tangent, normal, curvature: 7

PxC′3(1)=PxC′4(0)Px C'3 (1) = Px C'4 (0)

PyC′3(1)=PyC′4(0)Py C'3 (1) = Py C'4 (0)

PzC′3(1)=PzC′4(0)Pz C'3 (1) = Pz C'4 (0)

cos[αC′3(1)-αC′4(0)]=1cos[α C′3 (1)-α C′4 (0)]=1

cos[βC′3(1)-βC′4(0)]=1cos[β C′3 (1)-β C′4 (0)]=1

nC′3(1)·nC′4(0)=1n C′3 (1)·n C′4 (0)=1

κC′3(1)=κC′4(0)κ C′3 (1)=κ C′4 (0)

点P3:位置、切线、法线、曲率:7个Point P 3 : position, tangent, normal, curvature: 7

PxC′4(1)=Pxe Px C'4 (1) = Px e

PyC′4(1)=Pye Py C'4 (1) = Py e

PzC′4(1)=Pze Pz C'4 (1) = Pz e

cos[αC′4(1)-αe]=1cos[α C′4 (1)-α e ]=1

cos[βC′4(1)-βe]=1cos[β C′4 (1)-β e ]=1

nC′4(1)·ne=1n C′4 (1)·n e =1

κC′4(1)=κe κ C'4 (1) = κ e

以上,全部应成立的条件式是32个。此处,各曲线具有的回旋参数是a0、a1、a2、b0、b1、b2、h的各7个,并且,由于曲线为4根,所以未知数为28个。但是,照此一来,由于未知数和条件式的数不相等,所以不能求出解。因此作为未知数处理重新插入的2个点DP1、DP2的y、z坐标,增加4个未知数。通过这样处理,未知数、条件式都为32个,能够求出解。There are 32 conditional expressions that should all be satisfied as described above. Here, each curve has seven convolution parameters of a 0 , a 1 , a 2 , b 0 , b 1 , b 2 , and h, and since there are four curves, there are 28 unknowns. However, in this way, since the unknown number and the number of the conditional expression are not equal, the solution cannot be obtained. Therefore, the y and z coordinates of the reinserted two points DP 1 and DP 2 are treated as unknowns, and four unknowns are added. By doing this, there are 32 unknowns and conditional expressions, and a solution can be obtained.

(b-7)初始值的确定(b-7) Determination of initial value

为了求出满足在(b-6)中成立的条件式的解,采用牛顿-拉夫申法,但为了提高其收束率确定未知数的初始值。作为方法,通过如图28所示在新插入的点的前后分割在(b-5)中生成的三维回旋曲线,制作4根三维回旋曲线,给出其回旋参数。In order to obtain a solution satisfying the conditional expression established in (b-6), the Newton-Raphson method is used, but the initial value of the unknown is determined in order to increase the convergence rate. As a method, four three-dimensional clothoids are created by dividing the three-dimensional clothoids generated in (b-5) before and after the newly inserted point as shown in FIG. 28, and their clothoid parameters are given.

关于曲线的分割法,如果说明将曲线C1分割成曲线C’1和曲线C’2的方法,曲线C’1的回旋参数h’、a’0、a’1、a’2、b’0、b’1、b’2,采用曲线C1的参数,用下式表示。此处Sd是分割点上的曲线长变量,此处是0.5。Regarding the division method of the curve, if the method of dividing the curve C 1 into the curve C' 1 and the curve C' 2 is explained, the convolution parameters h', a' 0 , a' 1 , a' 2 , b' of the curve C' 1 0 , b' 1 , and b' 2 are represented by the following formula using the parameters of the curve C 1 . Here Sd is the curve length variable at the split point, which is 0.5 here.

[数式67][Formula 67]

aa 00 &prime;&prime; == aa 00 aa 11 &prime;&prime; == aa 11 SS dd aa 22 &prime;&prime; == aa 22 SS dd 22 bb 00 &prime;&prime; == bb 00 bb 11 &prime;&prime; == bb 11 SS dd bb 22 &prime;&prime; == bb 22 SS dd 22 hh &prime;&prime; == hSwxya dd

接着考虑以分割点DP1作为始点的曲线C’2。首先,如果将大小、形状与曲线C1相同而朝向相反的曲线作为曲线C”1,该曲线的回旋参数h”、a”0、a”1、a”2、b”0、b”1、b”2,采用曲线C1的曲线的参数,用下式表示。Consider next the curve C' 2 starting from the split point DP 1 . First of all, if the curve with the same size and shape as the curve C 1 but facing the opposite direction is taken as the curve C” 1 , the convolution parameters of the curve h”, a” 0 , a” 1 , a” 2 , b” 0 , b” 1 , b” 2 , the parameters of the curve using curve C 1 are represented by the following formula.

[数式68][Formula 68]

PP sthe s &prime;&prime; &prime;&prime; == PP (( 11 )) aa 00 &prime;&prime; &prime;&prime; == aa 00 ++ aa 11 ++ aa 22 ++ &pi;&pi; aa 11 &prime;&prime; &prime;&prime; == -- (( aa 11 ++ 22 aa 22 )) aa 22 &prime;&prime; &prime;&prime; == aa 22 bb 00 &prime;&prime; &prime;&prime; == bb 00 ++ bb 11 ++ bb 22 bb 11 &prime;&prime; &prime;&prime; == -- (( bb 11 ++ 22 bb 22 )) bb 22 &prime;&prime; &prime;&prime; == bb 22 hh &prime;&prime; &prime;&prime; == hh

在该曲线上,分割点DP1用DP1=C”1(1-Sd)表示。此处,如果考虑在点DP1分割曲线C”1,以该分割的曲线中的点P2作为始点的曲线C”2,成为大小、形状与曲线C”2相同而朝向相反的曲线。能够利用生成曲线C’1的方法生成曲线C”2。此处,另外只要相对于曲线C”2生成大小、形状相同而朝向相反的曲线,就能生成曲线C2On this curve, the dividing point DP 1 is represented by DP 1 =C” 1 (1-S d ). Here, if considering dividing the curve C” 1 at the point DP 1 , the point P 2 in the divided curve is taken as The curve C" 2 at the starting point becomes a curve having the same size and shape as the curve C" 2 but facing in the opposite direction. The curve C" 2 can be generated by the method of generating the curve C'1. Here, the curve C 2 can be generated by generating a curve having the same size and shape but facing opposite to the curve C" 2 .

用以上的方法,能够在三维回旋曲线C1上的曲线长变量S=0.5的点DP1,将曲线C1分割成C’1和C’2。用同样的方法,也能够在曲线C2上的曲线长变量S=0.5的点DP2,将曲线C2分割成C’3和C’4Using the above method, the curve C 1 can be divided into C' 1 and C ' 2 at the point DP 1 where the curve length variable S=0.5 on the three-dimensional clothoid curve C 1 . Using the same method, the curve C 2 can also be divided into C' 3 and C ' 4 at the point DP 2 on the curve C 2 where the curve length variable S=0.5.

表11列出用该方法分割的4个曲线的参数。将该曲线的参数用于在求出满足在b-4中成立的条件式的解时所用的牛顿-拉夫申法的初始值。Table 11 lists the parameters of the 4 curves segmented by this method. The parameters of this curve are used for the initial values of the Newton-Raphson method used to obtain a solution satisfying the conditional expression established in b-4.

     表11 分割生成的曲线的参数Table 11 Parameters of the curve generated by segmentation

Figure C200580006053D00581
Figure C200580006053D00581

(b-8)求出满足条件的回旋参数(b-8) Calculate the convolution parameter satisfying the condition

以在(b-7)中确定的初始值为基础,用牛顿-拉夫申法求出满足在(b-6)中成立的条件式的解。表12是算出的各曲线的参数。此外,表13中示出给出的值和生成的曲线的始点·终点的切线、法线、曲率的差。Based on the initial value determined in (b-7), a solution satisfying the conditional expression established in (b-6) is found by the Newton-Raphson method. Table 12 shows the calculated parameters of each curve. In addition, Table 13 shows the difference between the given value and the tangent, normal, and curvature of the start point and end point of the generated curve.

     表12 生成的曲线的参数Table 12 Parameters of the generated curves

Figure C200580006053D00591
Figure C200580006053D00591

表13 给出的值和生成的曲线的始点·终点的切线、法线、曲率的差Differences between the values given in Table 13 and the tangent, normal, and curvature of the start point and end point of the generated curve

Figure C200580006053D00592
Figure C200580006053D00592

(b-9)曲线的生成(b-9) Curve generation

图29表示通过在(b-8)中求出的参数生成的曲线。实线表示三维回旋曲线,虚线·一点划线·二点划线·三点划线,表示各曲线的方向在主法线方向,尺寸为半径,满足自然对数,取对数的曲率半径变化模式。此外,图30是表示从与图29的线种类对应的各曲线的始点的移动距离s和曲率κ的关系的曲线图。由图中看出,生成的曲线满足表12所给出的条件。Fig. 29 shows a graph generated from the parameters obtained in (b-8). The solid line represents the three-dimensional clothoid curve, and the dotted line, one-dot-dash line, two-dot-dash line, and three-dot-dash line indicate that the direction of each curve is in the direction of the main normal, and the size is the radius, which satisfies the natural logarithm, and takes the logarithmic radius of curvature change model. In addition, FIG. 30 is a graph showing the relationship between the moving distance s from the starting point of each curve corresponding to the line type in FIG. 29 and the curvature κ. It can be seen from the figure that the generated curve meets the conditions given in Table 12.

以上,说明了采用在两端控制切线、法线、曲率的三维回旋插补法生成曲线的例子。In the above, an example of generating a curve using the three-dimensional convolutional interpolation method in which the tangent, the normal, and the curvature are controlled at both ends has been described.

3.采用三维回旋插补的滚珠丝杠的回归路径的设计方法3. The design method of the return path of the ball screw using three-dimensional convolution interpolation

作为在三维回旋曲线的机械设计中的应用事例,进行反向器方式的滚珠丝杠的回归路径的设计。As an application example in the mechanical design of the three-dimensional clothoid curve, the design of the return path of the ball screw of the inverter system is performed.

(3-1)反向器方式的滚珠丝杠的说明(3-1) Explanation of the ball screw of the inverter type

图31~图35表示反向器方式的滚珠丝杠。反向器构成沿着丝杠槽转动的滚珠的回归路径。反向器,有与螺母分开形成后固定在螺母上的方式、和与螺母一体地形成的方式。图31表示与螺母分开形成反向器的方式。31 to 35 show the ball screw of the inverter type. The reverser constitutes the return path of the balls rotating along the lead screw groove. The inverter is formed separately from the nut and fixed to the nut, or formed integrally with the nut. Figure 31 shows the manner in which the reverser is formed separately from the nut.

以下,说明反向器与螺母一体的方式的滚珠丝杆。图32是表示反向器为与螺母一体的方式的滚珠丝杠的螺母1。在螺母1的内周面,作为一周未满的螺旋状的负荷滚动体滚道槽,形成负荷滚珠滚道槽2。负荷滚珠滚道槽2具有与后述的丝杠轴的滚珠滚道槽一致的导程。作为回归路径的滚珠滚道槽3连接负荷滚道槽的一端和另一端,具有方向与负荷滚珠滚道槽2相反的导程。用这些负荷滚珠滚道槽2和滚珠滚道槽3构成一个一卷槽4。图33A是看见滚珠循环槽3的状态的螺母1的立体图,图33B是看见负荷滚珠滚道槽2的状态的螺母1的立体图。Hereinafter, a ball screw in which the inverter and the nut are integrated will be described. Fig. 32 shows the nut 1 of the ball screw in which the reverser is integrated with the nut. On the inner peripheral surface of the nut 1, a loaded ball rolling groove 2 is formed as a helical loaded rolling element rolling groove with less than one turn. The loaded ball rolling groove 2 has a lead corresponding to the ball rolling groove of the screw shaft described later. The ball rolling groove 3 as a return path connects one end and the other end of the loaded rolling groove, and has a lead in the direction opposite to that of the loaded ball rolling groove 2 . These loaded ball rolling grooves 2 and ball rolling grooves 3 form a roll groove 4 . 33A is a perspective view of the nut 1 with the ball circulation groove 3 seen, and FIG. 33B is a perspective view of the nut 1 with the loaded ball rolling groove 2 seen.

图34表示在丝杠轴上组装该螺母1的状态。Fig. 34 shows the state where the nut 1 is assembled on the screw shaft.

在丝杠轴5的外周面,作为具有规定导程的螺旋状的滚动体滚道槽,形成滚珠滚道槽6。螺母1的负荷滚珠滚道槽2与丝杠轴5的滚珠滚道槽6对置。在螺母1的负荷滚珠滚道槽2及滚珠循环槽3和丝杠轴5的滚珠滚道槽6的之间,作为可旋转运动的多个滚动体,排列多个滚珠。随着螺母1相对于旋转轴5的相对旋转,多个滚珠在螺母1的负荷滚珠滚道槽2和丝杠轴5的滚珠滚道槽6的之间,一边接受负荷一边旋转运动。On the outer peripheral surface of the screw shaft 5, a ball rolling groove 6 is formed as a spiral rolling element rolling groove having a predetermined lead. The loaded ball rolling groove 2 of the nut 1 is opposed to the ball rolling groove 6 of the screw shaft 5 . Between the loaded ball rolling groove 2 and the ball circulation groove 3 of the nut 1 and the ball rolling groove 6 of the screw shaft 5, a plurality of balls are arranged as a plurality of rotatable rolling elements. As the nut 1 rotates relative to the rotating shaft 5 , a plurality of balls rotate while receiving a load between the loaded ball rolling groove 2 of the nut 1 and the ball rolling groove 6 of the screw shaft 5 .

图32所示的螺母1的滚珠循环槽3是与图31所示的反向器对应的部分。滚珠循环槽3,以沿着旋转轴5的负荷滚珠滚道槽2滚动的滚珠沿着丝杠轴5的周围转一个巡回,返回到原来的负荷滚珠滚道槽的方式,沿滚珠越过丝杠轴5的螺纹牙7。The ball circulation groove 3 of the nut 1 shown in FIG. 32 corresponds to the reverser shown in FIG. 31 . The ball circulation groove 3 is such that the balls rolling along the load ball rolling groove 2 of the rotating shaft 5 go around the circumference of the screw shaft 5 and return to the original load ball rolling groove. Thread 7 of shaft 5.

以往的模式的循环路径,通过在丝杠轴上卷绕图35的展开图时,以不沿着路径碰到螺纹牙和滚珠的程度从丝杠轴5中心分离进行制作,但从图36的曲率变化看出,该路径是曲率不连续的。因此,采用三维回旋插补,在曲率连续的路径上再设计循环路径。The circulation path of the conventional model was created by separating from the center of the screw shaft 5 to such an extent that the thread and the ball were not touched along the path when the screw shaft was wound around the developed view of Fig. 35 . As seen from the curvature change, the path is a curvature discontinuity. Therefore, three-dimensional convolutional interpolation is used to redesign the circular path on the path with continuous curvature.

图37表示滚珠中心的轨道。要使滚珠的循环路径作为整体达到G2连续,需要在滚珠在回归路径上移动的点上达到G2连续。因此在回归路径的设计中,认为有在回归路径的两端点控制切线、法线、曲率的必要性。Figure 37 shows the orbit of the center of the ball. For the ball's recirculation path to be G2 - continuous as a whole, it needs to be G2- continuous at the point where the ball moves on the return path. Therefore, in the design of the regression path, it is considered necessary to control the tangent, normal, and curvature at both ends of the regression path.

(3-2)以下,说明采用三维回旋曲线,设计反向器方式的滚珠丝杠的回归路径的例子,(3-2) In the following, an example of designing a return path of a ball screw with an inverter system using a three-dimensional clothoid curve will be described.

(a-1)丝杠轴和滚珠(a-1) Screw shaft and balls

表14列出本设计中所用的丝杠轴和滚珠的尺寸。Table 14 lists the dimensions of the screw shaft and balls used in this design.

表14 丝杠轴和滚珠的尺寸Table 14 Dimensions of screw shafts and balls

  丝杠轴外径(mm) 28.0 滚珠中心径(mm) 28.0 螺纹内径(mm) 24.825 间距(mm) 5.6 滚珠径(mm) 3.175 Screw shaft outer diameter (mm) 28.0 Ball Center Diameter (mm) 28.0 Thread inner diameter (mm) 24.825 Spacing(mm) 5.6 Ball diameter(mm) 3.175

(a-2)对称性和坐标性(a-2) Symmetry and coordinates

反向器方式的滚珠丝杠的回归路径,从其使用用途考虑需要是轴对称的。因此说明本设计所用的坐标系。The return path of the ball screw of the inverter type needs to be axisymmetric in view of its application. Therefore, the coordinate system used in this design is described.

首先,如图38所示,取z轴为丝杠轴方向。图38的实线是沿着丝杠槽使滚珠运动时滚珠的中心绘出的轨道。此外,将进入回归路径的点作为点Ps,将从回归路径返回到丝杠槽的点作为点Pe,将点Ps和点Pe的中点作为点Pm。如图39所示,如用向xy平面的投影图看Ps和点Pe,由原点0、Ps和点Pe绘成二等边三角形,但取该二等边三角形的∠PsOPe的垂直二等分线的方向为y轴方向。另外从对称性考虑,规定y轴通过点Pm。关于各轴的方向,如图38、39所示。如此以采用坐标系达到轴对称的方式设计回归路径。First, as shown in Figure 38, take the z-axis as the direction of the screw axis. The solid line in FIG. 38 is the trajectory drawn by the center of the ball when the ball is moved along the screw groove. Also, let the point entering the return path be the point P s , let the point returning from the return path to the screw groove be the point P e , and let the midpoint between the point P s and the point P e be the point P m . As shown in Fig. 39, if P s and point P e are viewed from the projection diagram to the xy plane, an equilateral triangle is drawn from the origin 0, P s and point P e , but the ∠P s of the two equilateral triangle is taken The direction of the vertical bisector of OP e is the y-axis direction. In addition, in consideration of symmetry, it is prescribed that the y-axis passes through the point P m . The directions of the respective axes are as shown in FIGS. 38 and 39 . In this way, the regression path is designed in such a way that the coordinate system is axisymmetric.

在实际设计时,以θ=15°确定各点的坐标。表15列出由此确定的坐标、切线、法线、曲率。In actual design, the coordinates of each point are determined with θ=15°. Table 15 lists the coordinates, tangents, normals, and curvatures thus determined.

     表15 各点的坐标、切线、法线、曲率Table 15 Coordinates, tangents, normals, and curvatures of each point

  坐标 切线 法线 曲率 点P<sub>s</sub> {-3.6088,-13.5249,2.5563} {0.96397,-025829,0.063533} {0.25881,0.96592,0.0} 0.071428 点P<sub>e</sub> {3.6088,-13.5249,-2.5563} {0.96397,0.25829,0.063533} {-0.25881,0.96592,0.0} 0.071428 点P<sub>m</sub> {0.0,-13.5249,0.0} coordinate tangent normal curvature Click P<sub>s</sub> {-3.6088, -13.5249, 2.5563} {0.96397, -025829, 0.063533} {0.25881, 0.96592, 0.0} 0.071428 Click P<sub>e</sub> {3.6088, -13.5249, -2.5563} {0.96397, 0.25829, 0.063533} {-0.25881, 0.96592, 0.0} 0.071428 Click P<sub>m</sub> {0.0, -13.5249, 0.0}

(a-3)约束条件(a-3) Constraints

研究反向器方式的滚珠丝杠的回归路径的设计中的约束条件。首先,与在点Ps和点Pe沿丝杠槽移动的滚珠的中心的轨迹描绘的曲线必须是G2连续。Constraints in the design of the return path of the ball screw of the inverter system are studied. First, the curve drawn with the trajectory of the center of the ball moving along the screw groove at point Ps and point Pe must be G2 continuous.

接着,如考虑举例滚珠的高度,由于只要考虑回归路径是y轴对称,滚珠的中心就通过y轴上的某点,所以将此点作为点Ph(参照图38、39)。此时,滚珠要越过螺纹牙,需要点Ph的y坐标的绝对值至少满足:Next, if considering the height of the example ball, since the center of the ball passes through a certain point on the y-axis as long as the return path is considered to be y-axis symmetric, this point is taken as point Ph (see Figures 38 and 39). At this time, for the ball to pass over the thread teeth, the absolute value of the y coordinate of the point P h needs to satisfy at least:

(点Ph的y坐标的绝对值)≥(丝杠轴外径+滚珠径)/2因此,在本设计中,是:(The absolute value of the y coordinate of the point P h ) ≥ (screw shaft outer diameter + ball diameter)/2 Therefore, in this design, it is:

(点Ph的y坐标的绝对值)≥(丝杠轴外径+滚珠径×1.2)/2此外,考虑是y轴对称时的法线方向需要是{0,1,0},切线方向只具有沿其周围旋转的自由度。(The absolute value of the y-coordinate of point P h ) ≥ (screw shaft outer diameter + ball diameter × 1.2)/2 In addition, considering that the y-axis is symmetrical, the normal direction needs to be {0, 1, 0}, and the tangent direction has only a degree of freedom of rotation around it.

满足以上的条件,用三维回旋曲线生成y轴对称的回归路径。实际上,除此以外,还必须考虑对丝杠轴的干涉,但关于干涉可检查设计的回归路径,在有干涉时可通过变化插补的初始值,或增加插补对象点,或重新设计路径来解决。Satisfying the above conditions, use the three-dimensional clothoid curve to generate a y-axis symmetric regression path. In fact, in addition to this, the interference to the screw shaft must also be considered, but the regression path of the interference design can be checked. When there is interference, the initial value of the interpolation can be changed, or the interpolation object point can be increased, or redesigned. path to resolve.

(a-4)为了避免干涉(a-4) To avoid interference

与丝杠轴的干涉容易发生在进入回归路径的边上,由于通过自由插补制作路径,因此容易引起干涉。要求回归路径离开丝杠轴,越过螺纹牙回到原来的位置,但要避免干涉,最好在某种程度离开丝杠轴后,越过螺纹牙回到原来的位置。作为生成该回归路径的方法,有增加插补对象点,避免干涉的方法,和用手动生成进入该回归路径的第1根曲线,强制地从丝杠轴分离的方法。其中在本设计中,采用用手动生成进入回归路径的第1根曲线,强制地从丝杠轴分离的方法。Interference with the screw shaft is likely to occur on the side of the return path, and since the path is created by free interpolation, interference is likely to occur. It is required that the return path leave the screw shaft and return to the original position over the thread teeth, but to avoid interference, it is best to leave the screw shaft to a certain extent and return to the original position over the thread teeth. As a method of generating this regression path, there are methods of adding interpolation target points to avoid interference, and methods of manually creating the first curve that enters the regression path and forcibly separating it from the screw shaft. Among them, in this design, the first root curve entering the return path is manually generated, and the method of forcibly separating from the screw shaft is adopted.

此处,说明进入从点Ps开始的回归路径的第1根曲线C1。作为曲线长变量S的变量,如Px1、(S)、Py1、(S)、Pz1(S)、α1(S)、β1(S)、n1(S)、κ1(s),表示曲线C1上的坐标、切线回旋角α、β、法线、曲率。此外,在点Ps·点Ph上,在点Ps如Pxs、Pys、Pzs、αs、βs、ns、κs,在点Ph如Pxh、Pyh、Pzh、αh、βh、nh、κh,表示坐标、切线回旋角α、β、法线、曲率。与沿丝杠槽移动的滚珠的中心的轨迹描绘的曲线是G2连续的条件,是在点Ps上成立下式。Here, the first curve C 1 entering the regression path starting from the point P s will be described. Variables as the curve length variable S, such as Px 1 , (S), Py 1 , (S), Pz 1 (S), α 1 (S), β 1 (S), n 1 (S), κ 1 ( s), indicating the coordinates on the curve C1 , the tangential turning angles α, β, normal, and curvature. Furthermore, at point P s ·point Ph h , at point P s such as Px s , Py s , Pz s , α s , β s , n s , κ s , at point P h such as Px h , Py h , Pz h , α h , β h , n h , κ h , represent coordinates, tangent turning angles α, β, normal, and curvature. The curve drawn with the trajectory of the center of the ball moving along the screw groove is a condition of G2 continuity, and the following expression is established at the point Ps .

[数式69][Formula 69]

点Ps:切线、法线、曲率:4个Point P s : tangent, normal, curvature: 4

cos[α1(0)-αs]=1cos[α 1 (0)-α s ]=1

cos[β1(0)-βs]=1cos[β 1 (0)-β s ]=1

n1(0)·ns=1n 1 (0) n s =1

κ1(0)=κs κ 1 (0)=κ s

此外,沿丝杠槽移动的滚珠的中心的轨迹描绘的曲线,采用三维回旋曲线表示,但从图40所示的点开始,一圈程度的长度的三维回旋曲线C0的式用下式表示。此处,将螺纹的间距规定为pit,将丝杠轴外形规定为R,将螺纹的螺距角规定为α0In addition, the curve drawn by the trajectory of the center of the ball moving along the screw groove is represented by a three-dimensional clothoid curve, but from the point shown in FIG . . Here, the pitch of the thread is defined as pit, the outer shape of the screw shaft is defined as R, and the pitch angle of the thread is defined as α 0 .

[数式70][numeral formula 70]

α0(S)=-α0 α 0 (S)=-α 0

β0(S)=βe+2πSβ 0 (S)=β e +2πS

hh 00 == pitpit 22 ++ (( 22 &pi;R&pi;R )) 22

PP 00 (( SS )) == PP ee ++ hh 00 &Integral;&Integral; 00 11 uu (( SS )) dSwxya

在曲线C0的式中,点Ps表示为Ps=P0(11/12)。现在,如果作为从点Ps开始,在点Ps与曲线C0达到G2连续的曲线C1,生成具有下记的参数的曲线,能够强制地使其从丝杠轴离开。In the formula of the curve C 0 , the point P s is expressed as P s =P 0 (11/12). Now, if a curve C 1 that continues from the point P s to the curve C 0 to G 2 at the point P s is generated, a curve having the following parameters can be forcibly separated from the screw shaft.

[数式71][Equation 71]

&alpha;&alpha; 11 (( SS )) == -- &alpha;&alpha; 00 &beta;&beta; 11 (( SS )) == &beta;&beta; 00 (( &pi;&pi; 1212 )) ++ 11 6060 (( bb 11 00 ++ 1111 66 bb 22 00 )) SS -- 11 1515 (( bb 11 00 ++ 1111 66 bb 22 00 )) SS 22 PP 11 (( SS )) == PP sthe s ++ hh 00 6060 &Integral;&Integral; 00 11 uu 11 (( SS )) dSwxya

例如,作为满足此条件的曲线C1,生成具有表16的参数的三维回旋曲线。For example, as the curve C 1 satisfying this condition, a three-dimensional clothoid curve having the parameters of Table 16 is generated.

    表16 曲线C1的参数Table 16 Parameters of curve C 1

Figure C200580006053D00641
Figure C200580006053D00641

此时,如果比较点Ps上的曲线C0和曲线C1的切线、法线、曲率的值,形成表17,判断达到G2连续。At this time, if the values of the tangent, normal, and curvature of the curve C0 and the curve C1 on the point Ps are compared, Table 17 is formed, and it is judged that G2 is continuous.

     表17 在点Ps的切线、法线、曲率的偏移Table 17 Offset of tangent, normal and curvature at point P s

Figure C200580006053D00642
Figure C200580006053D00642

此外,该曲线,如从图41、42判断,只形成从丝杠轴分开的形状。因此,关于进入从点Ps开始的回归路径的第1根曲线C1,采用该参数的曲线。In addition, this curve, as judged from FIGS. 41 and 42 , only forms a shape separated from the screw shaft. Therefore, as for the first curve C 1 entering the regression path starting from the point P s , the curve of this parameter is used.

(a-5)三维回旋插补的条件和未知数(a-5) Conditions and unknowns of three-dimensional convolutional interpolation

加进在(a-3)中所述的条件,在达到G2连续的条件下,采用牛顿-拉夫申法求出各曲线的参数的近似值。此处,由于已经生成从点Ps开始的曲线C1,所以,以后在说明中叙述曲线C1的终点P1和点Ph间的径路的设计。在说明中出现的文字的下标与各曲线的下标对应,作为曲线长变量S的函数,如Pxi、(S)Pyi、(S)Pzi(S)、αi(S)、βi(S)、ni(S)、κi(S),表示各曲线上的坐标、切线回旋角α、β、法线、曲率。此外,在点Ph上,将坐标、切线回旋角α、β、法线、曲率表示为Pxh、Pyh、Pzh、αh、βh、nh、hhAdding the conditions described in (a-3), under the condition of achieving G2 continuity, use the Newton-Raphson method to obtain the approximate values of the parameters of each curve. Here, since the curve C 1 starting from the point P s has already been generated, the design of the route between the end point P 1 of the curve C 1 and the point Ph will be described later in the description. The subscript of the text appearing in the description corresponds to the subscript of each curve, as a function of the curve length variable S, such as Pxi , (S)Py i , (S)Pz i (S), α i (S), β i (S), ni (S), and κ i (S) represent coordinates on each curve, tangential turning angles α, β, normal line, and curvature. In addition, at the point P h , coordinates, tangential turning angles α, β, normal, and curvature are expressed as Px h , Py h , Pz h , α h , β h , n h , and h h .

在路径的设计中,由于应严密地通过的点是点P1和点Ph这2点,所以是该插补2点的三维回旋插补。此处,如果考虑在两端点的插补条件,由于条件式的数比未知数多2个,所以为了进行G2连续的三维回旋插补,如图43所示,确定在点P1和点Ph的之间插入点P2。此外,将连结点P1和点Ph的曲线作为曲线C2,将连结点P2和点Pe的曲线作为曲线C3In the design of the route, since the two points to be passed strictly are the point P1 and the point Ph , this is a three-dimensional convolutional interpolation of the two interpolated points. Here, if the interpolation conditions at both ends are considered, since the number of conditional expressions is two more than the number of unknowns, in order to perform G2 continuous three-dimensional convolutional interpolation, as shown in Figure 43, it is determined at point P1 and point P Insert point P 2 between h . Also, let the curve connecting the point P 1 and the point Ph be the curve C 2 , and let the curve connecting the point P 2 and the point Pe be the curve C 3 .

以下说明各点上的插补条件。The interpolation conditions at each point will be described below.

[数式72][Equation 72]

点P1:切线、法线、曲率:4个Point P 1 : tangent, normal, curvature: 4

cos[α2(0)-α1(1)]=1cos[α 2 (0)-α 1 (1)]=1

cos[β2(0)-β1(1)]=1cos[β 2 (0)-β 1 (1)]=1

n2(0)·n1(1)=1n 2 (0)·n 1 (1)=1

κ2(0)=κ1(1)κ 2 (0) = κ 1 (1)

点P2:位置、切线、法线、曲率:7个Point P 2 : position, tangent, normal, curvature: 7

Px3(1)=Px2(0)Px 3 (1) = Px 2 (0)

Py3(1)=Py2(0)Py 3 (1) = Py 2 (0)

Pz3(1)=Pz2(0)Pz 3 (1) = Pz 2 (0)

cos[α3(1)-α2(0)]=1cos[α 3 (1)-α 2 (0)]=1

cos[β3(1)-β2(0)]=1cos[β 3 (1)-β 2 (0)]=1

n3(1)·n2(0)=1n 3 (1)·n 2 (0)=1

κ3(1)=κ2(0)κ 3 (1) = κ 2 (0)

点Ph:位置、β、法线:5个Point Ph : position, β, normal: 5

Px3(1)=Pxh Px 3 (1) = Px h

Py3(1)=Pyh Py 3 (1) = Py h

Pz3(1)=Pzh Pz 3 (1)=Pz h

cos[β3(1)]=1cos[β 3 (1)]=1

n3(1)·{0,1,0}=1n 3 (1)·{0, 1, 0}=1

以上表明,全部应成立的条件式是16个。此处,每个曲线具有的回旋参数是a0、a1、a2、b0、b1、b2、h等7个,并且,由于曲线为2根,所以未知数为14个。但是,照此一来,由于未知数和条件式的数不相等,所以不能求出解。因此作为未知数处理重新插入的2个点P2的y、z坐标,增加2个未知数。通过这样处理,未知数、条件式都为16个,能够求出解。此外,在本设计例中虽未进行,但该未知数和条件式的数,只要在途中给出应严密地通过的点,在该点的前后达成G2连续,通常成立,所以即使在点P1和点Ph的之间增加插补对象点,也能够求出解。The above shows that there are 16 conditional expressions that should all be established. Here, each curve has 7 convolution parameters such as a 0 , a 1 , a 2 , b 0 , b 1 , b 2 , and h, and since there are 2 curves, there are 14 unknowns. However, in this way, since the unknown number and the number of the conditional expression are not equal, the solution cannot be obtained. Therefore, the y and z coordinates of the reinserted 2 points P 2 are treated as unknowns, adding 2 unknowns. By doing this, there are 16 unknowns and conditional expressions, and a solution can be obtained. In addition, although it is not carried out in this design example, as long as the unknown number and the number of the conditional expression give a point that should be strictly passed on the way, and G2 continuity is achieved before and after this point, it is usually established, so even at point P A solution can also be obtained by adding interpolation target points between 1 and the point Ph .

(a-6)求出满足条件的回旋参数(a-6) Calculate the convolution parameters satisfying the conditions

用牛顿-拉夫申法求出满足在(a-5)中成立的条件式的解。插补方法、初始值的生成方法遵循三维回旋插补的方法。表18列出算出的各曲线的参数,表19列出在描出的连接点上的坐标、切线、法线、曲率的偏移。A solution satisfying the conditional expression established in (a-5) is found by the Newton-Raphson method. The interpolation method and the generation method of the initial value follow the method of three-dimensional convolution interpolation. Table 18 lists the calculated parameters of each curve, and Table 19 lists the offsets of coordinates, tangents, normals, and curvatures on the drawn connection points.

  表18 生成的曲线的参数Table 18 Parameters of the generated curves

Figure C200580006053D00661
Figure C200580006053D00661

  表19 在各切线点的坐标、切线、法线、曲率的偏移Table 19 Coordinates, tangents, normals, and curvature offsets at each tangent point

Figure C200580006053D00671
Figure C200580006053D00671

(a-7)路径的生成(a-7) Path generation

通过由(a-5)、(a-6)得到的参数,能够设计从点Ps到点Ph的路径。此外,由于从点Ps到点Pe的路径,因路径是y轴对称的,与重取坐标系,将点Pe看作点Ps生成的路径相同,所以这些也能够由同样的曲线生成。Using the parameters obtained from (a-5) and (a-6), it is possible to design a route from the point P s to the point Ph . In addition, because the path from point P s to point P e is y-axis symmetric, it is the same as the path generated by retaking the coordinate system and considering point P e as point P s , so these can also be generated by the same curve generate.

图44表示用以上的方法生成的路径。实线是丝杠轴上的滚珠的中心轨道即曲线C0,到点Ps~点Pn的虚线、一点划线、二点划线这3根曲线分别是曲线C1、C2、C3。此外,到点Pn~点Pe的二点划线、一点划线、虚线这3根曲线分别是曲线C3、C2、C1和与y轴对称的曲线。Fig. 44 shows a route generated by the above method. The solid line is the center orbit of the ball on the screw shaft, that is, the curve C 0 , and the three curves from the point P s to the point P n are the curves C 1 , C 2 , and C 3 . In addition, the three curves of the dashed-two dotted line, the dashed-dotted line, and the dotted line from the point P n to the point Pe are curves C 3 , C 2 , and C 1 , and curves symmetrical to the y-axis, respectively.

图45是表示从z轴的正方向看从点Pe逆时针沿着循环路径移动的移动距离和曲率κ的关系的曲线图。曲线图的线种与图44的曲线的线种对应。FIG. 45 is a graph showing the relationship between the movement distance and the curvature κ along the circular path counterclockwise from the point P e viewed from the positive direction of the z-axis. The line type of the graph corresponds to the line type of the graph in FIG. 44 .

用以上的方法,采用三维回旋曲线,设计反向器式的滚珠丝杠的循环路径。另外,采用三维回旋曲线设计循环路径的方法,当然不局限于反向器式的滚珠丝杠,也适用于用管构成回归路径的所谓回流管式的滚珠丝杠,或者用设在螺母端面上的端隙,从丝杠轴的滚珠滚道槽捞起滚珠,通过螺母中,从相反侧的端隙返回到丝杠轴的滚珠滚道槽的所谓端隙式的滚珠丝杠。Using the above method, the three-dimensional clothoid curve is used to design the circulation path of the reverser type ball screw. In addition, the method of using the three-dimensional clothoid curve to design the circulation path is of course not limited to the reverser type ball screw, and is also applicable to the so-called return tube type ball screw that uses the tube to form the return path, or the ball screw that is installed on the end surface of the nut. The ball screw is called an end clearance type ball screw that picks up the ball from the ball rolling groove of the screw shaft, passes through the nut, and returns to the ball rolling groove of the screw shaft from the end clearance on the opposite side.

可是,在用计算机执行实现本发明的设计方法的程序的时候,在计算机的硬盘装置等辅助存储装置中存储程序,装入到主存储器中进行。此外,如此的程序,可存储在CD-ROM等可搬型记录介质中出售,或存储在经由网络连接的计算机的记录装置中,也能够通过网络传送给其它的计算机。However, when the program for realizing the design method of the present invention is executed by a computer, the program is stored in an auxiliary storage device such as a hard disk drive of the computer, and loaded into the main memory for execution. In addition, such a program may be stored on a portable recording medium such as a CD-ROM for sale, or may be stored in a recording device of a computer connected via a network, and may be transmitted to other computers via a network.

B.采用回旋曲线的数值控制方法B. Numerical control method using clothoid curve

以下,分1.三维回旋曲线的定义和特征、2.利用三维回旋曲线的插补法、3.采用三维回旋插补的数值控制方法,依次说明采用回旋曲线的数值控制方法的发明的实施方式。In the following, 1. the definition and characteristics of the three-dimensional clothoid curve, 2. the interpolation method using the three-dimensional clothoid curve, and 3. the numerical control method using the three-dimensional clothoid interpolation method, sequentially describe the embodiment of the invention using the numerical control method using the clothoid curve .

1.三维回旋曲线的定义和特征1. Definition and characteristics of three-dimensional clothoid curve

(1)三维回旋的基本式(1) The basic formula of three-dimensional convolution

回旋曲线(Clothoid curve),别名还称为柯纽的螺旋(Cornu’s spiral),是与曲线的长度成正比地变化曲率的曲线。以往已知的二维回旋曲线,是平面曲线(二维曲线)的一种,在图46所示的xy坐标上,用下式表示。Clothoid curve, also known as Cornu's spiral, is a curve whose curvature changes proportionally to the length of the curve. The conventionally known two-dimensional clothoid curve is a type of plane curve (two-dimensional curve), and is represented by the following equation on the xy coordinates shown in FIG. 46 .

[数式73][Equation 73]

P = P 0 + &Integral; 0 s e j&phi; ds = P 0 + h &Integral; 0 S e j&phi; dS , 0≤s≤h, 0 &le; S = s h &le; 1 P = P 0 + &Integral; 0 the s e j&phi; ds = P 0 + h &Integral; 0 S e j&phi; wxya , 0≤s≤h, 0 &le; S = the s h &le; 1

                                     (1) (1)

φ=c0+c1s+c2s2=φ0vS+φuS2           (2)φ=c 0 +c 1 s+c 2 s 2 =φ 0v S+φ u S 2 (2)

此处,here,

[数式74][Equation 74]

P=x+jy, j = - 1 - - - ( 3 ) P=x+jy, j = - 1 - - - ( 3 )

是表示曲线上的点的位置矢量,is the position vector representing the point on the curve,

[数式75][Equation 75]

P0=x0+jy0            (4)P 0 =x 0 +jy 0 (4)

是其初始值(始点的位置矢量)。is its initial value (the position vector of the starting point).

[数式76][Equation 76]

e=cosφ+jsinφ               (5)e = cosφ+jsinφ (5)

是表示曲线的切线方向的位置矢量(长度为1矢量),该方向Φ从原线(x轴方向)逆时针测定。如果在该单位矢量中乘以微小长度ds积分,可求出曲线上的点P。is a position vector (vector with a length of 1) representing the tangent direction of the curve, and this direction Φ is measured counterclockwise from the original line (x-axis direction). If this unit vector is multiplied by a small length ds integral, the point P on the curve can be obtained.

将沿着曲线测定的曲线的从始点的长度设为s,将其总长(从始点到终点的长度)设为h。用S表示用h除s的值。S是无纲量的值,将其称为曲线长变量。Let the length from the start point of the curve measured along the curve be s, and let the total length (length from the start point to the end point) be h. Let S denote the value of dividing s by h. S is a value of a dimensionless quantity, which is referred to as a curve length variable.

回旋曲线的特征,如式(2)所示,在于用曲线长s或曲线变量S的二次式表示切线方向角Φ。c0、c1、c2或Φo、Φv、Φu是二次式的系数,将这些数及曲线的总长h称为回旋的参数。图47表示一般的回旋曲线的形状。The characteristic of the clothoid curve, as shown in the formula (2), is that the tangent direction angle Φ is expressed by the quadratic formula of the curve length s or the curve variable S. c 0 , c 1 , c 2 or Φ o , Φ v , Φ u are the coefficients of the quadratic equation, and these numbers and the total length h of the curve are called the parameters of the convolution. Fig. 47 shows the shape of a general clothoid curve.

三维扩张以上的关系,制作三维回旋曲线的式。以往不知道给出三维回旋曲线的式,所以发明者们最初导出其式。For the relationship above three-dimensional expansion, create an expression for a three-dimensional clothoid curve. The formula for giving a three-dimensional clothoid curve was not known in the past, so the inventors first derived the formula.

按以下的式定义三维回旋曲线。The three-dimensional clothoid curve is defined by the following equation.

[数式77][Formula 77]

P = P 0 + &Integral; 0 s uds = P 0 + h &Integral; 0 S udS , 0≤s≤h, 0 &le; S = s h &le; 1 P = P 0 + &Integral; 0 the s uds = P 0 + h &Integral; 0 S wxya , 0≤s≤h, 0 &le; S = the s h &le; 1

                                       (6)(6)

uu == EE. k&beta;k&beta; EE. j&alpha;j&alpha; (( ii )) == coscos &beta;&beta; -- sinsin &beta;&beta; 00 sinsin &beta;&beta; coscos &beta;&beta; 00 00 00 11 coscos &alpha;&alpha; 00 sinsin &alpha;&alpha; 00 11 00 -- sinsin &alpha;&alpha; 00 coscos &alpha;&alpha; 11 00 00 == coscos &beta;&beta; coscos &alpha;&alpha; sinsin &beta;&beta; coscos &alpha;&alpha; -- sinsin &alpha;&alpha;

                                        (7)(7)

α=a0+a1S+a2S2           (8)α=a 0 +a 1 S+a 2 S 2 (8)

β=b0+b1S+b2S2            (9)β=b 0 +b 1 S+b 2 S 2 (9)

此处,here,

[数式78][Equation 78]

PP == xx ythe y zz ,, PP 00 == xx 00 ythe y 00 zz 00 -- -- -- (( 1010 ))

分别表示三维回旋曲线上的点的位置矢量及其初始值。i、j、k分别是x轴、y轴及z轴方向的单位矢量。Respectively represent the position vector of the point on the three-dimensional clothoid curve and its initial value. i, j, and k are unit vectors in the x-axis, y-axis, and z-axis directions, respectively.

u是表示点P上的曲线的切线方向的单位矢量,由式(7)给出。在式(7)中,E及E是旋转矩阵,如图48所示,分别表示k轴(z轴)系的角度β的旋转及j轴(y轴)系的角度α的旋转。将前者称为偏转(yaw)旋转,将后者称为倾斜(pitch)旋转。式(7),表示通过首先使i轴(x轴)向的单位矢量在j轴(y轴)系只转动α,而后在k轴(z轴)系只转动β,得到切线矢量u。u is a unit vector representing the tangential direction of the curve on the point P, and is given by Equation (7). In Equation (7), E and E are rotation matrices, and as shown in FIG. 48 , represent the rotation of the angle β on the k-axis (z-axis) system and the rotation of the angle α on the j-axis (y-axis) system, respectively. The former is called yaw rotation, and the latter is called pitch rotation. Equation (7) indicates that the tangent vector u is obtained by first rotating the unit vector in the direction of the i-axis (x-axis) by only α in the j-axis (y-axis) system, and then by only rotating β in the k-axis (z-axis) system.

也就是,在二维时,由从x轴的倾斜角度Φ得到表示曲线的切线方向的单位矢量e。在三维时,由从倾角α及偏转角β得到曲线的切线矢量u。如果倾角α为0,可得到以xy平面卷起的二维回旋曲线,如果偏转角β为0,可得到以xz平面卷起的二维回旋曲线。如果在切线方向矢量u中乘以微小长ds积分,可得到三维回旋曲线。That is, in two dimensions, the unit vector e representing the tangential direction of the curve is obtained from the inclination angle Φ from the x-axis. In three dimensions, the tangent vector u of the curve is obtained from the inclination angle α and the deflection angle β. If the inclination angle α is 0, a two-dimensional clothoid curve rolled up in the xy plane can be obtained, and if the deflection angle β is 0, a two-dimensional clothoid curve rolled up in the xz plane can be obtained. If the tangential direction vector u is multiplied by the small long ds integral, a three-dimensional clothoid curve can be obtained.

在三维回旋曲线中,切线矢量的倾角α及偏转角β,分别如式(8)及式(9)所示,可由曲线长变量S的二次式给出。这样一来,能够自由选择切线方向的变化,并且还能在其变化中使其具有连续性。In the three-dimensional clothoid curve, the inclination angle α and the deflection angle β of the tangent vector, as shown in equations (8) and (9) respectively, can be given by the quadratic equation of the curve length variable S. In this way, the change in the direction of the tangent can be freely chosen and also given continuity in its change.

如以上的式所示,三维回旋曲线被定义为“是分别用曲线长变量的二次式表示切线方向的倾角及偏转角的曲线”。As shown in the above formula, the three-dimensional clothoid curve is defined as "a curve in which the inclination angle and deflection angle in the tangential direction are respectively expressed by the quadratic equation of the curve length variable".

从P0开始的一个三维回旋曲线,由A three-dimensional clothoid curve starting from P 0 , given by

[数式79][Equation 79]

a0,a1,a2,b0,b1,b2,h         (11)a 0 , a 1 , a 2 , b 0 , b 1 , b 2 , h (11)

这7个参数确定。a0~b2的6个变量具有角度的单位,表示回旋曲线段的形状。与此相反,h具有长度的单位,表示回旋曲线段的大小。These 7 parameters are determined. The six variables of a 0 to b 2 have angle units and represent the shape of the clothoid curve segment. In contrast, h has units of length, representing the size of a clothoid segment.

作为三维回旋曲线的典型的例子,有图49所示的螺旋状的曲线。A typical example of a three-dimensional clothoid curve is a spiral curve shown in FIG. 49 .

(2)活动标架(2) Activity frame

在式(7)中,如果代替基本切线方向矢量i,代入基本坐标[i、j、k],得到下个活动标架(moving frame)E。In formula (7), if instead of the basic tangent direction vector i, the basic coordinates [i, j, k] are substituted, the next moving frame (moving frame) E is obtained.

[数式80][numeral formula 80]

EE. == uu vv ww == EE. k&beta;k&beta; EE. j&alpha;j&alpha; ii jj kk == EE. k&beta;k&beta; EE. j&alpha;j&alpha; [[ II ]] == EE. k&beta;k&beta; EE. j&alpha;j&alpha;

== coscos &beta;&beta; coscos &alpha;&alpha; -- sinsin &beta;&beta; coscos &beta;&beta; sinsin &alpha;&alpha; sinsin &beta;&beta; coscos &alpha;&alpha; coscos &beta;&beta; sinsin &beta;&beta; sinsin &alpha;&alpha; -- sinsin &alpha;&alpha; 00 coscos &alpha;&alpha; -- -- -- (( 1212 ))

uu == coscos &beta;&beta; coscos &alpha;&alpha; sinsin &beta;&beta; coscos &alpha;&alpha; -- sinsin &alpha;&alpha; ,, vv == -- sinsin &beta;&beta; coscos &beta;&beta; 00 ,, ww == coscos &beta;&beta; sinsin &alpha;&alpha; sinsin &beta;&beta; sinsin &alpha;&alpha; coscos &alpha;&alpha; -- -- -- (( 1313 ))

此处,v及w是与曲线的切线垂直的面所含的单位矢量,相互正交,同时与切线方向单位矢量u正交。该3个单位矢量的组(三点荧光组)是与动点P一同作用的架(坐标系、标架),将其称为活动标架。Here, v and w are unit vectors included in a plane perpendicular to the tangent of the curve, are orthogonal to each other, and are also orthogonal to the tangential direction unit vector u. The group of these three unit vectors (three-point fluorescent group) is a frame (coordinate system, frame) that acts with the moving point P, and is called a moving frame.

由于可用上式求出活动标架,所以能够容易进行主法线、副法线的计算,容易进行曲线的形状解析。Since the moving frame can be obtained by the above formula, the calculation of the principal normal and the subnormal can be easily performed, and the shape analysis of the curve can be easily performed.

此外,能够采用E求出机器人的工具点的姿势,能够求出由机器人手柄把持的物体的位置姿势。In addition, the posture of the tool point of the robot can be obtained by using E, and the position and posture of the object grasped by the robot handle can be obtained.

如果将E的初始值及最终值分别作为E0、E1,为:If the initial value and final value of E are taken as E 0 and E 1 respectively, it is:

[数式81][Formula 81]

EE. 00 == EE. kbkb 00 EE. jaja 00 -- -- -- (( 1414 ))

EE. 11 == EE. kk (( bb 00 ++ bb 11 ++ bb 22 )) EE. jj (( aa 00 ++ aa 11 ++ aa 22 )) -- -- -- (( 1515 ))

(3)滚动(3) Scroll

通过考虑活动标架,能够处理第3个旋转“滚动(roll)”。滚动是切线方向周围的旋转。滚动的存在不影响三维回旋本身的形状,但影响三维回旋诱导的活动标架。通过曲折的金属细的算盘珠,能够自由地在金属丝的周围旋转,但并不是通过其改变金属细的形状。By taking into account the active frame, a third rotation "roll" can be handled. A roll is a rotation around a tangential direction. The presence of rolling does not affect the shape of the 3D gyro itself, but affects the active frame induced by the 3D gyro. Through the twisted metal thin abacus beads, it can freely rotate around the wire, but it does not change the shape of the metal thin.

在考虑滚动旋转时,活动标架为下式。When considering roll rotation, the active frame is expressed as follows.

[数式82][Formula 82]

E=EEEI=EEE         (16)E=E E E I=E E E (16)

关于滚动角度γ,能够作为S的函数表现。The roll angle γ can be expressed as a function of S.

[数式83][Equation 83]

γ=c0+c1S+c2S2             (17)γ=c 0 +c 1 S+c 2 S 2 (17)

(4)三维回旋曲线的几何学的性质(4) The geometric properties of the three-dimensional clothoid curve

(a)三维回旋曲线的法线(a) The normal of the three-dimensional clothoid curve

已知,三维曲线的法线矢量,采用切线方向u,用下式表示。It is known that the normal vector of a three-dimensional curve is expressed by the following formula using the tangent direction u.

[数式84][Formula 84]

nno == uu &prime;&prime; || || uu &prime;&prime; || || -- -- -- (( 1818 ))

此处,由式(7)三维回旋曲线的切线适量的1次微分如下。Here, an appropriate amount of primary differentiation from the tangent line of the three-dimensional clothoid curve in Equation (7) is as follows.

[数式85][Formula 85]

uu &prime;&prime; (( SS )) == -- &alpha;&alpha; &prime;&prime; (( SS )) coscos &beta;&beta; (( SS )) sinsin &alpha;&alpha; (( SS )) ++ &beta;&beta; &prime;&prime; (( SS )) sinsin &beta;&beta; (( SS )) coscos &alpha;&alpha; (( SS )) -- &alpha;&alpha; &prime;&prime; (( SS )) sinsin &beta;&beta; (( SS )) sinsin &alpha;&alpha; (( SS )) ++ &beta;&beta; &prime;&prime; (( SS )) coscos &beta;&beta; (( SS )) coscos &alpha;&alpha; (( SS )) -- &alpha;&alpha; &prime;&prime; (( SS )) coscos &alpha;&alpha; (( SS ))

|| || uu &prime;&prime; (( SS )) || || == &alpha;&alpha; &prime;&prime; (( SS )) 22 ++ &beta;&beta; &prime;&prime; (( SS )) 22 coscos 22 &alpha;&alpha; (( SS ))

                              (19)  (19)

也就是,三维回旋曲线的法线适量,采用S,用以下的形式表示。That is, an appropriate amount of normal to the three-dimensional clothoid curve is expressed in the following form using S.

[数式86][Formula 86]

nno (( SS )) == uu &prime;&prime; (( SS )) || || uu &prime;&prime; (( SS )) || ||

== 11 &alpha;&alpha; &prime;&prime; (( SS )) 22 ++ &beta;&beta; &prime;&prime; (( SS )) 22 coscos 22 &alpha;&alpha; (( SS )) -- &alpha;&alpha; &prime;&prime; (( SS )) coscos &beta;&beta; (( SS )) sinsin &alpha;&alpha; (( SS )) -- &beta;&beta; &prime;&prime; (( SS )) sinsin &beta;&beta; (( SS )) coscos &alpha;&alpha; (( SS )) -- &alpha;&alpha; &prime;&prime; (( SS )) sinsin &beta;&beta; (( SS )) sinsin &alpha;&alpha; (( SS )) ++ &beta;&beta; &prime;&prime; (( SS )) coscos &beta;&beta; (( SS )) coscos &alpha;&alpha; (( SS )) -- &alpha;&alpha; &prime;&prime; (( SS )) coscos &alpha;&alpha; (( SS ))

                               (20)  (20)

(b)采用旋转的三维回旋曲线的法线(b) Normals to 3D clothoid curves with rotation

此处,与(7)的切线u的确定同样,也考虑一下法线n。对于初期切线方向(1,0,0),假定采用常数γ,用(0,cosγ,-sinγ)表示初期法线方向。如果与切线相同地使其旋转,法线n表示如下。Here, similar to the determination of the tangent u in (7), the normal n is also considered. For the initial tangent direction (1, 0, 0), it is assumed that a constant γ is used, and the initial normal direction is represented by (0, cosγ, -sinγ). When it is rotated in the same way as the tangent, the normal n is expressed as follows.

[数式87][Formula 87]

nno (( SS )) == coscos &beta;&beta; (( SS )) -- sinsin &beta;&beta; (( SS )) 00 sinsin &beta;&beta; (( SS )) coscos &beta;&beta; (( SS )) 00 00 00 11 coscos &alpha;&alpha; (( SS )) 00 sinsin &alpha;&alpha; (( SS )) 00 11 00 -- sinsin &alpha;&alpha; (( SS )) 00 coscos &alpha;&alpha; (( SS )) 00 coscos &gamma;&gamma; -- sinsin &gamma;&gamma;

== -- sinsin &gamma;&gamma; coscos &beta;&beta; (( SS )) sinsin &alpha;&alpha; (( SS )) -- coscos &gamma;&gamma; sinsin &beta;&beta; (( SS )) -- sinsin &gamma;&gamma; sinsin &beta;&beta; (( SS )) sinsin &alpha;&alpha; (( SS )) ++ coscos &gamma;&gamma; coscos &beta;&beta; (( SS )) -- sinsin &gamma;&gamma; coscos &alpha;&alpha; (( SS ))

                                     (21) (twenty one)

比较(20)、(21)的式,得知,sinγ、cosγ与下记对应。Comparing the formulas of (20) and (21), it is known that sinγ and cosγ correspond to the following.

[数式88][Formula 88]

sinsin &gamma;&gamma; == &alpha;&alpha; &prime;&prime; (( SS )) &alpha;&alpha; &prime;&prime; (( SS )) 22 ++ &beta;&beta; &prime;&prime; (( SS )) 22 coscos 22 &alpha;&alpha; (( SS ))

coscos &gamma;&gamma; == &beta;&beta; &prime;&prime; (( SS )) coscos &alpha;&alpha; (( SS )) &alpha;&alpha; &prime;&prime; (( SS )) 22 ++ &beta;&beta; &prime;&prime; (( SS )) 22 coscos 22 &alpha;&alpha; (( SS )) -- -- -- (( 22twenty two ))

(c)三维回旋插补中的在连接点的法线连续(c) Normal line continuity at connection points in 3D convolution interpolation

要达成三维回旋插补中的在连接点的法线连续,由式(22)得出,只要In order to achieve the continuity of the normal at the connection point in the three-dimensional convolution interpolation, it can be obtained from formula (22), as long as

[数式89][Formula 89]

tanthe tan &gamma;&gamma; == &alpha;&alpha; &prime;&prime; (( SS )) &beta;&beta; &prime;&prime; (( SS )) coscos &alpha;&alpha; (( SS )) -- -- -- (( 23twenty three ))

是连续的就可以。It is continuous.

(d)三维回旋曲线的曲率(d) The curvature of the three-dimensional clothoid curve

三维回旋曲线的曲率,用下式表示。The curvature of the three-dimensional clothoid curve is represented by the following formula.

[数式90][Number 90]

&kappa;&kappa; (( SS )) == || || PP &prime;&prime; (( SS )) &times;&times; PP &prime;&prime; &prime;&prime; (( SS )) || || || || PP &prime;&prime; (( SS )) || || == || || uu (( SS )) &times;&times; uu &prime;&prime; (( SS )) || || hh == || || uu &prime;&prime; (( SS )) || || hh -- -- -- (( 24twenty four ))

由式(19)得出,曲率表示为:From formula (19), the curvature is expressed as:

[数式91][Formula 91]

&kappa;&kappa; (( SS )) == &alpha;&alpha; &prime;&prime; 22 ++ &beta;&beta; &prime;&prime; 22 coscos 22 &alpha;&alpha; hh -- -- -- (( 2525 ))

(5)三维回旋曲线的特征(5) Characteristics of three-dimensional clothoid curves

(a)曲线的连续性(a) Continuity of the curve

在一个回旋曲线段(用同一参数表示的回旋曲线)中,由于分别按曲线长或曲线长变量S的二次式给出其切线方向的倾角及偏转角,所以关于曲线长变量S,可保证1次微分其得到的法线方向、及2次微分其得到的曲率是连续的。换句话讲,在一个回旋曲线段中,法线方向及曲率是连续的。因此,可得到流畅、性质良好的曲线。即使在连结两个回旋曲线的情况下,为在其接头上切线、法线、曲率达到连续,通过选择参数,能够制作光滑的一根连接的曲线。将其称为回旋样条。In a clothoid curve segment (clothoid curve represented by the same parameter), since the inclination angle and deflection angle in the tangential direction are given according to the quadratic formula of the curve length or the curve length variable S, respectively, the curve length variable S can be guaranteed to be 1 The normal direction obtained by the sub-differentiation, and the curvature obtained by the second-order differentiation are continuous. In other words, within a clothoid segment, the normal direction and curvature are continuous. Therefore, smooth, well-characterized curves can be obtained. Even in the case of connecting two clothoid curves, it is possible to create a smooth connected curve by selecting parameters so that the tangent, normal, and curvature are continuous at their joints. Call it a convolutional spline.

(b)适用性(b) Applicability

由于能够用两个角度(倾角及偏转角)分摊曲线的切线方向,所以能够任意制作符合各种条件的三维曲线,能够用于各种用途。Since the tangent direction of the curve can be divided by two angles (inclination angle and deflection angle), it is possible to create arbitrarily three-dimensional curves that meet various conditions, and can be used for various purposes.

(c)与几何曲线的整合性(c) Integration with geometric curves

直线、圆弧、螺旋曲线等几何曲线,能够通过将回旋参数的几个置于0,或在几个参数间设定特定的函数关系进行制作。这些曲线是回旋曲线的一种,能够采用回旋的格式表现。因此,不需要像以往的NC那样,通过直线、圆弧、自由曲线等变化所述的格式来进行处理,能够采用相同的格式进行计算或控制。Geometric curves such as straight lines, circular arcs, and spiral curves can be made by setting some of the convolution parameters to 0, or setting a specific functional relationship between several parameters. These curves are a type of clothoid curve and can be represented in a clothoid format. Therefore, it is not necessary to perform processing by changing the above-mentioned format by straight lines, arcs, free curves, etc. like conventional NC, and calculation and control can be performed using the same format.

此外,由于通过通常将α或β中的任何一种置于0,能够制作二维回旋,所以能够应用以前就二维回旋已经得到的资源。Furthermore, since two-dimensional convolutions can be made by generally setting either of α or β to 0, resources already obtained for two-dimensional convolutions can be applied.

也就是,通过适当设定α或β,包括已经知道的二维回旋,还能够表现圆弧或直线等个别的曲线。由于对于这样的个别的曲线,能够采用同一形式的三维回旋曲线式,因此能够简化计算手续。That is, by appropriately setting α or β, individual curves such as circular arcs and straight lines can also be expressed including known two-dimensional convolutions. Since the three-dimensional clothoid equation of the same form can be used for such individual curves, calculation procedures can be simplified.

(d)推测的良好性(d) Inferred goodness

在样条插补等以往的插补法中,在使自由曲线数式化时,多难分开其整体的形式、或局部的形式,但在三维回旋中,通过设想倾角及偏转角各自,能够比较容易把握整体形象。In conventional interpolation methods such as spline interpolation, when formulating a free curve, it is difficult to separate its overall form or local form. It is easy to grasp the overall image.

此外,在作为回旋曲线表现的中途端,线长、切线方向、曲率等的值是已知的,不需要像以往的插补法那样重新计算。也就是,与曲线的参数S对应地,按式(7)、(20)及(26)所示,直接求出曲线的切线、或法线、曲率。这对于后述的数值控制方式是非常有效的特征。这样一来,能够大幅度缩短计算时间,节省存储器等资源,此外,能够进行实时的插补运算。In addition, at the middle end expressed as a clothoid curve, the values of the line length, tangential direction, curvature, etc. are known, and there is no need for recalculation like the conventional interpolation method. That is, corresponding to the parameter S of the curve, the tangent, or normal, and curvature of the curve are directly obtained as shown in equations (7), (20) and (26). This is a very effective feature for the numerical control method described later. In this way, calculation time can be greatly shortened, resources such as memory can be saved, and real-time interpolation calculations can be performed.

在NC加工中,工具轨迹的最小曲率半径是重要的问题,在样条插补等中,要对其进行求解,需要繁杂的计算,但在回旋中,由于一般在每个线段,最小曲率半径的值是已知的,所以在刀具径的选定等中是有利的。In NC processing, the minimum curvature radius of the tool path is an important issue. In spline interpolation, etc., it needs complicated calculations to solve it. The value of is known, so it is advantageous in the selection of the tool diameter, etc.

(e)运动控制的容易性(e) Ease of motion control

曲线的主变量是长度s或标准化的长度S,曲线的方程式用相对于该长度的自然方程式给出。因此,通过作为时间t的函数确定长度s,能够任意给出加减速度等运动特性;通过采用以往凸轮等所用的特性良好的运动曲线,能够谋求加工作业的高速化。由于可作为实际存在的笛卡尔空间中的值给出长度s,相对于切线方向求出速度、加速度,所以不需要像以往的插补法那样合成按每个轴给出的值。此外,由于曲率的计算容易,因此也容易求出运动时的离心加速度,能够进行符合运动轨迹的控制。The principal variable of the curve is the length s or normalized length S, and the equation of the curve is given by the equation of nature relative to this length. Therefore, by determining the length s as a function of time t, motion characteristics such as acceleration and deceleration can be given arbitrarily, and by adopting a motion curve with good characteristics conventionally used for cams, etc., it is possible to increase the speed of machining operations. Since the length s can be given as a value in the actually existing Cartesian space, and the velocity and acceleration can be obtained with respect to the tangential direction, it is not necessary to combine the values given for each axis like the conventional interpolation method. In addition, since the calculation of the curvature is easy, it is also easy to obtain the centrifugal acceleration during exercise, and control in accordance with the trajectory of the exercise can be performed.

(6)曲线的生成和各参数的性质(6) The generation of the curve and the properties of each parameter

根据定义,三维回旋曲线的各参数对曲线的影响如下。通过给出各参数,如图49所示能够生成三维回旋曲线。According to the definition, the influence of each parameter of the three-dimensional clothoid curve on the curve is as follows. By giving each parameter, a three-dimensional clothoid curve can be generated as shown in FIG. 49 .

表20汇总了三维回旋曲线的各参数的性质。Table 20 summarizes the properties of the parameters of the three-dimensional clothoid curve.

         表20Table 20

  参数 意思 P<sub>0</sub> 平行移动三维回旋曲线 h 确定三维回旋曲线的大小 a<sub>0</sub>,b<sub>0</sub> 旋转三维回旋曲线 a<sub>1</sub>,a<sub>2</sub>,b<sub>1</sub>,b<sub>2</sub> 确定三维回旋曲线的形状 parameter mean P<sub>0</sub> Parallel Shifting 3D Clothoid Curve h Determine Size of 3D Clothoid Curve a<sub>0</sub>, b<sub>0</sub> Rotate 3D Clothoid Curve a<sub>1</sub>, a<sub>2</sub>, b<sub>1</sub>, b<sub>2</sub> Determining the Shape of a 3D Clothoid Curve

2.采用三维回旋曲线的插补法2. Using the interpolation method of the three-dimensional clothoid curve

(1)流畅的连接的数学条件(1) Mathematical conditions for smooth connection

在1根三维回旋曲线中,曲线的形状表现具有界限。此处,以利用数值控制的工具的运动控制为主要目的,多根连接三维回旋曲线(三维回旋线段),通过该多根三维回旋线段控制工具的运动。In one three-dimensional clothoid curve, the shape expression of the curve has a limit. Here, for the main purpose of controlling the motion of the tool using numerical control, a plurality of three-dimensional clothoid curves (three-dimensional clothoid segments) are connected, and the motion of the tool is controlled by the plurality of three-dimensional clothoid segments.

在其端点流畅地连接2根三维回旋曲线,被定义为是连续连接端点位置、切线及曲率。采用上述的定义式,按以下叙述此条件。最初的3式表示位置的连续性,下个2式表示切线的连续性,下个1式表示法线的一致,最后的式表示曲率的连续性。Fluidly connecting two three-dimensional clothoid curves at their endpoints is defined as continuously connecting endpoint positions, tangents, and curvatures. Using the above definition formula, this condition is described as follows. The first 3 formulas represent the continuity of the position, the next 2 formulas represent the continuity of the tangent line, the next 1 formula represents the coincidence of the normal line, and the last formula represents the continuity of the curvature.

[数式92][Number 92]

Pxi(1)=Pxi+1(0)Px i (1) = Px i+1 (0)

Pyi(1)=Pyi+1(0)Py i (1) = Py i+1 (0)

Pzi(1)=Pzi+1(0)Pz i (1) = Pz i+1 (0)

αi(1)=αi+1(0)α i (1) = α i+1 (0)

βi(1)=βi+1(0)             (26)β i (1) = β i + 1 (0) (26)

tan γi(1)=tan γi+1(0)tan γ i (1) = tan γ i+1 (0)

κi(1)=κi+1(0)κ i (1) = κ i + 1 (0)

这是满足切线矢量和法线矢量连续、曲率和α、β在连接点连续的条件,有时条件过严。因此,也可以按以下所示变更条件,来单一地满足条件。This is to satisfy the condition that the tangent vector and the normal vector are continuous, and the curvature and α, β are continuous at the connection point, and sometimes the condition is too strict. Therefore, it is also possible to simply satisfy the conditions by changing the conditions as shown below.

[数式93][Formula 93]

Pxi(1)=Pxi+1(0)Px i (1) = Px i+1 (0)

Pyi(1)=Pyi+1(0)Py i (1) = Py i+1 (0)

Pzi(1)=Pzi+1(0)Pz i (1) = Pz i+1 (0)

cos[αi(1)-αi+1(0)]=1cos[α i (1)-α i+1 (0)]=1

cos[βi(1)-βi+1(0)]=1          (27)cos[β i (1)-β i+1 (0)]=1 (27)

tan γi(1)=tan γi+1(0)tan γ i (1) = tan γ i+1 (0)

κi(1)=κi+1(0)κ i (1) = κ i + 1 (0)

此处,另外,Here, in addition,

[数式94][Number 94]

cos[αi(1)- αi+1(0)]=1cos[α i (1)-α i+1 (0)]=1

如果将上面的关系也考虑在内,If the above relationship is also taken into account,

[数式95][Formula 95]

tan γi(1)=tan γi+1(0)tan γ i (1) = tan γ i+1 (0)

被用下记的条件置换。It is replaced by the following condition.

[数式96][Number 96]

tan γi(1)=tan γi+1(0)tan γ i (1) = tan γ i+1 (0)

&alpha;&alpha; &prime;&prime; ii (( 11 )) &beta;&beta; &prime;&prime; ii (( 11 )) coscos &alpha;&alpha; ii (( 11 )) == &alpha;&alpha; &prime;&prime; ii ++ 11 (( 00 )) &beta;&beta; &prime;&prime; ii ++ 11 (( 00 )) coscos &alpha;&alpha; ii ++ 11 (( 00 ))

∵α′i(1)β′i+1(0)=α′i+1(0)β′i(1)∵α′ i (1)β′ i+1 (0)=α′ i+1 (0)β′ i (1)

结果得出,如果满足下记的条件,能够达到目的。As a result, it was found that the object can be achieved if the following conditions are satisfied.

[数式97][Number 97]

Pxi(1)=Pxi+1(0)Px i (1) = Px i+1 (0)

Pyi(1)=Pyi+1(0)Py i (1) = Py i+1 (0)

Pzi(1)=Pzi+1(0)Pz i (1) = Pz i+1 (0)

cos[αi(1)-αi+1(0)]=1cos[α i (1)-α i+1 (0)]=1

cos[βi(1)-βi+1(0)]=1          (28)cos[β i (1)-β i+1 (0)]=1 (28)

&alpha;&alpha; ii &prime;&prime; (( 11 )) &beta;&beta; ii ++ 11 &prime;&prime; (( 00 )) == &alpha;&alpha; ii ++ 11 &prime;&prime; (( 00 )) &beta;&beta; ii &prime;&prime; (( 11 ))

κi(1)=κi+1(0)κ i (1) = κ i + 1 (0)

在式(28)中,最初的3式表示位置的连续性,下个2式表示切线的连续性,下个1式表示法线的一致,最后的式表示曲率的连续性。要进行G2连续的插补,需要2根三维回旋曲线在其端点满足式(28)的7个条件式。In Equation (28), the first 3 equations represent the continuity of position, the next 2 equations represent the continuity of tangent lines, the next 1 equation represents the coincidence of normal lines, and the last equation represents the continuity of curvature. To perform G 2 continuous interpolation, two three-dimensional clothoid curves need to satisfy the seven conditional expressions of Equation (28) at their endpoints.

关于G2连续(G为Geometry的字头)进行补充。图50表示G2连续的插补的条件。Supplementary about G 2 continuous (G is the prefix of Geometry). Fig. 50 shows the conditions of G2 consecutive interpolation.

所谓G0连续指的是2根三维回旋曲线在其端点位置一致,所谓G1连续指的是切线方向一致,所谓G2连续指的是接触平面(法线)及曲率一致。在以下的表21中对比样条曲线所用的C0~C2连续和本发明的回旋曲线所用的G0~G2连续。The so-called G 0 continuity means that the two three-dimensional clothoid curves have the same endpoint position, the so-called G 1 continuity means that the tangent direction is consistent, and the so-called G 2 continuity means that the contact plane (normal line) and curvature are consistent. In Table 21 below, the C 0 -C 2 continuum used for the comparative spline curve and the G 0 -G 2 continuum used in the clothoid curve of the present invention are compared.

  表21Table 21

  C<sup>0</sup>:位置 G<sup>0</sup>:位置 C<sup>1</sup>:一次微分系数 G<sup>1</sup>:切线方向 C<sup>2</sup>:二次微分系数 G<sup>2</sup>:接触平面(法线)、曲率 C<sup>0</sup>: position G<sup>0</sup>: position C<sup>1</sup>: first order differential coefficient G<sup>1</sup>: Tangent direction C<sup>2</sup>: quadratic differential coefficient G<sup>2</sup>: contact plane (normal), curvature

在考虑2根三维回旋曲线的连续性时,随着达到C0→C1→C2、G0→G1→G2,插补条件变严。在C1连续中需要切线的大小及方向都一致,但在G1连续中可以只有切线方向一致。在用2根三维回旋曲线平稳地连接切线的时候,优选用G1连续做成条件式。如样条曲线,如果用C1连续做成条件式,由于增加使在几何学上无关系的切线的大小一致的条件,所以条件过严。如果用G1连续做成条件式,具有自由设定一次微分系数的大小的优点。When considering the continuity of two three-dimensional clothoid curves, the interpolation conditions become stricter as C 0 →C 1 →C 2 and G 0 →G 1 →G 2 are reached. In C 1 continuity, the size and direction of tangents must be consistent, but in G 1 continuity, only the direction of tangents may be consistent. When connecting tangent lines smoothly with two three-dimensional clothoid curves, it is preferable to make a conditional expression using G1 continuity. For example, if the spline curve is made into a conditional expression continuously with C 1 , the condition is too strict due to the addition of the condition that the sizes of the tangent lines that have no relationship in geometry are consistent. If G 1 is used to make the conditional expression continuously, it has the advantage of freely setting the size of the primary differential coefficient.

在G2连续中使接触平面(法线)一致。所谓接触平面,如图51所示,指的是局部含有曲线C的平面S1、S2。图51表示在点P切线方向连续,但接触平面S1、S2不连续的例子。在考虑三维曲线的连续性时,切线方向的一致后必须考虑的是接触平面的一致。在议论曲率时,不意味着接触平面不一致,需要在使接触平面一致后使曲率一致。用2根三维曲线使坐标、切线方向、接触平面(法线)及曲率一致达到满足G2连续的条件。Make the contact plane (normal) consistent in G2 continuation. The so-called contact planes, as shown in FIG. 51 , refer to the planes S1 and S2 partially including the curve C. FIG. 51 shows an example in which the point P is continuous in the tangential direction, but the contact planes S1 and S2 are discontinuous. When considering the continuity of a three-dimensional curve, the consistency of the contact plane must be considered after the consistency of the tangent direction. When discussing the curvature, it does not mean that the contact planes are not consistent, but the curvature needs to be consistent after the contact planes are consistent. Use two three-dimensional curves to make the coordinates, tangent direction, contact plane (normal line) and curvature consistent to meet the condition of G2 continuity.

(2)具体的计算顺序(2) Specific calculation order

具有以下2种计算顺序。There are the following two calculation sequences.

(a)给出曲线的参数h、α、β,发生1根三维回旋曲线,在其端点,以满足式(28)的方式,确定下个三维回旋曲线的参数。如此,能够发生逐个流畅连接的三维回旋曲线。根据该计算顺序,容易算出曲线参数,将其称为顺解。根据此方式,能够容易发生多种形状的曲线,但不能明确指定曲线通过的连接点。(a) Given the parameters h, α, and β of the curve, a three-dimensional clothoid curve is generated, and at its endpoint, the parameters of the next three-dimensional clothoid curve are determined in a manner that satisfies formula (28). In this way, three-dimensional clothoid curves connected smoothly one by one can be generated. According to this calculation procedure, the curve parameters can be easily calculated, which is called a sequential solution. According to this method, curves of various shapes can be easily generated, but the connection points through which the curves pass cannot be clearly specified.

(b)能以预先指定的点群成为曲线的连接点的方式,连接三维回旋曲线。此处,在每个离散地任意给出的点列的各区间做成短的回旋曲线(回旋线段)。在此种情况下,以满足式(28)的方式确定曲线参数的计算顺序比(a)更复杂,为重复收束计算。由于从连接条件相反地确定曲线参数,所以该计算顺序称为逆解。(b) The three-dimensional clothoid curves can be connected so that the point groups specified in advance become the connection points of the curves. Here, a short clothoid curve (clothoid segment) is created for each section of each discretely given point sequence. In this case, the calculation sequence to determine the curve parameters in a manner that satisfies formula (28) is more complicated than that in (a), which is repeated convergence calculation. Since the curve parameters are determined inversely from the connection conditions, this calculation order is called an inverse solution.

关于上述(b)的逆解,详细地叙述计算方法。要解决的计算问题,按以下被公式化。Regarding the inverse solution of (b) above, the calculation method will be described in detail. The computational problem to be solved is formulated as follows.

未知参数∶曲线参数Unknown parameter: Curve parameter

约束条件∶式(28)或其一部Constraints: Formula (28) or a part thereof

根据要求的问题,变化约束条件的数量,可以作为未知参数设定与之相符的数量的曲线参数。例如,在不要求曲率的连续性的情况下,能够自由地使一部分曲线参数工作。或者,在曲率连续且指定切线方向的情况下,需要通过分割增加插补所用的三维回旋曲线的数量,增加对应的未知曲线参数。Depending on the required problem, varying the number of constraints can be used as unknown parameters to set the corresponding number of curve parameters. For example, in the case where the continuity of the curvature is not required, some curve parameters can be freely operated. Or, when the curvature is continuous and the tangent direction is specified, it is necessary to increase the number of three-dimensional clothoid curves used for interpolation through segmentation and increase the corresponding unknown curve parameters.

为了使上述重复收束计算稳定收束,需要在计算上下功夫。为了避免计算的发散,加快收束,对于未知参数,有效的方法是设定更好的初始值。因此,有效的方法是,发生满足给出的连接点等约束条件的、更单一的插补曲线,例如线形样条曲线等,从其曲线形状推算三维回旋曲线的曲线参数,作为重复收束计算的初始值。In order to make the above repeated convergence calculations converge stably, it is necessary to work hard on the calculations. In order to avoid calculation divergence and speed up convergence, an effective method for unknown parameters is to set better initial values. Therefore, an effective method is to generate a more simple interpolation curve that satisfies the given constraints such as connection points, such as a linear spline curve, etc., and calculate the curve parameters of the three-dimensional clothoid curve from its curve shape as a repeated convergence calculation initial value of .

或者,不一气满足应满足的约束条件,而是依次增加条件式的方式,作为稳定得到解的方法也是有效的。例如,将曲线发生的顺序分为下面的三个STEP,依次进行。作为第1STEP在以位置信息和切线方向一致的方式插补后,作为第2STEP以使法线方向一致的方式进行插补,在第3STEP以曲率一致的方式插补。图52表示该方法的简要流程。已示出必要的三维回旋曲线式及其切线、法线或曲率的定义式。Alternatively, it is also effective as a method of stably obtaining a solution by sequentially increasing the conditional expressions without satisfying the constraint conditions that should be satisfied all at once. For example, the sequence in which the curves occur is divided into the following three STEPs, which are performed sequentially. After interpolating so that the position information coincides with the tangent direction as the 1st STEP, interpolate so as to match the normal direction as the 2nd STEP, and interpolate so as to match the curvature in the 3rd STEP. Fig. 52 shows a schematic flow of this method. The necessary three-dimensional clothoid equations and their definitions for tangents, normals, or curvatures are shown.

(3)采用三维回旋曲线的插补法的实施例(3) The embodiment that adopts the interpolation method of three-dimensional clothoid curve

(a)插补法的流程(a) Flow of imputation method

详细说明采用三维回旋曲线流畅地插补给出的点列间的方法的一实施例。以下,将采用三维回旋曲线的插补法称为三维回旋插补。将通过插补生成的曲线群全体称为三维回旋曲线,将构成其的单位曲线称为三维回旋线段。An embodiment of a method for smoothly interpolating between a given point sequence by using a three-dimensional clothoid curve is described in detail. Hereinafter, the interpolation method using a three-dimensional clothoid curve is referred to as three-dimensional clothoid interpolation. A group of curves generated by interpolation is collectively called a three-dimensional clothoid curve, and unit curves constituting it are called a three-dimensional clothoid segment.

作为三维回旋插补的基本的流程,以连结插补对象的点间的三维回旋线段的各参数作为未知数,严密地通过插补对象的点,并且用牛顿·拉夫申法求出满足达到G2连续的条件的解,生成曲线。图53是归纳该流程的概要的图示。所谓G2连续,指的是2根三维回旋曲线在其端点,位置、切线方向、法线方向及曲率一致。As the basic flow of three-dimensional convolutional interpolation, each parameter of the three-dimensional cycloidal segment connecting the points of the interpolation object is used as the unknown, and the points of the interpolation object are strictly passed through, and the satisfying G2 Continuous conditional solutions generate curves. FIG. 53 is a diagram summarizing the outline of this flow. The so-called G 2 continuity means that the two three-dimensional clothoid curves have the same position, tangent direction, normal direction and curvature at their endpoints.

(b)G2连续的插补的条件(b) Conditions for G2 continuous interpolation

在三维回旋插补中,关于严密地通过插补对象的点,并且成为G2连续的条件,考虑具体的条件。In the three-dimensional convolutional interpolation, specific conditions are considered regarding the condition that the point of the interpolation object passes closely and becomes G2 continuous.

现在,简单地具有3个点P1={Px1、Py1、Pz1}、P2={Px2、Py2、Pz2}和P3={Px3、Py3、Pz3},考虑用三维回旋线段插补该点。图54表示点P1、P2和P3的三维回旋插补。如果将连结点P1、P2间的曲线设定为曲线C1,将连结点P2、P3间的曲线设定为曲线C2,在此种情况下,未知数为曲线C1的参数a01、a11、a21、b01、b11、b21、h1,曲线C2的参数a02、a12、a22、b02、b12、b22、h2等14个。此外,以后在说明中出现的文字的下标与各曲线的下标对应。Now, simply having 3 points P 1 ={Px 1 , Py 1 , Pz 1 }, P 2 ={Px 2 , Py 2 , Pz 2 } and P 3 ={Px 3 , Py 3 , Pz 3 }, Consider interpolating the point with a 3D clothoid segment. Fig. 54 shows three-dimensional convolutional interpolation of points P1 , P2 and P3 . If the curve between connection points P 1 and P 2 is set as curve C 1 , and the curve between connection points P 2 and P 3 is set as curve C 2 , in this case, the unknown is the parameter of curve C 1 a0 1 , a1 1 , a2 1 , b0 1 , b1 1 , b2 1 , h 1 , 14 parameters of curve C 2 , such as a0 2 , a1 2 , a2 2 , b0 2 , b1 2 , b2 2 , h 2 . In addition, the subscripts of characters appearing in the description below correspond to the subscripts of the respective curves.

下面考虑严密地通过插补对象的点,并且达到G2连续的条件。首先,在始点严密地通过插补对象的点的条件,如果从三维回旋曲线的定义考虑,由于在给出始点时必然达成,所以没有插补条件。接着在连接点P1,在位置方面成立3个,在切线矢量方面成立2个,在曲率连续的条件式的大小和方向方面成立2个,合计成立7个。此外关于终点,在点P2在位置方面是3个。由以上得出条件式合计为10个。但是,照这样对于未知数14个,由于条件式只存在10个,所以不能求出未知数的解。因此,在本研究中,给出两端点的切线矢量,在两端点各增加两个条件,使条件式和未知数的数相等。此外,如果确定在始点的切线方向,由于能够从其定义式求出a01、b01,所以可不作为未知数处理。以下,考虑各条件。Next, consider the point that passes the interpolation object strictly and achieves the condition of G2 continuity. First of all, the condition of strictly passing the point of the interpolation object at the starting point is considered from the definition of the three-dimensional clothoid curve, because it must be satisfied when the starting point is given, so there is no interpolation condition. Next, at the connection point P 1 , three cases are established regarding the position, two cases are established regarding the tangent vector, two cases are established regarding the magnitude and direction of the conditional expression of curvature continuity, and a total of seven cases are established. Also about the end point, at point P 2 is 3 in terms of position. The total number of conditional expressions obtained from the above is 10. However, since there are only 10 conditional expressions for 14 unknowns in this way, the solution to the unknowns cannot be obtained. Therefore, in this study, the tangent vectors of the two ends are given, and two conditions are added at each end point, so that the number of conditional expressions and unknowns are equal. In addition, if the tangent direction at the starting point is determined, since a0 1 and b0 1 can be obtained from the definition formula, they need not be treated as unknowns. Hereinafter, each condition is considered.

首先,如果考虑位置的条件,由式(1-1)、(1-2)、(1-3)成立下记的3个式。(以下,规定自然数i<3。)First, considering the condition of the position, the following three expressions are established from the expressions (1-1), (1-2), and (1-3). (Hereafter, the natural number i<3 is specified.)

[数式98][Number 98]

PxPx ii ++ hh ii &Integral;&Integral; 00 11 coscos (( aa 00 ii ++ aa 11 ii SS ++ aa 22 ii SS 22 )) coscos (( bb 00 ii ++ bb 11 ii SS ++ bb 22 ii SS 22 )) dSwxya -- PxPx ii ++ 11 == 00

                                   (1-1)(1-1)

PyPython ii ++ hh ii &Integral;&Integral; 00 11 coscos (( aa 00 ii ++ aa 11 ii SS ++ aa 22 ii SS 22 )) sinsin (( bb 00 ii ++ bb 11 ii SS ++ bb 11 ii SS 22 )) dSwxya -- PyPython ii ++ 11 == 00

                                   (1-2)(1-2)

PzPz ii ++ hh ii &Integral;&Integral; 00 11 (( -- sinsin (( aa 00 ii ++ aa 11 ii SS ++ aa 22 ii SS 22 )) )) dSwxya -- PzPz ii ++ 11 == 00

                                   (1-3)(1-3)

接着,如果考虑切线方向,成立(1-4)、(1-5)2个式。Next, if the tangential direction is considered, two equations (1-4) and (1-5) are established.

[数式99][Number 99]

cos(a0i+a1i+a2i-a0i+1)=1     (1-4)cos(a0 i +a1 i +a2 i -a0 i+1 )=1 (1-4)

cos(b0i+b1i+b2i-b0i+1)=1     (1-5)cos(b0 i +b1 i +b2 i -b0 i+1 )=1 (1-5)

关于曲率κ的大小,成立下式(1-6)。Regarding the magnitude of the curvature κ, the following formula (1-6) is established.

[数式100][numeral formula 100]

κi(1)-κi+1(0)=0              (1-6)κ i (1)-κ i+1 (0) = 0 (1-6)

最后考虑法线方向矢量n。三维回旋曲线的法线矢量n,用式(21)表示。Finally consider the normal direction vector n. The normal vector n of the three-dimensional clothoid curve is expressed by formula (21).

此处,与三维回旋曲线的切线矢量u的确定同样,也采用旋转,考虑一下法线矢量n。对于初期切线方向(1,0,0),假定采用常数γ,用(0,cosγ,-sinγ)表示初期法线方向。如果与切线相同地使其旋转,法线n如式(1-7)所表示。Here, as in the determination of the tangent vector u of the three-dimensional clothoid curve, rotation is also used, and the normal vector n is considered. For the initial tangent direction (1, 0, 0), it is assumed that a constant γ is used, and the initial normal direction is represented by (0, cosγ, -sinγ). When it is rotated in the same way as the tangent, the normal n is expressed by Equation (1-7).

[数式101][Number 101]

nno (( SS )) == coscos &beta;&beta; (( SS )) -- sinsin &beta;&beta; (( SS )) 00 sinsin &beta;&beta; (( SS )) coscos &beta;&beta; (( SS )) 00 00 00 11 coscos &alpha;&alpha; (( SS )) 00 sinsin &alpha;&alpha; (( SS )) 00 11 00 -- sinsin &alpha;&alpha; (( SS )) 00 coscos &alpha;&alpha; (( SS )) 00 coscos &gamma;&gamma; -- sinsin &gamma;&gamma;

== -- sinsin &gamma;&gamma; coscos &beta;&beta; (( SS )) sinsin &alpha;&alpha; (( SS )) -- coscos &gamma;&gamma; sinsin &beta;&beta; (( SS )) -- sinsin &gamma;&gamma; sinsin &beta;&beta; (( SS )) sinsin &alpha;&alpha; (( SS )) ++ coscos &gamma;&gamma; coscos &beta;&beta; (( SS )) -- sinsin &gamma;&gamma; coscos &alpha;&alpha; (( SS ))

                                          (1-7)(1-7)

比较式(21)、(1-7),得知,sinγ、cosγ与式(1-8)对应。Comparing formulas (21) and (1-7), we know that sinγ and cosγ correspond to formula (1-8).

[数式102][Formula 102]

sinsin &gamma;&gamma; == &alpha;&alpha; &prime;&prime; (( SS )) &alpha;&alpha; &prime;&prime; (( SS )) 22 ++ &beta;&beta; &prime;&prime; (( SS )) 22 coscos 22 &alpha;&alpha; (( SS ))

coscos &gamma;&gamma; == &beta;&beta; &prime;&prime; (( SS )) coscos &alpha;&alpha; (( SS )) &alpha;&alpha; &prime;&prime; (( SS )) 22 ++ &beta;&beta; &prime;&prime; (( SS )) 22 coscos 22 &alpha;&alpha; (( SS )) -- -- -- (( 11 -- 88 ))

即,由式(1-8)得知,要达成三维回旋插补中的在连接点的法线连续,只要tanγ是连续就可以。That is, it is known from formula (1-8) that in order to achieve the continuity of the normal at the connection point in the three-dimensional convolutional interpolation, only tanγ is continuous.

[数式103][Formula 103]

tanthe tan &gamma;&gamma; == &alpha;&alpha; &prime;&prime; (( SS )) &beta;&beta; &prime;&prime; (( SS )) coscos &alpha;&alpha; (( SS )) -- -- -- (( 11 -- 99 ))

即,得知法线连续的条件是式(1-10)。That is, the condition for knowing that the normal line is continuous is Equation (1-10).

[数式104][Formula 104]

tan γi(1)=tan γi+1(0)       (1-10)tan γ i (1) = tan γ i+1 (0) (1-10)

此处,另外,如果将Here, additionally, if the

[数式105][Formula 105]

cos[αi(1)-αi+1(0)]=1           (1-11)cos[α i (1)-α i+1 (0)]=1 (1-11)

考虑在内,条件式(1-10),可用下记的条件式(1-12)置换。即,法线连续的条件是式(1-12)。Taking this into consideration, conditional expression (1-10) can be replaced by the following conditional expression (1-12). That is, the condition for the continuity of the normal line is Equation (1-12).

[数式106][Formula 106]

α′i(1)β′i+1(0)=α′i+1(0)β′i(1)         (1-12)α′ i (1)β′ i+1 (0)=α′ i+1 (0)β′ i (1) (1-12)

综上所述,得知,严密地通过插补对象点,并且达到G2连续的条件,在连接点为式(1-13)。此外,即使在始点·终点,也可以选择其中的几个条件。To sum up, it is known that by interpolating the object points strictly and reaching the condition of G2 continuity, the connection point is formula (1-13). Also, some of these conditions can be selected even at the start point and end point.

[数式107][Formula 107]

Pxi(1)=Pxi+1(0)Px i (1) = Px i+1 (0)

Pyi(1)=Pyi+1(0)Py i (1) = Py i+1 (0)

Pzi(1)=Pzi+1(0)Pz i (1) = Pz i+1 (0)

cos[αi(1)-αi+1(0)]=1cos[α i (1)-α i+1 (0)]=1

cos[βi(1)-βi+1(0)]=1           (1-13)cos[β i (1)-β i+1 (0)]=1 (1-13)

&alpha;&alpha; ii &prime;&prime; (( 11 )) &beta;&beta; ii ++ 11 &prime;&prime; (( 00 )) == &alpha;&alpha; ii ++ 11 &prime;&prime; (( 00 )) &beta;&beta; ii &prime;&prime; (( 11 ))

κi(1)=κi+1(0)κ i (1) = κ i + 1 (0)

由以上得知,对于未知数a11、a21、b11、b21、h1、a02、a12、a22、b02、b12、b22、h2等12个,条件式成立下记的12个。(将点P3上的切线方向旋转角规定为α3、β3。)From the above, we know that for 12 unknowns a1 1 , a2 1 , b1 1 , b2 1 , h 1 , a0 2 , a1 2 , a2 2 , b0 2 , b1 2 , b2 2 , h 2 , etc., the conditional expression holds Remember 12. (The tangential rotation angle at point P 3 is defined as α 3 , β 3 .)

[数式108][Formula 108]

Px1(1)=Px2(0)Px 1 (1) = Px 2 (0)

Py1(1)=Py2(0)Py 1 (1) = Py 2 (0)

Pz1(1)=Pz2(0)Pz 1 (1) = Pz 2 (0)

cos[α1(1)-α2(0)]=1cos[α 1 (1)-α 2 (0)]=1

cos[β1(1)-β2(0)]=1cos[β 1 (1)-β 2 (0)]=1

α′1(1)β′2(0)=α′2(0)β′1(1)α′ 1 (1)β′ 2 (0)=α′ 2 (0)β′ 1 (1)

κ1(1)=κ2(0)κ 1 (1) = κ 2 (0)

                       (1-14)(1-14)

Px2(1)=Px3(0)Px 2 (1) = Px 3 (0)

Py2(1)=Py3(0)Py 2 (1) = Py 3 (0)

Pz2(1)=Pz3(0)Pz 2 (1) = Pz 3 (0)

cos[α2(1)-α3]=1cos[α 2 (1)-α 3 ]=1

cos[β2(1)-β3]=1cos[β 2 (1)-β 3 ]=1

这样一来,由于对于12个未知数成立12个式,所以能够求解。对此可用牛顿·拉夫申法解释,求出解。In this way, since 12 equations are established for 12 unknowns, they can be solved. This can be explained by Newton Raphson's method, and the solution can be obtained.

此外,一般在考虑插补n个点列时,条件式只要将上述的自然数i扩大为i<n就可以。然后是未知数和条件式的数量的问题。In addition, generally, when interpolation of n point columns is considered, the conditional expression only needs to expand the above-mentioned natural number i to i<n. Then there is the question of the number of unknowns and conditional expressions.

例如,在具有n-1个点列时,看作成立N个未知数和N个关系式。此处,如果假设再增加1点,未知数就增加三维回旋线段Pn-1、Pn的7个回旋参数a0n、a1n、a2n、b0n、b1n、b2n和hn。一方面,条件式,由于连接点增加1个,所以在点Pn-1,在位置方面增加3个,在切线矢量方面增加2个,在曲率连续的条件式的大小和方向方面增加2个,合计增加7个。For example, when there are n-1 point columns, it is considered that N unknown numbers and N relational expressions are established. Here, if it is assumed that one more point is added, the unknowns will be increased by seven convolution parameters a0 n , a1 n , a2 n , b0 n , b1 n , b2 n and h n of the three-dimensional clothoid segment P n-1 , P n . On the one hand, the conditional expression, since the connection point increases by 1, so at the point P n-1 , 3 are added in terms of position, 2 are added in terms of tangent vector, and 2 are added in terms of the magnitude and direction of the conditional expression with continuous curvature , adding 7 in total.

由于得知在n=3时,未知数、关系式都是12个,所以在n≥3时,未知数为7(n-2)+5个,对此处理的式也是7(n-2)+5个。这样一来,由于未知数和与之有关的条件的数相等,所以在n个自由点列时也能用与3点时同样的方法求解。作为求解法,采用利用在未知数和条件式的之间成立式(1-15)、(1-16)的关系的牛顿-拉夫申法求解。(将条件设为F,未将知数设为u、将误差雅可比矩阵设为j。)Since it is known that when n=3, there are 12 unknowns and relational expressions, so when n≥3, the unknowns are 7(n-2)+5, and the formula for this treatment is also 7(n-2)+ 5. In this way, since the unknown number is equal to the number of conditions related to it, the same method as that of 3 points can be used for n free point columns. As a solution method, the Newton-Raphson method using the relationship of the equations (1-15) and (1-16) established between the unknown number and the conditional expression is used. (The condition is set to F, the unknown is set to u, and the error Jacobian matrix is set to j.)

[数式109][Formula 109]

ΔF=[J]Δu                      (1-15)ΔF=[J]Δu (1-15)

Δu=[J]-1ΔF                    (1-16)Δu=[J] -1 ΔF (1-16)

由以上得知,对于n个点列也可进行严密地通过插补对象的点,并且可进行G2连续的三维回旋插补。From the above, it is possible to perform three-dimensional convolutional interpolation that closely passes through the interpolation target points for n point sequences, and G2 continuous.

(c)初始值的确定(c) Determination of initial value

在牛顿-拉夫申法中,在开始解的探索时需要给出适当的初始值。初始值怎样给出都可以,但此处只叙述该初始值的一例给出方式。In the Newton-Raphson method, appropriate initial values need to be given when starting the search for a solution. The initial value can be given in any way, but only one example of the way of giving the initial value will be described here.

先行进行的研究即3D Discrete Clothoid Splines,具有严密地通过插补对象点,曲率相对于从始点的移动距离平稳变化的性质。因此,在本研究中,用于三维回旋插补的初始值,通过制作如图55的r=4的3D DiscreteClothoid Splines的多角形Q,从此处通过计算确定。3D Discrete Clothoid Splines, a research conducted earlier, has the property that the curvature changes smoothly with respect to the moving distance from the starting point by strictly interpolating the target point. Therefore, in this study, the initial value for three-dimensional convolutional interpolation is determined by calculation from here by making the polygon Q of 3D DiscreteClothoid Splines with r=4 as shown in Figure 55.

下面,补充说明3D Discrete Clothoid Splines。首先如图56所示,制作以插补对象的点列为顶点的多角形P,在P的各顶点间插入各相同数r个新的顶点,制作为 P &Subset; Q 的多角形Q。此处,如果将P的顶点设定为n个,在多角形Q关闭的情况下具有rn个顶点,在多角形Q打开的情况下具有r(n-1)+1个顶点。以后规定以下标作为从始点的连续号码,用qi表示各顶点。此外,在各顶点,作为方向确定从法线矢量b,作为大小确定具有曲率κ的矢量k。Next, 3D Discrete Clothoid Splines are supplemented. First, as shown in Fig. 56, a polygon P with the point row of the interpolation object as a vertex is made, and the same number r of new vertices are inserted between each vertex of P, and it is made as P &Subset; Q The polygon Q. Here, if the number of vertices of P is set to n, there are rn vertices when the polygon Q is closed, and r(n-1)+1 vertices when the polygon Q is open. Subscripts are defined hereafter as consecutive numbers from the starting point, and each vertex is represented by qi. In addition, at each vertex, a normal vector b is determined as a direction, and a vector k having a curvature κ is determined as a magnitude.

此时,将满足下记的顶点相互间达到等距离的式(1-17)的,曲率最接近与从始点的移动距离成正比的条件时的(使式(1-18)的函数最小化时的)多角形Q,称为3D Discrete Clothoid Splines。At this time, when the equation (1-17) in which the vertices are equidistant from each other is satisfied, the curvature is closest to the condition proportional to the moving distance from the starting point (the function of equation (1-18) is minimized When) polygon Q, called 3D Discrete Clothoid Splines.

[数式110][Formula 110]

|qi-1qi|=|qi+1qi|, ( q i &NotElement; P ) - - - ( 1 - 17 ) |q i-1 q i |=|q i+1 q i |, ( q i &NotElement; P ) - - - ( 1 - 17 )

Figure C200580006053D00852
 i={0...n-1},Δ2ki=ki-1-2ki+ki+1
Figure C200580006053D00852
i={0...n-1}, Δ 2 k i =k i-1 -2k i +k i+1

                                          (1-18)(1-18)

在3D Discrete Clothoid Splines中,已经求出各顶点的弗雷涅标架。因此,从其单位切线方向矢量t求出参数a0、b0。该切线方向矢量t在求出多角形Q时已经知道,通过该t和三维回旋曲线的切线的式,求出多角形Q的顶点的切线方向旋转角α、β。由此求出各曲线的a0、b0的初始值。此外,在从始点开始的三维回旋线段上,给出其值。In 3D Discrete Clothoid Splines, the Fresnel frame of each vertex has been calculated. Therefore, the parameters a 0 and b 0 are obtained from the unit tangential direction vector t. The tangential direction vector t is already known when the polygon Q is obtained, and the tangential direction rotation angles α, β of the vertices of the polygon Q are obtained by using this t and the tangent equation of the three-dimensional clothoid curve. From this, the initial values of a 0 and b 0 of each curve are obtained. In addition, its value is given on the three-dimensional clothoid segment from the starting point.

[数式111][Equation 111]

uu == coscos &beta;&beta; coscos &alpha;&alpha; sinsin &beta;&beta; coscos &alpha;&alpha; -- sinsin &alpha;&alpha; -- -- -- (( 11 -- 1919 ))

此处,关于3D Discrete Clothoid Splines,如果考虑等距离排列顶点,在图55的点q4i+1,能够近似于曲线长变量S是1/4。同样在点q4(i+1)-1,能够近似于曲线长变量S是3/4。如果与三维回旋曲线的α的式合在一起考虑这些,成立下式(1-20)。Here, regarding the 3D Discrete Clothoid Splines, if the vertices are arranged equidistantly, at point q 4i+1 in FIG. 55 , it can be approximated that the curve length variable S is 1/4. Also at point q 4(i+1)-1 , it can be approximated that the curve length variable S is 3/4. When these are considered together with the formula of α of the three-dimensional clothoid curve, the following formula (1-20) is established.

[数式112][Formula 112]

aa 00 44 ii ++ 11 44 aa 11 44 ii ++ (( 11 44 )) 22 aa 22 44 ii == aa 00 44 ii ++ 11 aa 00 44 ii ++ 33 44 aa 11 44 ii ++ (( 33 44 )) 22 aa 22 44 ii == aa 00 44 (( ii ++ 11 )) -- 11 -- -- -- (( 11 -- 2020 ))

此式成为未知数为a14i和a24i的二维联立方程式,对其进行求解,作为参数a1、a2的初始值。同样也能够确定参数b1、b2的初始值。This formula becomes a two-dimensional simultaneous equation with unknowns a1 4i and a2 4i , which is solved and used as the initial values of parameters a 1 and a 2 . It is likewise possible to determine initial values for the parameters b 1 , b 2 .

其余的未知数是曲线长h,但关于该初始值可由三维回旋曲线的曲率的式算出。三维回旋曲线的曲率可用式(1-21)表示。The remaining unknown is the curve length h, but this initial value can be calculated from the expression of the curvature of the three-dimensional clothoid curve. The curvature of the three-dimensional clothoid curve can be expressed by formula (1-21).

[数式113][Formula 113]

&kappa;&kappa; == &alpha;&alpha; &prime;&prime; 22 ++ &beta;&beta; &prime;&prime; 22 coscos 22 &alpha;&alpha; hh -- -- -- (( 11 -- 21twenty one ))

如果改变此式,成为式(1-22),可确定h的初始值。If this formula is changed to formula (1-22), the initial value of h can be determined.

[数式114][Formula 114]

hh 44 ii == (( aa 11 44 ii ++ 22 aa 22 44 ii )) 22 ++ (( bb 11 44 ii ++ 22 bb 22 44 ii )) 22 coscos 22 (( aa 00 44 ii ++ aa 11 44 ii ++ aa 22 44 ii )) &kappa;&kappa; 44 (( ii ++ 11 ))

                             (1-22)(1-22)

用以上的方法,能够对7个三维回旋参数确定初始值。采用该确定的初始值,在(b)中叙述的达到G2连续的条件下,用牛顿-拉夫申法求出各曲线的参数的近似值。从由此得到的参数生成三维回旋线段,用三维回旋曲线插补点列间。Using the above method, it is possible to determine initial values for the seven three-dimensional convolution parameters. Using this determined initial value, under the condition of achieving G2 continuity described in (b), the approximate value of the parameters of each curve is obtained by the Newton-Raphson method. A three-dimensional clothoid segment is generated from the parameters thus obtained, and a three-dimensional clothoid curve is used to interpolate between point columns.

(b)插补例(b) Imputation example

作为实际用以上所述的方法插补点列的例子,举例三维回旋插补(0.0,0.0,0.0)、(2.0,2.0,2.0)、(4.0,0.0,1.0)和(5.0,0.0,2.0)这4点的例子。图57中示出通过插补生成的三维回旋曲线的透视图。图57中的实线是三维回旋曲线,虚线、一点划线、二点划线的直线,是曲线上的各点上的取大小为log(曲率半径+自然对数e),取方向为法线方向的曲率半径变化模式。As an example of actually interpolating a point sequence using the method described above, three-dimensional convolutional interpolation (0.0, 0.0, 0.0), (2.0, 2.0, 2.0), (4.0, 0.0, 1.0) and (5.0, 0.0, 2.0) are given ) Examples of these 4 points. A perspective view of a three-dimensional clothoid curve generated by interpolation is shown in FIG. 57 . The solid line in Fig. 57 is a three-dimensional clothoid curve, and the straight line of dotted line, one-dot-dash line, and two-dot-dash line is that the size of each point on the curve is log (radius of curvature+natural logarithm e), and the direction is normal The radius of curvature variation pattern along the line.

另外,表22中示出各曲线的参数,此外表23示出在各切线点的坐标、切线、法线、曲率的偏斜。从这些表看出,在各切线点生成成为G2连续的三维回旋曲线。此外,图58是在横轴取从始点的移动距离、在纵轴取曲率的曲率变化曲线图。In addition, Table 22 shows the parameters of each curve, and Table 23 shows the coordinates of each tangent point, tangent line, normal line, and curvature deflection. As can be seen from these tables, a three-dimensional clothoid curve that is G2 continuous is generated at each tangent point. In addition, FIG. 58 is a curvature change graph in which the movement distance from the starting point is taken on the horizontal axis and the curvature is taken on the vertical axis.

           表22Table 22

    各三维回旋线段的参数  Parameters of each 3D clothoid segment

曲线1 (曲率半径变化模式 虚线)Curve 1 (Curvature Radius Variation Mode Dashed Line)

  α=-0.657549-1.05303S+1.84584S2 α=-0.657549-1.05303S+1.84584S 2

  β=1.03297+1.29172S-2.55118S2 β=1.03297+1.29172S- 2.55118S2

  h=3.82679h=3.82679

  P0=(0.0、0.0、0.0) P0 = (0.0, 0.0, 0.0)

曲线2 (曲率半径变化模式 一点划线)Curve 2 (curvature radius change mode dot-dash line)

  α=0.135559+2.18537S-2.69871S2 α=0.135559+2.18537S- 2.69871S2

  β=-0.226655-3.15603S+3.03298S2 β=-0.226655-3.15603S+3.03298S 2

  h=3.16932h=3.16932

  P0=(2.0、2.0、2.0) P0 = (2.0, 2.0, 2.0)

曲线3 (曲率半径变化模式 二点划线)Curve 3 (curvature radius change mode two dotted line)

  α=-0.377569-1.45922S+0.984945S2 α=-0.377569-1.45922S+0.984945S 2

  β=-0.349942+1.32198S-0.873267S2 β=-0.349942+1.32198S- 0.873267S2

  h=1.43987h=1.43987

  P0=(4.0、0.0、1.0) P0 = (4.0, 0.0, 1.0)

       表23Table 23

 在各切线点的坐标、切线、法线、曲率的偏斜Coordinates, tangents, normals, curvature skew at each tangent point

曲线1和曲线2的连接点The connection point of curve 1 and curve 2

  Coord:(1.16×10-5,2.00×10-6,3.82×10-6)Coord: (1.16×10 -5 , 2.00×10 -6 , 3.82×10 -6 )

  Tvector:(7.59×10-5,1.50×10-5,2.95×10-4)Tvector: (7.59×10 -5 , 1.50×10 -5 , 2.95×10 -4 )

  Nvector:(2.93×10-4,9.19×10-5,-7.57×10-6)Nvector: (2.93×10 -4 , 9.19×10 -5 , -7.57×10 -6 )

  Curvature:3.06×10-7 Curvature: 3.06×10 -7

曲线2和曲线3的连接点The connection point of curve 2 and curve 3

  Coord:(-4.33×10-6,-1.64×10-6,1.11×10-5)Coord: (-4.33×10 -6 , -1.64×10 -6 , 1.11×10 -5 )

  Tvector:(2.06×10-6,2.33×10-4,1.97×10-4)Tvector: (2.06×10 -6 , 2.33×10 -4 , 1.97×10 -4 )

  Nvector:(3.30×10-4,1.19×10-5,-3.23×10-5)Nvector: (3.30×10 -4 , 1.19×10 -5 , -3.23×10 -5 )

  Curvature:5.96×10-6 Curvature: 5.96×10 -6

(4)考虑在两端的各值的控制的G2连续的三维回旋插补(4) G2 continuous three-dimensional convolution interpolation considering the control of each value at both ends

(a)插补条件和未知数(a) Imputation conditions and unknowns

如在(3)中所述,在曲线打开的情况下,在插补对象的点有n个时,用n-1个曲线三维回旋插补点列。如果严格地通过各点,关于各三维回旋线段,由于未知数有a0、a1、a2、b0、b1、b2、h等7个,所以未知数整体为7(n-1)个。另一方面,关于条件式,由于具有n-2个的连接点都存在坐标、切线、法线、曲率的各7个和终点上的坐标的3个,所以全部为7(n-2)+3个。在(3)的方法中,通过对其给出始点·终点上的切线矢量,增加4个条件,使条件式和未知数的数相对。As described in (3), when the curve is turned on, when there are n points to be interpolated, the three-dimensional convolution interpolation point sequence is performed using n-1 curves. If strictly passing through each point, for each three-dimensional clothoid segment, since there are 7 unknowns such as a 0 , a 1 , a 2 , b 0 , b 1 , b 2 , h, etc., the total number of unknowns is 7(n-1) . On the other hand, regarding the conditional expression, since there are 7 each of coordinates, tangents, normals, and curvatures and 3 coordinates on the end point for n-2 connection points, all of them are 7(n-2)+ 3. In the method (3), four conditions are added by giving the tangent vector on the start point and the end point, and the conditional expression and the number of unknowns are compared.

此处,如果控制始点·终点上的切线·法线·曲率,并且以达到G2连续的方式插补,条件与控制两端的切线时相比,在始点·终点,在法线·曲率方面各增加2个,合计增加4个。于是,条件式全部达到7n-3个。在此种情况下,由于未知数的数比条件少,所以不能用牛顿-拉夫申法求解。因此,需要用什么方法增加未知数。Here, if the tangent, normal, and curvature at the start point and end point are controlled, and the interpolation is achieved in a G2 continuous manner, the condition is that the normal line and curvature at the start point, end point, and the Increase by 2, a total of 4. Thus, all the conditional expressions reach 7n-3. In this case, the Newton-Raphson method cannot be used to solve the problem because the number of unknowns is less than the condition. Therefore, what method needs to be used to increase the unknown.

因此,此处,通过重新插入插补对象点使未知数和条件式的数相等。例如,如果4个未知数的一方多,插入2个新的点,作为未知数处理各点的坐标中的2个。Therefore, here, the unknown number and the number of the conditional expression are equalized by reinserting interpolation target points. For example, if there are more than four unknowns, two new points are inserted, and two of the coordinates of each point are treated as unknowns.

在此种情况下,由于连接点增加2个,所以对于各连接点条件增加坐标、切线、法线、曲率的各7个的14个。另一方面,由于未知数增加2个三维回旋线段,所以增加a0、a1、a2、b0、b1、b2、h的各7个的合计14个。由于此时点列所含的点的数为n+2个,所以如果整体考虑,未知数达到7(n+1)个,条件式达到7(n+1)+4个。此处,另外,假设作为未知数处理新插入的点的坐标中的2个,未知数就增加4个。于是,未知数、条件式都为7(n+2)-3个,能够求出未知数的解。如此,通过插入新的点,能够进行严密地通过给出的各点,G2连续的并且控制了两端点的切线·法线·曲率的插补。In this case, since two connection points are added, 14 of each of seven coordinates, tangents, normals, and curvatures are added for each connection point condition. On the other hand, since two three-dimensional clothoid segments are added to the unknowns, a total of seven of a 0 , a 1 , a 2 , b 0 , b 1 , b 2 , and h is added to the total of 14 unknowns. Since the number of points contained in the point column is n+2 at this time, if considered as a whole, the number of unknowns reaches 7(n+1), and the number of conditional expressions reaches 7(n+1)+4. Here, assuming that two of the coordinates of the newly inserted point are treated as unknowns, the number of unknowns increases by four. Therefore, there are 7(n+2)-3 unknowns and conditional expressions, and the solution to the unknowns can be obtained. In this way, by inserting new points, it is possible to perform interpolation that strictly passes through each given point, is G2 continuous, and controls the tangent, normal, and curvature of both ends.

另外,也考虑一般的情况。在插补n个点列时,考虑在两端点控制m个项目时插入的点的数和在该点作为未知数处理的坐标的数。前面也记述过,但在曲线打开时,用n-1个曲线插补点列。由于如果严密地通过各点,对于各三维回旋线段,未知数就有a0、a1、a2、b0、b1、b2、h等7个,所以未知数整体有7(n-1)个。一方面,关于条件式,由于具有n-2个的连接点都存在坐标、切线、法线、曲率的各7个和终点上的坐标的3个,所以全部为7(n-2)+3个,条件式少,为4个。也就是,在两端点要控制的项目在4个以上。以下,叙述在说明中m为4以上的自然数、k为2以上的自然数,在重新插入点时使条件式和未知数的数相等的方法。In addition, the general case is also considered. When interpolating n point columns, the number of points inserted when controlling m items at both ends and the number of coordinates handled as unknowns at this point are considered. It is also described above, but when the curve is turned on, n-1 curves are used to interpolate the point sequence. Since if the points are strictly passed through, for each three-dimensional clothoid segment, there are 7 unknowns such as a 0 , a 1 , a 2 , b 0 , b 1 , b 2 , h, etc., so the total number of unknowns is 7(n-1) indivual. On the one hand, regarding the conditional expression, since there are n-2 connecting points, there are 7 each of coordinates, tangents, normals, and curvatures, and 3 coordinates on the end point, so all of them are 7(n-2)+3 There are fewer conditional expressions, 4. That is, there are four or more items to be controlled at both ends. Hereinafter, in the description, m is a natural number greater than or equal to 4, k is a natural number greater than or equal to 2, and a method of making the conditional expression equal to the number of the unknown when reinserting a point will be described.

(i)m=2k时(i) When m=2k

在两端合在一起控制m=2k个项目时,未知数整体为7(n-1)个,条件式整体为7(n-1)-4+2k个。此时,过剩的条件式为2k-4个。现在,如果考虑重新插入k-2个点,由于三维回旋线段增加k-2根,连接点增加k-2个,所以未知数整体有7(n+k-3)个,条件式整体为7(n+k-3)-4+2k个。此处,另外假设作为未知数处理新插入的各点的坐标的值中的2个(例如x、y),未知数整体为7(n+k-3)+2(k-2)个,条件式整体为7(n+k-3)+2(k-2)个,未知数和条件式的数相等。When both ends are combined to control m=2k items, the total number of unknowns is 7(n-1), and the total number of conditional expressions is 7(n-1)-4+2k. At this time, there are 2k-4 excess conditional expressions. Now, if we consider reinserting k-2 points, since the three-dimensional clothoid segment increases by k-2 and the connection points increase by k-2, there are 7 (n+k-3) unknowns and 7 ( n+k-3)-4+2k pieces. Here, it is also assumed that two of the values of the coordinates of each newly inserted point (for example, x and y) are treated as unknowns, and the total number of unknowns is 7(n+k-3)+2(k-2). The conditional expression The overall number is 7(n+k-3)+2(k-2), and the number of unknowns and conditional expressions are equal.

(ii)m=2k+1时(ii) When m=2k+1

在两端合在一起控制m=2k+1个项目时,未知数整体是7(n-1)个,条件式整体是7(n-1)+2k-3个。此时,过剩的条件式为2k-3个。现在,如果考虑重新插入k-1个点,由于三维回旋线段增加k-1根,连接点增加k-1个,所以未知数整体为7(n+k-2)个,条件式整体为7(n+k-2)-3+2k个。此处,另外假设作为未知数处理新插入的各点的坐标的值中的2个(例如x、y),未知数整体为7(n+k-2)+2(k-2)个,条件式整体为7(n+k-2)+2k-3)个,条件式的数多1个。因此,要在m=2k+1时插入的点中的1个点上,作为未知数只处理坐标的值中的1个。如此一来,未知数整体为7(n+k-2)+2(k-2)个,条件式整体为7(n+k-2)+2(k-2)个,未知数和条件式的数相等。When both ends are combined to control m=2k+1 items, the total number of unknowns is 7(n-1), and the total number of conditional expressions is 7(n-1)+2k-3. At this time, there are 2k-3 excess conditional expressions. Now, if we consider reinserting k-1 points, since the three-dimensional clothoid segment increases by k-1, and the connection points increase by k-1, the total number of unknowns is 7(n+k-2), and the total number of conditional expressions is 7( n+k-2)-3+2k pieces. Here, it is also assumed that two of the values of the coordinates of each newly inserted point (for example, x and y) are handled as unknowns, and the total number of unknowns is 7(n+k-2)+2(k-2). The conditional expression The overall number is 7(n+k-2)+2k-3), and the number of conditional expressions is one more. Therefore, at one of the points to be inserted when m=2k+1, only one of the coordinate values is handled as an unknown. In this way, the overall number of unknowns is 7(n+k-2)+2(k-2), the overall number of conditional expressions is 7(n+k-2)+2(k-2), and the number of unknowns and conditional expressions The numbers are equal.

如以上所述的方法,即使在通过与追加的条件的数加在一起,调整插入的点的坐标中的成为未知数的数,控制切线、法线、曲率以外的例如切线回旋角α时等的种种情况下,也能够使未知数和条件式的数相对,理论上能够控制两端点的各值。此外,关于控制项目和未知数、条件式的数,表24列出汇总的数In the method described above, even when adjusting the unknown number in the coordinates of the point to be inserted by adding together the number of the added condition, and controlling the tangent line, normal line, and curvature other than, for example, the tangent line angle of rotation α, etc. In various cases, the unknown number and the number of the conditional expression can also be compared, and the values at both ends can be controlled theoretically. In addition, regarding control items, unknowns, and conditional expressions, Table 24 lists the summed numbers

              表24Table 24

n点的插补中在两端的控制 项目和未知数、条件式的数Control items at both ends of n-point interpolation, unknowns, and numbers of conditional expressions

Figure C200580006053D00901
Figure C200580006053D00901

             *k:2以上的自然数 * k: natural number above 2

(b)方法(b) method

采用在始点·终点控制各值的三维回旋的插补法,如图59及图60所示,按以下的流程进行。The interpolation method using the three-dimensional convolution that controls each value at the start point and the end point is performed in the following flow as shown in Fig. 59 and Fig. 60 .

Step1)只采用要控制的条件中的4个,进行严密地通过插补对象点,并且G2连续的插补,生成曲线。Step1) Using only 4 of the conditions to be controlled, perform interpolation that strictly passes through the interpolation object points, and G2 continuous interpolation, to generate a curve.

Step2)在生成的曲线上插入新的点,调整条件式和未知数的数。Step2) Insert a new point on the generated curve, adjust the conditional expression and the number of unknowns.

Step3)以Step1的曲线参数作为初始值,用牛顿-拉夫申法求出满足目的条件的各曲线的参数的近似值。Step3) Using the curve parameters of Step1 as initial values, use the Newton-Raphson method to obtain the approximate values of the parameters of each curve that meet the objective conditions.

以下,对各Step进行补充说明。首先在Step1中,只要控制切线方向,就可采用(3)的方法生成曲线。此外,即使在不控制切线方向的情况下,作为求出该曲线的参数时的初始值,也采用与(3)的方法相同的初始值。Hereinafter, supplementary explanations are given for each Step. First, in Step1, as long as the tangent direction is controlled, the method (3) can be used to generate the curve. Also, even when the tangential direction is not controlled, the same initial values as those in the method (3) are used as initial values when obtaining the parameters of the curve.

接着,在Step2中插入新的点,进行条件式和未知数的数的调整。此时,新插入的点,在各插补对象点间尽可能地在1个以下。此外,作为插入的点,插入用连结插补对象相互间的在Step1生成的三维回旋线段的中间的点。另外,插入的点要从两端依次插入。也就是,最初插入的点是始点和其邻接的点的之间、和终点和其邻接的点的之间。Next, insert a new point in Step2, and adjust the conditional expression and the number of unknowns. At this time, the number of points to be newly inserted is one or less among the interpolation target points as much as possible. Also, as the interpolation point, an intermediate point between the three-dimensional clothoid segments generated in Step 1 between the interpolation objects is inserted. In addition, the inserted points should be inserted sequentially from both ends. That is, the first inserted point is between the start point and its adjacent point, and between the end point and its adjacent point.

最后是关于Step3,但需要重新确定用于在Step3进行的牛顿-拉夫申法的初始值。因此,对于插入新点的曲线,采用按(1-4)所述的分割三维回旋曲线的方法分割曲线,从生成的曲线的各值确定。对于未插入点的曲线,直接采用在Step1生成的曲线的值。以上,确定了在Step3中的曲线的各参数的初始值。采用该初始值,从用牛顿-拉夫申法得到的参数生成三维回旋曲线,用满足目的条件的三维回旋曲线插补点列间。Finally about Step3, but the initial values for the Newton-Raphschen method performed in Step3 need to be re-determined. Therefore, for a curve to which a new point is inserted, the curve is divided by the method of dividing a three-dimensional clothoid curve as described in (1-4), and determined from each value of the generated curve. For the curve without point insertion, directly adopt the value of the curve generated in Step1. Above, the initial value of each parameter of the curve in Step3 is determined. Using this initial value, a three-dimensional clothoid curve is generated from parameters obtained by the Newton-Raphson method, and interpolation between point rows is performed using a three-dimensional clothoid curve satisfying the objective condition.

(C)插补例(C) Interpolation example

示出以实际用表25的条件控制两端的切线、法线、曲率的方式,进行三维回旋插补的例子。向应严密地通过的插补对象的点分摊连续号码,形成P1、P2和P3An example of performing three-dimensional convolution interpolation is shown in which the tangent, normal, and curvature at both ends are actually controlled using the conditions in Table 25. Consecutive numbers are allocated to interpolation target points that should pass strictly to form P 1 , P 2 , and P 3 .

   表25 插补对象各点和始点·终点的条件Table 25 Conditions for each point of the interpolation object and the start point and end point

  坐标 单位切线矢量 主法线矢量 曲率 P<sub>1</sub> (0,0,0) (Cos(θ),Sin(θ),0) (-Sin(θ),Cos(θ)、0) 0.2 P<sub>2</sub> (4,-4,-4) P<sub>3</sub> (8,-4,-5) (1,0,0) (0,-1,0) 0.2 coordinate unit tangent vector principal normal vector curvature P<sub>1</sub> (0,0,0) (Cos(θ), Sin(θ), 0) (-Sin(θ), Cos(θ), 0) 0.2 P<sub>2</sub> (4, -4, -4) P<sub>3</sub> (8, -4, -5) (1,0,0) (0, -1, 0) 0.2

             *θ=-(π/6)*θ=-(π/6)

图61表示在此条件下实际进行插补的结果。实线的曲线表示三维回旋曲线,虚线·一点划线·二点划线·三点划线表示各曲线的曲率半径变化。此外,图62是表示从与图61的曲线的线种对应的各曲线的始点的移动距离和曲率的关系的曲线图。由图中看出,生成的曲线满足表26所给出的条件。Fig. 61 shows the results of actually performing interpolation under these conditions. A solid line represents a three-dimensional clothoid curve, and a dotted line, a one-dot chain line, a two-dot chain line, and a three-dot chain line represent changes in the radius of curvature of each curve. In addition, FIG. 62 is a graph showing the relationship between the movement distance and the curvature from the starting point of each curve corresponding to the line type of the curve in FIG. 61 . It can be seen from the figure that the generated curve meets the conditions given in Table 26.

表26 给出的值和生成的曲线的始点·终点的切线、法线、曲率的差Differences between the values given in Table 26 and the tangent, normal, and curvature of the start point and end point of the generated curve

Figure C200580006053D00911
Figure C200580006053D00911

(d)在中间点的值的控制(d) Control of values at intermediate points

利用(b)的方法,继续控制两端点上的各值,进行G2连续的插补。此处,考虑不在两端点而在中间点控制值。Using the method of (b), continue to control the values at both ends, and perform G2 continuous interpolation. Here, it is considered to control the value not at both ends but at an intermediate point.

例如在插补如图63的点列的情况下,考虑在中间点Pc控制切线、法线。但是,在前面所述的方法中不能控制中间点上的值。因此,此处通过将该点列分为2个,控制在中间点的值。For example, in the case of interpolating a point sequence as shown in FIG. 63, it is considered to control the tangent and the normal at the intermediate point Pc . However, the value at the intermediate point cannot be controlled in the aforementioned method. So here by splitting the point column into 2, the value at the middle point is controlled.

也就是,对于点列,不是一举地进行插补,而是夹着中间点Pc分为曲线C1和曲线C2地进行插补。在此种情况下,由于点Pc相当于端点,所以只要采用(b)的方法就能够控制值。That is, the point sequence is not interpolated at one go, but is interpolated by dividing it into a curve C1 and a curve C2 with the middle point Pc in between. In this case, since the point P c corresponds to an end point, the value can be controlled by adopting the method (b).

如此在有要控制的值的点上分开区分,控制其两端上的值,进行插补的结果,只要连接生成的曲线,理论上能够进行可在各点控制切线·法线·曲率的三维回旋插补。As a result of separating the points with values to be controlled, controlling the values at both ends, and performing interpolation, as long as the generated curves are connected, it is theoretically possible to perform three-dimensional control of tangent, normal, and curvature at each point. Convolutional interpolation.

(5)控制两端点上的切线、法线、曲率的三维回旋插补(5) Three-dimensional convolutional interpolation to control the tangent, normal, and curvature of the two ends

(a)方法的流程(a) Flow of the method

采用在始点·终点控制各值的三维回旋的插补法,可按图64所示的以下的流程进行。下面,沿着该流程说明。The interpolation method using the three-dimensional convolution that controls each value at the start point and the end point can be performed in the following flow shown in FIG. 64 . Hereinafter, description will be made along this flow.

(b-1)给出插补对象的点(b-1) Give the point of the interpolation object

在本例中,给出三维空间的3点{0.0,0.0,0.0}、{5.0,5.0,10.0}、{10.0,10.0,5.0}。表27汇总列出在其它各点给出的切线、法线、曲率等的条件。In this example, 3 points {0.0, 0.0, 0.0}, {5.0, 5.0, 10.0}, {10.0, 10.0, 5.0} of the three-dimensional space are given. Table 27 summarizes the conditions for tangent, normal, curvature, etc. given at other points.

   表27 插补对象各点和始点·终点的条件Table 27 Conditions for each point of the interpolation object and the start point and end point

  坐标 单位切线矢量 主法线矢量 曲率 P<sub>1</sub> (0.0,0.0,0.0) {0.0,1.0,0.0} {1.0,0.0,0.0} 0.1 P<sub>2</sub> (5.0,5.0,10.0) P<sub>3</sub> (10.0,10.0,5.0) {1.0,0.0,0.0} {0.0,-1.0,0.0} 0.1 coordinate unit tangent vector principal normal vector curvature P<sub>1</sub> (0.0, 0.0, 0.0) {0.0, 1.0, 0.0} {1.0, 0.0, 0.0} 0.1 P<sub>2</sub> (5.0, 5.0, 10.0) P<sub>3</sub> (10.0, 10.0, 5.0) {1.0, 0.0, 0.0} {0.0, -1.0, 0.0} 0.1

(b-2) r=4的3DDCS的生成(b-2) Generation of 3DDCS with r=4

在牛顿-拉夫申法中,在开始解的探索时需要给出适当的初始值。此处,进行得出该初始值的准备。先行的研究即3D Discrete Clothoid Splines,具有严密地通过插补对象点,相对于从始点的移动距离曲率平稳地变化的性质。因此,在本研究中,制作如图65的r=4的3D Discrete Clothoid Splines的多角形Q,从此处通过计算确定用于三维回旋插补的初始值。此外,图66示出实际由该点列生成的多角形,顶点的坐标列入表28。In the Newton-Raphson method, appropriate initial values need to be given when starting the search for a solution. Here, preparations for finding the initial value are performed. 3D Discrete Clothoid Splines, which is the first research, has the property that the curvature changes smoothly with respect to the moving distance from the starting point by strictly interpolating the target point. Therefore, in this study, the polygon Q of 3D Discrete Clothoid Splines with r=4 as shown in Figure 65 is made, and the initial value for three-dimensional convolution interpolation is determined from here by calculation. In addition, FIG. 66 shows a polygon actually generated by this point sequence, and the coordinates of the vertices are listed in Table 28.

表28 生成的多角形的顶点坐标Table 28 Vertex coordinates of the generated polygon

  顶点坐标 P<sub>1</sub> {0.0,0.0,0.0} {0.4677,0.4677,3.1228} {0.9354,0.9354,6.2456} {2.3029,2.3029,9.4966} P<sub>2</sub> {5.0,5.0,10.0} {6.7095,6.7095,9.9244} {8.0655,8.0655,8.4732} {9.0327,9.0327,6.7366} P<sub>3</sub> {10.0,10.0,5.0} Vertex coordinates P<sub>1</sub> {0.0, 0.0, 0.0} {0.4677, 0.4677, 3.1228} {0.9354, 0.9354, 6.2456} {2.3029, 2.3029, 9.4966} P<sub>2</sub> {5.0, 5.0, 10.0} {6.7095, 6.7095, 9.9244} {8.0655, 8.0655, 8.4732} {9.0327, 9.0327, 6.7366} P<sub>3</sub> {10.0, 10.0, 5.0}

(b-3)初始值的确定(b-3) Determination of initial value

要用牛顿-拉夫申法求解,需要确定各未知数的初始值。在本方法中,使用在(b-2)生成的多角形Q,求出各未知数的近似值,确定该值。在3D Discrete Clothoid Splines中,已经求出各顶点的弗雷涅标架。因此由在(b-2)生成的多角形Q的单位切线方向矢量t求出参数a0、b0。该切线方向矢量t在求出多角形Q时已知,通过该t和三维回旋曲线的切线的式,求出多角形Q的顶点的切线方向回旋角α、β。由此求出各曲线的a0、b0的初始值。此外,在从始点开始的三维回旋线段上,给出该值。To use the Newton-Raphson method to solve, it is necessary to determine the initial value of each unknown. In this method, the approximate value of each unknown is obtained using the polygon Q generated in (b-2), and the value is determined. In 3D Discrete Clothoid Splines, the Fresnel frame of each vertex has been calculated. Therefore, the parameters a 0 and b 0 are obtained from the unit tangent direction vector t of the polygon Q generated in (b-2). The tangential direction vector t is known when the polygon Q is obtained, and the tangential direction clothoid angles α, β of the vertices of the polygon Q are obtained from this t and the tangent equation of the three-dimensional clothoid curve. From this, the initial values of a 0 and b 0 of each curve are obtained. Also, on the 3D clothoid segment from the start point, the value is given.

[数式115][Formula 115]

uu == coscos &beta;&beta; coscos &alpha;&alpha; sinsin &beta;&beta; coscos &alpha;&alpha; -- sinsin &alpha;&alpha;

此处,关于3D Discrete Clothoid Splines,如果考虑顶点以等距离排列,在图65的点q4i+1上,能够近似于曲线长变量S是1/4。同样在点q4(i+1)-1上,能够近似于曲线长变量S是3/4。如果与三维回旋曲线的α的式合在一起考虑这些,成立下式。Here, regarding 3D Discrete Clothoid Splines, if considering that vertices are arranged equidistantly, at point q 4i+1 in Fig. 65, it can be approximated that the curve length variable S is 1/4. Also at point q 4(i+1)-1 , it can be approximated that the curve length variable S is 3/4. When these are considered together with the expression of α of the three-dimensional clothoid curve, the following expression is established.

[数式116][Formula 116]

aa 00 44 ii ++ 11 44 aa 11 44 ii ++ (( 11 44 )) 22 aa 22 44 ii == aa 00 44 ii ++ 11 aa 00 44 ii ++ 33 44 aa 11 44 ii ++ (( 33 44 )) 22 aa 22 44 ii == aa 00 44 (( ii ++ 11 )) -- 11

此式成为未知数为a14i和a24i的二维联立方程式,对其进行求解,作为参数a1、a2的初始值。同样也能够确定参数b1、b2的初始值。This formula becomes a two-dimensional simultaneous equation with unknowns a1 4i and a2 4i , which is solved and used as the initial values of parameters a 1 and a 2 . It is likewise possible to determine initial values for the parameters b 1 , b 2 .

其余的未知数是曲线长h,但关于其初始值可由三维回旋曲线的曲率的式算出。三维回旋曲线的曲率,可用下记表示。The remaining unknown is the curve length h, but its initial value can be calculated from the formula of the curvature of the three-dimensional clothoid curve. The curvature of the three-dimensional clothoid curve can be expressed as follows.

[数式117][Formula 117]

&kappa;&kappa; == &alpha;&alpha; &prime;&prime; 22 ++ &beta;&beta; &prime;&prime; 22 coscos 22 &alpha;&alpha; hh

如果改变此式,成为以下的式,可确定h的初始值。If this formula is changed to the following formula, the initial value of h can be determined.

[数式118][Formula 118]

hh 44 ii == (( aa 11 44 ii ++ 22 aa 22 44 ii )) 22 ++ (( bb 11 44 ii ++ 22 bb 22 44 ii )) 22 coscos 22 (( aa 00 44 ii ++ aa 11 44 ii ++ aa 22 44 ii )) &kappa;&kappa; 44 (( ii ++ 11 ))

用以上的方法,能够对7个三维回旋参数确定初始值。Using the above method, it is possible to determine initial values for the seven three-dimensional convolution parameters.

表29示出实际用此法求出的初始值。Table 29 shows the initial values actually obtained by this method.

     表29 初始值  Table 29 Initial value

(b-4)严密地通过各点,G2连续的三维回旋插补(b-4) Pass through each point strictly, G2 continuous three-dimensional convolution interpolation

采用通过(b-3)确定的初始值,在达到G2连续的条件下,用牛顿-拉夫申法求出各曲线的参数的近似值。从由此得到的参数生成三维回旋线段,用三维回旋曲线插补点列间。Using the initial values determined by (b-3), under the condition of achieving G2 continuity, use the Newton-Raphson method to obtain approximate values of the parameters of each curve. A three-dimensional clothoid segment is generated from the parameters thus obtained, and a three-dimensional clothoid curve is used to interpolate between point columns.

此处,在3点的三维回旋插补中,关于严密地通过插补对象点,并且达到G2连续的条件,考虑具体的条件。图67表示点P1、P2、P3的三维回旋插补。如果将连结点P1、P2间的曲线作为曲线C1,将连结点P2、P3间的曲线作为曲线C2,由于a01和b01是已知的,所以未知数为曲线C1的参数a11、a21、b11、b21、h1,曲线C2的参数a02、a12、a22、b02、b12、b22、h2等12个。以后在说明中出现的文字的下标与各曲线的下标对应,作为曲线长变量S的函数,如Pxi、Pyi、Pzi、αi、βi、ni、κi,表示各曲线上的坐标、切线回旋角α、β、法线、曲率。Here, in the 3-point three-dimensional convolutional interpolation, specific conditions are considered regarding the condition that the interpolation target points are passed strictly and G2 continuity is achieved. Fig. 67 shows three-dimensional convolutional interpolation of points P 1 , P 2 , and P 3 . If the curve between connection points P 1 and P 2 is taken as curve C 1 , and the curve between connection points P 2 and P 3 is taken as curve C 2 , since a0 1 and b0 1 are known, the unknown is curve C 1 There are 12 parameters a1 1 , a2 1 , b1 1 , b2 1 , h 1 for curve C 2 , a0 2 , a1 2 , a2 2 , b0 2 , b1 2 , b2 2 , h 2 . The subscripts of the text appearing in the description later correspond to the subscripts of each curve, as a function of the curve length variable S, such as Pxi , Py i , Pzi , α i , β i , ni , and κ i , indicating that each Coordinates on the curve, tangent turning angle α, β, normal, curvature.

首先,在点P1上严密地通过插补对象点的条件,如果从三维回旋曲线的定义考虑,在给出始点时必然达成。此外,关于切线方向,由于已经作为已知的值给出,所以不特别指定在点P1上的条件。First of all, the condition of strictly passing the interpolation object point at point P1 , if considered from the definition of the three-dimensional clothoid curve, must be achieved when the starting point is given. Also, regarding the tangential direction, since it is already given as a known value, the condition on the point P1 is not particularly specified.

接着,考虑点P2。点P2是曲线相互间的连接点,要达到G2连续需要位置、切线、法线、曲率连续。即在点P2上应成立的条件如下。Next, consider point P2 . Point P 2 is the connection point between the curves, to achieve G 2 continuity requires position, tangent, normal, and curvature continuity. That is, the conditions to be established at the point P2 are as follows.

[数式119][Formula 119]

Px1(1)=Px2(0)Px 1 (1) = Px 2 (0)

Py1(1)=Py2(0)Py 1 (1) = Py 2 (0)

Pz1(1)=Pz2(0)Pz 1 (1) = Pz 2 (0)

cos[α1(1)-α2(0)]=1cos[α 1 (1)-α 2 (0)]=1

cos[β1(1)-β2(0)]=1cos[β 1 (1)-β 2 (0)]=1

n1(1)·n2(0)=1n 1 (1)·n 2 (0)=1

κ1(1)=κ2(0)κ 1 (1) = κ 2 (0)

最后考虑点P3。点P3是终点,由于应满足的条件只是位置、切线,所以成立以下的5个条件。此处,看作α3、β3是确定在给出的终点上的切线矢量的切线方向回旋角α、β。Finally consider point P3 . The point P3 is the end point, and since the conditions to be satisfied are only the position and the tangent, the following five conditions are satisfied. Here, α 3 , β 3 are considered to be tangential turning angles α, β that determine the tangent vector at a given end point.

[数式120][Number 120]

Px2(1)=Px3 Px 2 (1) = Px 3

Py2(1)=Py3 Py 2 (1) = Py 3

Pz2(1)=Pz3 Pz 2 (1) = Pz 3

cos[α2(1)-α3]=1cos[α 2 (1)-α 3 ]=1

cos[β2(1)-β3]=1cos[β 2 (1)-β 3 ]=1

由以上得知,对于未知数a11、a21、b11、b21、h1、a02、a12、a22、b02、b12、b22、h2等12个,条件式成立下记的12个。归纳成立的条件式如下。From the above, we know that for 12 unknowns a1 1 , a2 1 , b1 1 , b2 1 , h 1 , a0 2 , a1 2 , a2 2 , b0 2 , b1 2 , b2 2 , h 2 , etc., the conditional expression holds Remember 12. The conditional expression for induction is as follows.

[数式121][Formula 121]

 Px1(1)=Px2(0)Px 1 (1) = Px 2 (0)

Py1(1)=Py2(0)Py 1 (1) = Py 2 (0)

Pz1(1)=Pz2(0)Pz 1 (1) = Pz 2 (0)

cos[α1(1)-α2(0)]=1cos[α 1 (1)-α 2 (0)]=1

cos[β1(1)-β2(0)]=1cos[β 1 (1)-β 2 (0)]=1

n1·n2=1n 1 ·n 2 =1

κ1(1)=κ2(0)κ 1 (1) = κ 2 (0)

Px2(1)=Px3 Px 2 (1) = Px 3

Py2(1)=Py3 Py 2 (1) = Py 3

Pz2(1)=Pz3 Pz 2 (1) = Pz 3

cos[α2(1)-α3]=1cos[α 2 (1)-α 3 ]=1

cos[β2(1)-β3]=1cos[β 2 (1)-β 3 ]=1

这样一来,由于对于12个未知数成立12个式,所以能够求解。用牛顿-拉夫申法求解该式,求出解。表30列出初始值和解。In this way, since 12 equations are established for 12 unknowns, they can be solved. Use the Newton-Raphson method to solve this equation and find the solution. Table 30 lists the initial values and solutions.

    表30 初始值和解Table 30 Initial value and solution

Figure C200580006053D00961
Figure C200580006053D00961

(b-5)曲线的生成(b-5) Curve generation

图68同时表示以在(b-4)求出的参数为基础生成的曲线和在(b-2)生成的多角形。实线的曲线是曲线C1,虚线的曲线是曲线C2。在该阶段,形成在始点·终点控制切线方向的G2连续的三维回旋曲线。Fig. 68 shows both the curve generated based on the parameters obtained in (b-4) and the polygon generated in (b-2). The curve of the solid line is the curve C 1 , and the curve of the broken line is the curve C 2 . At this stage, a G2 continuous three-dimensional clothoid curve is formed in which the tangential direction is controlled at the start point and the end point.

(b-6)条件式和未知数(b-6) Conditional expressions and unknowns

此处,另外考虑也将始点P1和终点P3上的法线和曲率确定为表27给出的值。要在始点·终点再控制法线和曲率,需要分别2个增加始点·终点上的条件。但是,在条件增加4个的状态下,从与未知数的关系考虑不能求出满足该条件的解。因此,为了使未知数和条件式的数相对,如图69所示,在曲线C1的曲线长变量S=0.5的位置重新插入点DP1。此外,对于曲线C2,也在曲线长变量S=0.5的位置重新插入点DP2Here, it is additionally considered that the normal line and curvature on the starting point P1 and the ending point P3 are also determined as the values given in Table 27. To control the normal line and curvature at the start point and end point, two additional conditions on the start point and end point are required. However, in a state where four conditions are added, a solution satisfying the conditions cannot be found from the viewpoint of the relationship with the unknowns. Therefore, in order to make the unknown number and the number of the conditional expression correspond, as shown in FIG. 69 , point DP 1 is reinserted at the position of curve length variable S=0.5 of curve C 1 . Furthermore, for the curve C 2 , the point DP 2 is also reinserted at the position of the curve length variable S=0.5.

此时,将连结点P1和点DP1的曲线作为曲线C’1,将连结点DP1和点P2的曲线作为曲线C’2,将连结点P2和点DP2的曲线作为曲线C’3,将连结点DP2和点P3的曲线作为曲线C’4。以后在说明中出现的文字的下标与各曲线名对应,例如作为曲线长变量S的函数,如Pxc、Pyc、Pzc、αc、βc、nc、κc,表示曲线C上的坐标、切线回旋角α、β、法线、曲率。此外,在始点·终点上,在始点如Pxs、Pys、Pzs、αs、βs、ns、κs,在终点如Pxe、Pye、Pze、αe、βe、ne、κe,表示坐标、切线回旋角α、β、法线、曲率In this case, let the curve connecting point P 1 and point DP 1 be curve C' 1 , let the curve connecting point DP 1 and point P 2 be curve C' 2 , and let the curve connecting point P 2 and point DP 2 be curve C' 3 , let the curve connecting the point DP 2 and the point P 3 be the curve C' 4 . The subscripts of the text that will appear in the description later correspond to the names of the curves, for example, as a function of the curve length variable S, such as Px c , Py c , Pz c , α c , β c , n c , κ c , representing the curve C Coordinates on , tangent turning angle α, β, normal, curvature. In addition, at the start point and end point, at the start point such as Px s , Py s , Pz s , α s , β s , n s , κ s , at the end point such as Px e , Py e , Pz e , α e , β e , n e , κ e , indicating coordinates, tangent turning angle α, β, normal, curvature

以下说明在各点上成立的条件。Conditions established at each point will be described below.

[数式122][Formula 122]

点P1:切线、法线、曲率:4个Point P 1 : tangent, normal, curvature: 4

cos[αC′1(0)-αs]=1cos[α C′1 (0)-α s ]=1

cos[βC′1(0)-βs]=1cos[β C′1 (0)-β s ]=1

nC′1(0)·ns=1n C′1 (0) n s =1

κC′1(0)=κs κ C′1 (0)=κ s

点DP1:位置、切线、法线、曲率:7个Point DP 1 : position, tangent, normal, curvature: 7

PxC′1(1)=PxC′2(0)Px C'1 (1) = Px C'2 (0)

PyC′1(1)=PyC′2(0)Py C'1 (1) = Py C'2 (0)

PzC′1(1)=PzC′2(0)Pz C'1 (1) = Pz C'2 (0)

cos[αC′1(1)-αC′2(0)]=1cos[α C′1 (1)-α C′2 (0)]=1

cos[βC′1(1)-βC′2(0)]=1cos[β C′1 (1)-β C′2 (0)]=1

nC′1(1)·nC′2(0)=1n C′1 (1)·n C′2 (0)=1

κC′1(1)=κC′2(0)κ C'1 (1) = κ C'2 (0)

点P2:位置、切线、法线、曲率:7个Point P 2 : position, tangent, normal, curvature: 7

PxC′2(1)=PxC′3(0)Px C'2 (1) = Px C'3 (0)

PyC′2(1)=PyC′3(0)Py C'2 (1) = Py C'3 (0)

PzC′2(1)=PzC′3(0)Pz C'2 (1) = Pz C'3 (0)

cos[αC′2(1)-αC′3(0)]=1cos[α C′2 (1)-α C′3 (0)]=1

cos[βC′2(1)-βC′3(0)]=1cos[β C′2 (1)-β C′3 (0)]=1

nC′2(1)·nC′3(0)=1n C′2 (1)·n C′3 (0)=1

κC′2(1)=κC′3(0)κ C′2 (1)=κ C′3 (0)

点DP2:位置、切线、法线、曲率:7个Point DP 2 : position, tangent, normal, curvature: 7

PxC′3(1)=PxC′4(0)Px C'3 (1) = Px C'4 (0)

PyC′3(1)=PyC′4(0)Py C'3 (1) = Py C'4 (0)

PzC′3(1)=PzC′4(0)Pz C'3 (1) = Pz C'4 (0)

cos[αC′3(1)-αC′4(0)]=1cos[α C′3 (1)-α C′4 (0)]=1

cos[βC′3(1)-βC′4(0)]=1cos[β C′3 (1)-β C′4 (0)]=1

nC′3(1)·nC′4(0)=1n C′3 (1)·n C′4 (0)=1

κC′3(1)=κC′4(0)κ C′3 (1)=κ C′4 (0)

点P3:位置、切线、法线、曲率:7个Point P 3 : position, tangent, normal, curvature: 7

PxC′4(1)=Pxe Px C'4 (1) = Px e

PyC′4(1)=Pye Py C'4 (1) = Py e

PzC′4(1)=Pze Pz C'4 (1) = Pz e

cos[αC′4(1)-αe]=1cos[α C′4 (1)-α e ]=1

cos[βC′4(1)-βe]=1cos[β C′4 (1)-β e ]=1

nC′4(1)·ne=1n C′4 (1)·n e =1

κC′4(1)=κe κ C'4 (1) = κ e

以上,全部应成立的条件式是32个。此处,各曲线具有的回旋参数是a0、a1、a2、b0、b1、b2、h的各7个,并且,由于曲线为4根,所以未知数为28个。但是,照此一来,由于未知数和条件式的数不相等,所以不能求出解。因此作为未知数处理重新插入的2个点DP1、DP2的y、z坐标,增加4个未知数。通过这样处理,未知数、条件式都为32个,能够求出解。There are 32 conditional expressions that should all be satisfied as described above. Here, each curve has seven convolution parameters of a 0 , a 1 , a 2 , b 0 , b 1 , b 2 , and h, and since there are four curves, there are 28 unknowns. However, in this way, since the unknown number and the number of the conditional expression are not equal, the solution cannot be obtained. Therefore, the y and z coordinates of the reinserted two points DP 1 and DP 2 are treated as unknowns, and four unknowns are added. By doing this, there are 32 unknowns and conditional expressions, and a solution can be obtained.

(b-7)初始值的确定2(b-7) Determination of initial value 2

为了求出满足在(b-6)中成立的条件式的解,采用牛顿-拉夫申法,但为了提高其收束率而确定未知数的初始值。作为方法,通过如图70所示在新插入的点的前后分割在(b-5)中生成的三维回旋曲线,制作4根三维回旋曲线,给出其回旋参数。In order to find a solution that satisfies the conditional expression established in (b-6), the Newton-Raphson method is used, but the initial value of the unknown is determined in order to increase the convergence rate. As a method, four three-dimensional clothoids are created by dividing the three-dimensional clothoids generated in (b-5) before and after the newly inserted point as shown in FIG. 70, and their clothoid parameters are given.

关于曲线的分割法,如果说明将曲线C1分割成曲线C’1和曲线C’2的方法,曲线C’1的回旋参数h’、a’0、a’1、a’2、b’0、b’1、b’2,采用曲线C1的参数,用下式表示。此处Sd是分割点上的曲线长变量,此处是0.5。Regarding the division method of the curve, if the method of dividing the curve C 1 into the curve C' 1 and the curve C' 2 is explained, the convolution parameters h', a' 0 , a' 1 , a' 2 , b' of the curve C' 1 0 , b' 1 , and b' 2 are represented by the following formula using the parameters of the curve C 1 . Here S d is the curve length variable at the split point, which is 0.5 here.

[数式123][Formula 123]

aa 00 &prime;&prime; == aa 00 aa 11 &prime;&prime; == aa 11 SS dd aa 22 &prime;&prime; == aa 22 SS dd 22 bb 00 &prime;&prime; == bb 00 bb 11 &prime;&prime; == bb 11 SS dd bb 22 &prime;&prime; == bb 22 SS dd 22 hh &prime;&prime; == hSwxya dd

接着考虑以分割点DP1作为始点的曲线C’2。首先,如果将大小、形状与曲线C1相同而朝向相反的曲线作为曲线C”1,该曲线的回旋参数h”、a”0、a”1、a”2、b”0、b”1、b”2,采用曲线C1的曲线的参数,用下式表示。Consider next the curve C' 2 starting from the split point DP 1 . First of all, if the curve with the same size and shape as the curve C 1 but facing the opposite direction is taken as the curve C” 1 , the convolution parameters of the curve h”, a” 0 , a” 1 , a” 2 , b” 0 , b” 1 , b” 2 , the parameters of the curve using curve C 1 are represented by the following formula.

[数式124][Formula 124]

PP sthe s &prime;&prime; &prime;&prime; == PP (( 11 )) aa 00 &prime;&prime; &prime;&prime; == aa 00 ++ aa 11 ++ aa 22 ++ &pi;&pi; aa 11 &prime;&prime; &prime;&prime; == -- (( aa 11 ++ 22 aa 22 )) aa 22 &prime;&prime; &prime;&prime; == aa 22 bb 00 &prime;&prime; &prime;&prime; == bb 00 ++ bb 11 ++ bb 22 bb 11 &prime;&prime; &prime;&prime; == -- (( bb 11 ++ 22 bb 22 )) bb 22 &prime;&prime; &prime;&prime; == bb 22 hh &prime;&prime; &prime;&prime; == hh

在该曲线上,分割点DP1用DP1=C”1(1-Sd)表示。此处,如果考虑在点DP1分割曲线C”1,以该分割的曲线中的点P2作为始点的曲线C”2,成为大小、形状与曲线C”2相同而朝向相反的曲线。能够利用生成曲线C’1的方法生成曲线C”2。此处,另外只要相对于曲线C”2生成大小、形状相同而朝向相反的曲线,就能生成曲线C2On this curve, the dividing point DP 1 is represented by DP 1 =C” 1 (1-S d ). Here, if considering dividing the curve C” 1 at the point DP 1 , the point P 2 in the divided curve is taken as The curve C" 2 at the starting point becomes a curve having the same size and shape as the curve C" 2 but facing in the opposite direction. The curve C" 2 can be generated by the method of generating the curve C'1. Here, the curve C 2 can be generated by generating a curve having the same size and shape but facing opposite to the curve C" 2 .

该曲线C2的回旋参数h”、a”0、a”1、a”2、b”0、b”1、b”2,采用曲线C0的曲线的参数,用下式表示。The convolution parameters h", a" 0 , a" 1 , a" 2 , b" 0 , b" 1 , and b" 2 of this curve C 2 are represented by the following formula using the parameters of the curve C 0 .

[数式125][Number 125]

aa 00 &prime;&prime; &prime;&prime; == aa 00 ++ aa 11 SS dd ++ aa 22 SS dd 22 aa 11 &prime;&prime; &prime;&prime; == (( 11 -- SS dd )) {{ aa 11 ++ 22 aa 22 SS dd }} aa 22 &prime;&prime; &prime;&prime; == aa 22 (( 11 -- SS dd )) 22 bb 00 &prime;&prime; &prime;&prime; == bb 00 ++ bb 11 SS dd ++ bb 22 SS dd 22 bb 11 &prime;&prime; &prime;&prime; == (( 11 -- SS dd )) {{ bb 11 ++ 22 bb 22 SS dd }} bb 22 &prime;&prime; &prime;&prime; == bb 22 (( 11 -- SS dd )) 22 hh &prime;&prime; &prime;&prime; == hh (( 11 -- SS dd ))

用以上的方法,能够在三维回旋曲线C1上的曲线长变量S=0.5的点DP1,将曲线C1分割成C’1和C2。用同样的方法,也能够在曲线C2上的曲线长变量S=0.5的点DP2,将曲线C2分割成C’3和C’4Using the above method, the curve C 1 can be divided into C' 1 and C 2 at the point DP 1 where the curve length variable S=0.5 on the three-dimensional clothoid curve C 1 . Using the same method, the curve C 2 can also be divided into C' 3 and C ' 4 at the point DP 2 on the curve C 2 where the curve length variable S=0.5.

表31列出用该方法分割的4个曲线的参数。将该曲线的参数用于在求出满足在b-6中成立的条件式的解时所用的牛顿-拉夫申法的初始值。Table 31 lists the parameters of the 4 curves segmented by this method. The parameters of this curve are used as initial values of the Newton-Raphson method used to obtain a solution satisfying the conditional expression established in b-6.

       表31 分割生成的曲线的参数Table 31 Parameters of the curve generated by segmentation

Figure C200580006053D01011
Figure C200580006053D01011

(b-8)求出满足条件的回旋参数(b-8) Calculate the convolution parameter satisfying the condition

以在(b-7)中确定的初始值为基础,用牛顿-拉夫申法求出满足在(b-6)中成立的条件式的解。表32是算出的各曲线的参数。此外,表33中列出给出的值和生成的曲线的始点·终点的切线、法线、曲率的差。Based on the initial value determined in (b-7), a solution satisfying the conditional expression established in (b-6) is found by the Newton-Raphson method. Table 32 shows the calculated parameters of each curve. In addition, Table 33 lists the difference between the given value and the tangent, normal, and curvature of the start point and end point of the generated curve.

       表32 生成的曲线的参数Table 32 Parameters of the generated curves

Figure C200580006053D01021
Figure C200580006053D01021

表33 给出的值和生成的曲线的始点·终点的切线、法线、曲率的差Differences between the values given in Table 33 and the tangent, normal, and curvature of the start point and end point of the generated curve

Figure C200580006053D01022
Figure C200580006053D01022

(b-9)曲线的生成(b-9) Curve generation

图71表示通过在(b-8)中求出的参数生成的曲线。实线表示三维回旋曲线,虚线·一点划线·二点划线·三点划线,表示各曲线的方向在主法线方向,尺寸为半径,满足自然对数,取对数的曲率半径变化模式。此外,图72是表示从与图71的线种类对应的各曲线的始点的移动距离s和曲率κ的关系的曲线图。由图中看出,生成的曲线满足表33所给出的条件。Fig. 71 shows a graph generated from the parameters obtained in (b-8). The solid line represents the three-dimensional clothoid curve, and the dotted line, one-dot-dash line, two-dot-dash line, and three-dot-dash line indicate that the direction of each curve is in the direction of the main normal, and the size is the radius, which satisfies the natural logarithm, and takes the logarithmic radius of curvature change model. In addition, FIG. 72 is a graph showing the relationship between the moving distance s from the starting point of each curve corresponding to the line type in FIG. 71 and the curvature κ. It can be seen from the figure that the generated curve meets the conditions given in Table 33.

以上,说明了采用在两端控制切线、法线、曲率的三维回旋插补法生成曲线的例子。In the above, an example of generating a curve using the three-dimensional convolutional interpolation method in which the tangent, the normal, and the curvature are controlled at both ends has been described.

3.采用三维回旋插补的数值控制方式3. Adopt the numerical control method of three-dimensional convolution interpolation

上述的三维回旋插补曲线,有效地用于为了工作机械的工具或其它运动对象物的运动控制的数值控制信息的发生。其特征在于,能够易于速度控制,并且使速度变化平稳。The three-dimensional convolutional interpolation curve described above is effectively used to generate numerical control information for motion control of a tool of a machine tool or other moving objects. It is characterized in that the speed can be easily controlled and the speed can be changed smoothly.

(1)采用三维回旋插补的数值控制方式(1) Numerical control method using three-dimensional convolution interpolation

采用三维回旋插补曲线的数值控制方式,由图73所示的以下顺序构成。The numerical control method using the three-dimensional convolution interpolation curve is constituted by the following procedure shown in FIG. 73 .

(a)工具运动轨迹的设计(图73,S1)(a) Design of tool movement trajectory (Fig. 73, S1)

利用上节所述的方法,确定满足条件的三维回旋插补曲线。在机器人等的工具工作时,能够考虑其工具的代表点(工具点,tool center point),按时间沿着平面或空间地绘出的连续的轨迹曲线(包括直线)上移动。工具点的位置用坐标(x、y、z)表示,工作点的姿势,例如用相对于x、y、z轴的旋转角度表示。无论是怎样复杂的工作,工具点的轨迹都不会断断续续,而是连续地连接。运动控制的第1阶段在于按三维回旋曲线设计该轨迹的形状。Using the method described in the previous section, determine the three-dimensional convolution interpolation curve that meets the conditions. When working with a tool such as a robot, the representative point (tool center point) of the tool can be considered and moved along a continuous trajectory curve (including a straight line) drawn in a plane or space in time. The position of the tool point is represented by coordinates (x, y, z), and the posture of the work point is represented by, for example, a rotation angle with respect to the x, y, and z axes. No matter how complicated the work is, the trajectory of the tool points will not be intermittent, but continuously connected. The first stage of motion control consists in designing the shape of this trajectory in terms of a three-dimensional clothoid curve.

(b)运动曲线的吻合(图73,S2)(b) Matching of motion curves (Fig. 73, S2)

根据来自数值控制的要求,沿着三维回旋插补曲线,指定曲线上的控制对象点的移动速度的分布。也就是,运动控制的第2阶段,是确定沿着设计的轨迹上作用的工具点的速度·加速度。其通过工具点以怎样的时间函数沿轨迹上作用,或确定工具点的速度·加速度来确定。工具点的速度·加速度,有时相对时间确定,有时随着轨迹的形状确定。一般多相对时间确定,但例如在进行曲面加工时,由于有在平坦的部分使其高速移动,在弯曲的部分使其低速移动的要求,所以随着轨迹的形状确定速度。According to the request from the numerical control, along the three-dimensional convolution interpolation curve, the distribution of the moving speed of the control target point on the curve is specified. That is, the second stage of motion control is to determine the velocity and acceleration of the tool point acting along the designed trajectory. It is determined by what time function the tool point acts on the trajectory, or by determining the velocity and acceleration of the tool point. The velocity and acceleration of the tool point may be determined relative to time, and may be determined according to the shape of the trajectory. Generally, it is determined relative to the time, but for example, when processing a curved surface, it is required to move at a high speed on a flat part and move at a low speed on a curved part, so the speed is determined according to the shape of the trajectory.

在本实施方式中,例如采用凸轮机构所用的特性良好的曲线。构成用笛卡尔空间(实际存在空间)定义的位置·姿势连续的曲线群,但在其一个一个曲线中应用运动曲线,指定加速度。所谓笛卡尔空间,是采用在原点相互正交的x、y、z的3轴制作的三维坐标系,不仅能够表示工具点的位置,也能表示姿势。In this embodiment, for example, a curve with good characteristics used in a cam mechanism is used. Constitutes a continuous position and posture curve group defined in Cartesian space (actual space), but applies a motion curve to each of these curves, and specifies the acceleration. The so-called Cartesian space is a three-dimensional coordinate system created using three axes of x, y, and z that are perpendicular to each other at the origin, and can express not only the position of the tool point but also the posture.

(c)时间分割(图73、S3)及利用笛卡尔坐标系的工具的位置·姿势的计算(图73、S3)(c) Time division (FIG. 73, S3) and calculation of the position and orientation of the tool using the Cartesian coordinate system (FIG. 73, S3)

此处,每隔计算数值控制信息的单位时间,按照控制对象指定的移动速度,算出工具点的移动位置及姿势。由于确定了轨迹和运动,所以能作为时间t的函数给出工具点的位置·姿势。由此,在按微小的时间间隔给出时间t时,能够求出相对于各个时刻的工具点的变位。(c)的计算,具体按以下进行。在现在的点上,得知位置信息或切线、曲率等的值。只要在指定的移动速度乘以单位时间,就可得知单位时间中的移动曲线长,由此能计算出移动后的曲线长参数。通过该移动后的曲线长参数,能够计算在移动后的点上的位置信息或切线、曲线等的值。Here, the movement position and posture of the tool point are calculated at the movement speed specified by the control object every unit time for calculating the numerical control information. Since the trajectory and motion are determined, the position and orientation of the tool point can be given as a function of time t. Thus, when the time t is given at minute time intervals, the displacement of the tool point with respect to each time point can be obtained. The calculation of (c) is specifically performed as follows. At the current point, position information or values of tangent, curvature, etc. are known. As long as the specified moving speed is multiplied by the unit time, the length of the moving curve in the unit time can be known, and the parameter of the moving curve length can be calculated from this. From this moved curve length parameter, it is possible to calculate positional information on the moved point, values of tangents, curves, and the like.

通过以上的工序,可计算相对于笛卡尔坐标系(实际存在空间)上的时间t的工具点的位置和姿势。作为变量,在三维中为(x、y、z、γ、μ、ν、θ)。但是,(γ、μ、ν、θ)是用等价旋转表示姿势E的,其中(γ、μ、ν)表示等价旋转的轴,θ表示旋转角。Through the above steps, the position and orientation of the tool point with respect to time t on the Cartesian coordinate system (actual existence space) can be calculated. As a variable, it is (x, y, z, γ, μ, ν, θ) in three dimensions. However, (γ, μ, ν, θ) represents the pose E with an equivalent rotation, where (γ, μ, ν) represents the axis of the equivalent rotation, and θ represents the rotation angle.

此外,根据来自数值控制的要求,求出沿着三维回旋插补曲线,向法线方向只偏移规定尺寸的偏移点,将其作为刀具(工具中心的轨迹)。该计算因求出法线方向而变得容易。In addition, according to the request from the numerical control, an offset point that is offset by a predetermined size in the normal direction along the three-dimensional convolution interpolation curve is obtained, and this is used as the tool (the trajectory of the tool center). This calculation is facilitated by obtaining the normal direction.

(d)逆机构解(图73、S5)(d) Inverse mechanism solution (Fig. 73, S5)

接着,求出给出上述的工具点的位置·姿势所需的各轴的旋转角。该过程一般称为逆机构解(inverse kinematics)。例如如果是6轴的机器人,由于有6个关节,所以通过多少度旋转肩的关节、胳膊的关节、肘的关节、手腕的关节等,确定工具点的位置·姿势。将其称为逆机构解。逆机构解,是与其相反地从空间的位置·姿势求出轴空间的旋转角θ1~θ6的。各轴的传动机构也不局限于是旋转电机,有时也可以是线性电机等直动传动机构,但在此时,需要将最低限度实际变位变换成线性电机的输入脉冲数的电子传动装置的计算。逆机构解,是机器人等机构的每种型号固有的,对于各种机器人等要单个准备解。Next, the rotation angles of each axis necessary to give the above-mentioned position and orientation of the tool point are obtained. This process is generally called inverse kinematics. For example, if it is a 6-axis robot, since there are 6 joints, the position and posture of the tool point are determined by how many degrees to rotate the shoulder joint, arm joint, elbow joint, wrist joint, etc. This is called the inverse mechanism solution. The inverse mechanism solution, on the contrary, obtains the rotation angles θ1 to θ6 in the axial space from the position and orientation in space. The transmission mechanism of each axis is not limited to a rotary motor, and sometimes a linear motor or other direct-motion transmission mechanism may be used. However, at this time, the calculation of the electronic transmission device that converts the minimum actual displacement into the input pulse number of the linear motor is required. . The inverse mechanism solution is unique to each type of mechanism such as robots, and solutions must be prepared individually for various robots.

(e)利用轴坐标系的各轴电机变位的计算(图73、S6)(e) Calculation of the motor displacement of each axis using the axis coordinate system (Figure 73, S6)

就时间分割的各工具点求出逆机构解,作为各轴电机(包括直动传动机构)的变位脉冲使其整数化。在不是脉冲控制的情况下,采用各轴变位的最少分解单位(分解能),作为相当脉冲数的被整数化的数据求出。The inverse mechanism solution is obtained for each time-divided tool point, and it is integerized as the displacement pulse of each axis motor (including the direct drive mechanism). In the case of non-pulse control, the minimum resolution unit (resolution) of displacement of each axis is used, and it is obtained as integerized data corresponding to the number of pulses.

上述(a)及(b)是准备的顺序,只进行一次。(c)~(e)每隔指定的单位时间进行,一直进行到满足目的时间或目的的条件。The above (a) and (b) are the order of preparation and are only carried out once. (c) to (e) are performed every specified unit time until the target time or the target condition is satisfied.

在数值控制装置中也可进行上述的全部计算,或利用另外的计算机计算及设定(a)及(b),也能够向数值控制装置送入该曲线参数,在数值控制装置内进行(c)及(e)的计算。Also can carry out above-mentioned all calculations in the numerical control device, or utilize another computer to calculate and set (a) and (b), also can send this curve parameter to the numerical control device, carry out in the numerical control device (c ) and (e) calculations.

(2)NC装置和CNC装置(2) NC device and CNC device

以下,说明使用独立的数值控制装置(NC装置)时的情况、和使用具有程序的作用的计算机和NC装置被一体化的CNC装置时的情况。Hereinafter, a case of using an independent numerical control device (NC device) and a case of using a CNC device in which a computer having a program function and an NC device are integrated will be described.

(a)在采用独立的NC装置时(a) When using an independent NC device

在以往的通常的NC机械中,将硬件分离成进行程序设计制作NC数据的程序装置、和采用该NC数据使机械装置工作的NC装置这两个装置。与此相反,在最近的CNC机械中,将进行程序设计的计算机设在NC装置内,成为被一体化的装置。In a conventional general NC machine, the hardware is divided into two devices, namely, a program device for programming and creating NC data, and an NC device for operating the machine device using the NC data. On the other hand, in recent CNC machines, a computer for programming is installed in the NC device to form an integrated device.

首先,在前者的、采用独立的装置的情况下,提出了利用三维回旋的数值控制方式。在此种情况下,在回旋数据的交接中规定采用回旋参数,在G代码中定义回旋的格式。这例如,如以下所示。First, in the former case where an independent device is used, a numerical control method using three-dimensional convolution is proposed. In this case, it is stipulated to use the convolution parameters in the handover of the convolution data, and the format of the convolution is defined in the G code. This, for example, is shown below.

G*** G ***

A0、A1、A2、B0、B1、B2、HA0, A1, A2, B0, B1, B2, H

此处,G***表示G代码的号码。A0~H表示三维回旋线段的7个参数。在执行该代码之前,工具来到P0的位置。在NC装置中采用该参数,运行计算瞬时的工具位置或工具位置的差值。将该操作称为“顺解”。在NC装置侧进行顺解的理由是为了防止数据的大量化,因此在NC装置中需要进行某种的运算。通过用G代码表现回旋,能够将回旋曲线装入已设的NC装置中。Here, G *** indicates the number of the G code. A0~H represent seven parameters of the three-dimensional clothoid segment. Before executing this code, the tool comes to the position of P0 . Using this parameter in the NC device, the runtime calculates the instantaneous tool position or the difference between the tool positions. This operation is called "sequential solution". The reason for performing the sequential solution on the NC device side is to prevent an increase in the amount of data, and therefore some kind of calculation needs to be performed on the NC device. By expressing the clothoid with G code, it is possible to incorporate the clothoid curve into the existing NC device.

(b)CNC方式(b) CNC method

下面叙述具有程序的作用的计算机和NC装置一体化的CNC装置。在此装情况下,有关回旋的计算用哪部分的硬件进行不成问题。此外,数据的量或输送的速度也正在解决。Next, a CNC device in which a computer and an NC device function as a program are integrated will be described. In this case, it is not a problem which part of the hardware is used for the calculation of the convolution. In addition, the volume of data or the speed of delivery is also being addressed.

一般,在该程序中,包含确定适合各个条件的回旋的参数的过程。将其称为“逆解”。在逆解中,例如,也包含给出几个离散的点列的,计算严密地通过这些点的平稳的曲线程序(自由点列插补)。此外,也多包含加工上所需的工具轨迹的确定程序(所谓CAM)。Generally, this program includes a process of determining parameters of convolutions suitable for each condition. This is called an "inverse solution". The inverse solution, for example, also includes, given several discrete point sequences, the procedure for computing a smooth curve passing through these points exactly (free point sequence interpolation). In addition, a program (so-called CAM) for determining the tool trajectory required for machining is often included.

(3)采用三维回旋插补的数值控制方式的特征(3) Features of the numerical control method using three-dimensional convolution interpolation

在采用三维回旋插补的数值控制方式中,具有以下的优点。The numerical control method using three-dimensional convolution interpolation has the following advantages.

(a)如上所述,由于以从基准点的曲线长作为独立参数表现曲线,所以能够生成与指定的移动速度对应的数值控制信息。在利用与曲线长无关系的独立参数表现的样条曲线等其它曲线上,即使算出移动后的点,也难算出与该点对应的独立参数的值,也不易生成与指定的移动速度对应的数值控制信息。(a) As described above, since the curve is expressed with the curve length from the reference point as an independent parameter, numerical control information corresponding to the designated moving speed can be generated. On other curves such as spline curves expressed by independent parameters that have nothing to do with the length of the curve, even if the moved point is calculated, it is difficult to calculate the value of the independent parameter corresponding to the point, and it is difficult to generate a curve corresponding to the specified moving speed. Numeric control information.

为了详细说明此情况,如图74所示,考虑从用样条曲线R(t)表现的轨迹上的点R0,以某一线速度使工具运动的情况。在每隔固定时间间隔算出工具的目标点时,可得知经过单位时间后的工具移动量ΔS,但由于自变量t不是涉及到时间或曲线长的参数,所以自变量的变化量Δt不能立即求出。由于在解R0+ΔS=R(t0+Δt)的式时,如果不求出Δt,就不能算出目标点,所以每隔一定时间间隔必须重复该计算。To explain this in detail, consider a case where a tool is moved at a certain linear velocity from a point R 0 on a trajectory represented by a spline curve R(t) as shown in FIG. 74 . When calculating the target point of the tool at regular time intervals, the tool movement amount ΔS after the elapse of unit time can be known. However, since the independent variable t is not a parameter related to time or the length of the curve, the change amount Δt of the independent variable cannot be obtained immediately. Find out. When solving the formula of R 0 +ΔS=R(t0+Δt), since the target point cannot be calculated unless Δt is obtained, this calculation must be repeated at regular time intervals.

(b)在三维回旋曲线上,期待相对于曲线长的曲率的变化方式,近似固定不变,与此对应的数值控制信息,从运动控制的观点考虑,期待成为力学上合理的控制信息。在一般的样条插补等中,很难预测·控制曲率的变化。(b) On the three-dimensional clothoid curve, it is expected that the variation of the curvature with respect to the curve length is approximately constant, and the corresponding numerical control information is expected to be mechanically reasonable control information from the viewpoint of motion control. In general spline interpolation, etc., it is difficult to predict and control changes in curvature.

(c)三维回旋曲线,作为其特殊情况,包含直线、圆弧、螺旋曲线等,能够在不装入个别的曲线式的情况下,细致地表现相对于多种曲线的数值控制信息。(c) Three-dimensional clothoid curves include, as special cases, straight lines, circular arcs, spiral curves, etc., and can express numerical control information for various curves in detail without incorporating individual curve expressions.

(d)三维回旋曲线是不依赖坐标轴的设立方法的自然方程式。在用x、y、z轴表示曲线的以往的NC装置中,例如在倾斜加工工件时,根据工件的安装方法,有时容易加工,有时难加工。在三维回旋曲线中,由于根据线长给出曲线,所以即使在加工斜面时,只要在斜面上做成轨迹,就能够与加工水平面时同样加工。(d) The three-dimensional clothoid curve is a natural equation that does not depend on the establishment method of coordinate axes. In a conventional NC device that expresses curves on the x, y, and z axes, for example, when machining a workpiece at an inclination, machining may be easy or difficult depending on how the workpiece is mounted. In the three-dimensional clothoid curve, since the curve is given according to the line length, even when machining an inclined surface, as long as a trajectory is made on the inclined surface, it can be processed in the same way as when machining a horizontal plane.

另外,在采用本发明的、用曲线长或曲线长变量的二次式给出切线方向的倾角及偏转角各自的三维曲线(称为三维回旋曲线),由计算机执行表现工具轨迹或工件的轮廓形状的程序时,将程序存储在计算机的硬盘装置等辅助记忆装置中,装载在主存储器中运行。此外,如此的程序,可存储在CD-ROM等可搬型记录介质中出售,或存储在经由网络连接的计算机的记录装置中,也能够通过网络传送给其它的计算机。此外,也能够将利用如此的程序得出的计算结果(三维回旋曲线的曲线参数、各轴电机的变位脉冲等),存储在CD-ROM等可搬型记录介质中出售。In addition, when the three-dimensional curves (called three-dimensional clothoid curves) of the inclination angle and the deflection angle in the tangential direction are given by the quadratic formula of the curve length or curve length variable of the present invention, the contour of the tool track or the workpiece is executed by the computer. In the case of a program for a shape, the program is stored in an auxiliary storage device such as a hard disk drive of a computer, loaded into the main memory, and executed. In addition, such a program may be stored on a portable recording medium such as a CD-ROM for sale, or may be stored in a recording device of a computer connected via a network, and may be transmitted to other computers via a network. In addition, the calculation results (curve parameters of the three-dimensional clothoid curve, displacement pulses of the motors of each axis, etc.) obtained by such a program can also be stored in a portable recording medium such as a CD-ROM for sale.

根据本发明的三维回旋曲线,能够提供一种工业制品的设计生产所需的空间曲线广泛采用的发生方法。在物体沿着空间曲线伴随加减速度运动的情况下,可进行约束力变化平稳的设计。其特征可广泛用于具有质量的机械元件的运动轨道的设计方法。本次作为设计的应用例,说明了滚珠丝杠的回归路径的设计方法,但除此以外,例如也能够用于沿着上下左右弯弯曲曲的轨道上急速行走的喷射惯性动力装置的轨道的设计方法、线性导轨等。除此以外,由于能够相对于曲线长适当设计曲率的变化,所以可有效地用于审美的意匠曲线设计等多种产业领域。According to the three-dimensional clothoid curve of the present invention, it is possible to provide a widely used generation method for spatial curves required for the design and production of industrial products. In the case that the object moves along the space curve with acceleration and deceleration, the constraint force can be designed smoothly. Its characteristics can be widely used in the design method of the motion track of the mechanical element with mass. This time, as an application example of the design, the design method of the return path of the ball screw is explained, but other than that, it can also be used for the track of the jet inertial power unit that travels rapidly along the track that curves up, down, left, and right, for example. Design methods, linear guides, etc. In addition, since changes in curvature can be appropriately designed with respect to the length of the curve, it can be effectively used in various industrial fields such as aesthetically crafted curve design.

Claims (15)

1.一种工业制品的设计方法,其特征是:采用由下述式定义的三维回旋曲线设计工业制品的形状,该曲线的切线方向的倾角α及偏转角β由曲线长s或曲线长变量S的二次式给出,1. A design method of an industrial product, characterized in that: the shape of the industrial product is designed by a three-dimensional clothoid curve defined by the following formula, and the inclination α and the deflection angle β of the tangential direction of the curve are determined by the curve length s or the curve length variable The quadratic form of S gives, 按以下式定义所述三维回旋曲线,The three-dimensional clothoid curve is defined as follows, PP == PP 00 ++ &Integral;&Integral; 00 sthe s udsuds == PP 00 ++ hh &Integral;&Integral; 00 SS udSwxya ,, 00 &le;&le; sthe s &le;&le; hh ,, 00 &le;&le; SS == sthe s hh &le;&le; 11 -- -- -- (( 11 )) uu == EE. k&beta;k&beta; EE. j&alpha;j&alpha; (( ii )) == coscos &beta;&beta; sinsin &beta;&beta; 00 sinsin &beta;&beta; coscos &beta;&beta; 00 00 00 11 coscos &alpha;&alpha; 00 sinsin &alpha;&alpha; 00 11 00 -- sinsin &alpha;&alpha; 00 coscos &alpha;&alpha; 11 00 11 == coscos &beta;&beta; coscos &alpha;&alpha; sinsin &beta;&beta; coscos &alpha;&alpha; -- sinsin &alpha;&alpha; -- -- -- (( 22 )) α=a0+a1S+a2S2(3)α=a 0 +a 1 S+a 2 S 2 (3) β=b0+b1S+b2S2(4)β=b 0 +b 1 S+b 2 S 2 (4) 此处,here, PP == xx ythe y zz ,, PP 00 == xx 00 ythe y 00 zz 00 -- -- -- (( 55 )) 分别表示三维回旋曲线上的点的位置矢量及其初始值,Represent the position vector of the point on the three-dimensional clothoid curve and its initial value, respectively, 将从始点的曲线的长度设为s,将其总长即从始点到终点的长度设为h,用S表示用h除s的值,S是无纲量的值,将其称为曲线长变量,Set the length of the curve from the starting point as s, and set its total length, that is, the length from the starting point to the end point, as h, and use S to represent the value of dividing s by h, and S is a dimensionless value, which is called the curve length variable , i、j、k分别是x轴、y轴及z轴方向的单位矢量,i, j, and k are unit vectors in the x-axis, y-axis, and z-axis directions, respectively, u是表示点P上的曲线的切线方向的单位矢量,由式(2)给出,E及E是旋转矩阵,分别表示k轴系的角度β的旋转及j轴系的角度α的旋转,将前者称为偏转旋转,将后者称为倾斜旋转,式(2),表示通过首先使i轴向的单位矢量在j轴系只转动α,而后,在k轴系只转动β,得到切线矢量u,u is the unit vector representing the tangent direction of the curve on the point P, given by formula (2), E and E are rotation matrices, which respectively represent the rotation of the angle β of the k-axis system and the angle α of the j-axis system Rotation, the former is called deflection rotation, and the latter is called tilt rotation. Equation (2) means that by first making the unit vector in the i-axis rotate only α in the j-axis system, and then only rotate β in the k-axis system, Get the tangent vector u, a0、a1、a2、b0、b1、b2是常数。a 0 , a 1 , a 2 , b 0 , b 1 , and b 2 are constants. 2.如权利要求1所述的工业制品的设计方法,其特征是:2. The design method of industrial products as claimed in claim 1, characterized in that: 所述工业制品是包含使具有质量的机械元件运动的机构的机械,The article of manufacture is a machine comprising a mechanism for moving a mechanical element having a mass, 采用所述三维回旋曲线设计所述机械元件的运动的轨道。The trajectory of the movement of the mechanical element is designed using the three-dimensional clothoid curve. 3.如权利要求2所述的工业制品的设计方法,其特征是:3. The design method of industrial products as claimed in claim 2, characterized in that: 所述机械是包含使作为所述机械元件的滚动体运动的机构的螺丝装置;said machine is a screw device comprising a mechanism for moving rolling bodies as elements of said machine; 所述螺丝装置具备:在外周面具有螺旋状的滚动体滚道槽的丝杠轴;在内周面具有与所述滚动体滚道槽对置的负荷滚动体滚道槽,同时具有连接所述负荷滚动体滚道槽的一端和另一端的回归路径的螺母;和排列在所述丝杠轴的所述滚动体滚道槽和所述螺母的所述负荷滚动体滚道槽的之间及回归路径上的多个滚动体,The screw device includes: a screw shaft having a helical rolling element raceway groove on the outer peripheral surface; a loaded rolling element raceway groove opposite to the rolling element raceway groove on the inner peripheral surface; one end of the load rolling element raceway groove and the nut of the return path at the other end; and arranged between the rolling element raceway groove of the screw shaft and the load rolling element raceway groove of the nut and multiple rolling elements on the return path, 采用所述三维回旋曲线,设计所述螺丝装置的所述回归路径。The regression path of the screw device is designed by using the three-dimensional clothoid curve. 4.如权利要求1~3中任何一项所述的工业制品的设计方法,其特征是:在三维坐标内指定多个空间点,通过采用所述三维回旋曲线插补这些空间点,设计所述工业制品的形状。4. The method for designing an industrial product according to any one of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that: a plurality of spatial points are specified in the three-dimensional coordinates, and by interpolating these spatial points using the three-dimensional clothoid curve, the designed The shape of the industrial product described. 5.如权利要求4所述的工业制品的设计方法,其特征是:以在所述多个空间点,用作为构成通过插补生成的曲线群的单位曲线的一个三维回旋线段和下个三维回旋线段,连接两个三维回旋线段的位置、切线方向、法线方向及曲率的方式,算出所述三维回旋线段的7个参数a0、a1、a2、b0、b1、b2、h。5. The design method of an industrial product as claimed in claim 4, characterized in that: at said plurality of spatial points, a three-dimensional clothoid segment and the next three-dimensional clothoid used as a unit curve constituting a curve group generated by interpolation Clothoid segment, the position, tangent direction, normal direction and curvature of two three-dimensional clothoid segments are connected, and the seven parameters a 0 , a 1 , a 2 , b 0 , b 1 , b 2 of the three-dimensional clothoid segment are calculated , h. 6.如权利要求5所述的工业制品的设计方法,其特征是:6. The design method of industrial products as claimed in claim 5, characterized in that: 指定所述多个空间点中的始点及终点的切线方向、法线方向及曲率,Specify the tangent direction, normal direction and curvature of the starting point and the ending point in the plurality of spatial points, 在预先指定的所述空间点间重新插入插补对象点,从而,Re-insert interpolation object points between the pre-specified space points, thereby, 使所述始点及所述终点的切线方向、法线方向及曲率的条件式的个数和用所述多个空间点及所述插补对象点上的一个三维回旋线段和下个三维回旋线段使两者的位置、切线方向、法线方向及曲率连续的条件式的个数进行加运算得到的条件式的个数,与所述三维回旋线段的7个参数a0、a1、a2、b0、b1、b2、h的未知数的个数一致;The sum of the number of conditional expressions of the tangent direction, normal direction and curvature of the starting point and the end point and a three-dimensional clothoid segment and the next three-dimensional clothoid segment on the plurality of space points and the interpolation object point The number of conditional expressions obtained by adding the number of conditional expressions whose position, tangent direction, normal direction and curvature are continuous, and the seven parameters a 0 , a 1 , a 2 of the three-dimensional clothoid segment , b 0 , b 1 , b 2 , and h have the same number of unknowns; 通过使条件式的个数和未知数的个数一致,算出所述三维回旋线段的7个参数a0、a1、a2、b0、b1、b2、h。By matching the number of conditional expressions with the number of unknowns, the seven parameters a 0 , a 1 , a 2 , b 0 , b 1 , b 2 , and h of the three-dimensional clothoid segment are calculated. 7.一种工业制品,用如权利要求1~6中任何一项所述的工业制品的设计方法设计。7. An industrial product, designed by using the design method for an industrial product as claimed in any one of claims 1-6. 8.一种数值控制方法,其中,采用由下述式定义的三维回旋曲线表现工具轨迹或工件的轮廓形状,通过该三维回旋曲线控制工具的运动,该曲线的切线方向的倾角α及偏转角β由曲线长s或曲线长变量S的二次式给出,按以下式定义所述三维回旋曲线,8. A numerical control method, wherein, a three-dimensional clothoid curve defined by the following formula is used to represent the tool trajectory or the contour shape of the workpiece, the movement of the tool is controlled by the three-dimensional clothoid curve, the inclination angle α and the deflection angle of the tangential direction of the curve β is given by the quadratic expression of the curve length s or the curve length variable S, and the three-dimensional clothoid curve is defined as follows, PP == PP 00 ++ &Integral;&Integral; 00 sthe s udsuds == PP 00 ++ hh &Integral;&Integral; 00 SS udSwxya ,, 00 &le;&le; sthe s &le;&le; hh ,, 00 &le;&le; SS == sthe s hh &le;&le; 11 -- -- -- (( 11 )) uu == EE. k&beta;k&beta; EE. j&alpha;j&alpha; (( ii )) == coscos &beta;&beta; -- sinsin &beta;&beta; 00 sinsin &beta;&beta; coscos &beta;&beta; 00 00 00 11 coscos &alpha;&alpha; 00 sinsin &alpha;&alpha; 00 11 00 -- sinsin &alpha;&alpha; 00 coscos &alpha;&alpha; 11 00 00 == coscos &beta;&beta; coscos &alpha;&alpha; sinsin &beta;&beta; coscos &alpha;&alpha; -- sinsin &alpha;&alpha; -- -- -- (( 22 )) α=a0+a1S+a2S2(3)α=a 0 +a 1 S+a 2 S 2 (3) β=b0+b1S+b2S2(4)β=b 0 +b 1 S+b 2 S 2 (4) 此处,here, PP == xx ythe y zz ,, PP 00 == xx 00 ythe y 00 zz 00 -- -- -- (( 55 )) 分别表示三维回旋曲线上的点的位置矢量及其初始值,Represent the position vector of the point on the three-dimensional clothoid curve and its initial value, respectively, 将从始点的曲线的长度设为s,将其总长即从始点到终点的长度设为h,用S表示用h除s的值,S是无纲量的值,将其称为曲线长变量,Set the length of the curve from the starting point as s, and set its total length, that is, the length from the starting point to the end point, as h, and use S to represent the value of dividing s by h, and S is a dimensionless value, which is called the curve length variable , i、j、k分别是x轴、y轴及z轴方向的单位矢量,i, j, and k are unit vectors in the x-axis, y-axis, and z-axis directions, respectively, u是表示点P上的曲线的切线方向的单位矢量,由式(2)给出,E及E是旋转矩阵,分别表示k轴系的角度β的旋转及j轴系的角度α的旋转,将前者称为偏转旋转,将后者称为倾斜旋转,式(2),表示通过首先使i轴向的单位矢量在j轴系只转动α,而后,在k轴系只转动β,得到切线矢量u,u is the unit vector representing the tangent direction of the curve on the point P, given by formula (2), E and E are rotation matrices, which respectively represent the rotation of the angle β of the k-axis system and the angle α of the j-axis system Rotation, the former is called deflection rotation, and the latter is called tilt rotation. Equation (2) means that by first making the unit vector in the i-axis rotate only α in the j-axis system, and then only rotate β in the k-axis system, Get the tangent vector u, a0、a1、a2、b0、b1、b2是常数。a 0 , a 1 , a 2 , b 0 , b 1 , and b 2 are constants. 9.如权利要求8所述的数值控制方法,其特征是:9. The numerical control method as claimed in claim 8, characterized in that: 采用所述三维回旋曲线,表现工具轨迹或工件的轮廓形状;Using the three-dimensional clothoid curve to express the contour shape of the tool trajectory or workpiece; 指定沿着所述三维回旋曲线移动的工具的运动;specifying the motion of the tool moving along said three-dimensional clothoid curve; 按照指定的运动,按每单位时间算出工具的移动位置,According to the specified movement, calculate the movement position of the tool per unit time, 此处,所谓运动指的是作为时间的函数变化的位置信息。Here, motion refers to positional information that changes as a function of time. 10.一种数值控制装置,其中,采用由下述式定义的三维回旋曲线表现工具轨迹或工件的轮廓形状,通过该三维回旋曲线控制工具的运动,该曲线的切线方向的倾角α及偏转角β由曲线长s或曲线长S变量的二次式给出,10. A numerical control device, wherein a three-dimensional clothoid curve defined by the following formula is used to express the tool trajectory or the contour shape of the workpiece, the movement of the tool is controlled by the three-dimensional clothoid curve, the inclination angle α and the deflection angle of the tangential direction of the curve β is given by the curve length s or quadratic in the curve length S variable, 按以下式定义所述三维回旋曲线,The three-dimensional clothoid curve is defined as follows, PP == PP 00 ++ &Integral;&Integral; 00 sthe s udsuds == PP 00 ++ hh &Integral;&Integral; 00 SS udSwxya ,, 00 &le;&le; sthe s &le;&le; hh ,, 00 &le;&le; SS == sthe s hh &le;&le; 11 -- -- -- (( 11 )) uu == EE. k&beta;k&beta; EE. j&alpha;j&alpha; (( ii )) == coscos &beta;&beta; -- sinsin &beta;&beta; 00 sinsin &beta;&beta; coscos &beta;&beta; 00 00 00 11 coscos &alpha;&alpha; 00 sinsin &alpha;&alpha; 00 11 00 -- sinsin &alpha;&alpha; 00 coscos &alpha;&alpha; 11 00 00 == coscos &beta;&beta; coscos &alpha;&alpha; sinsin &beta;&beta; coscos &alpha;&alpha; -- sinsin &alpha;&alpha; -- -- -- (( 22 )) α=a0+a1S+a2S2   (3)α=a 0 +a 1 S+a 2 S 2 (3) β=b0+b1S+b2S2   (4)β=b 0 +b 1 S+b 2 S 2 (4) 此处,here, PP == xx ythe y zz ,, PP 00 == xx 00 ythe y 00 zz 00 -- -- -- (( 55 )) 分别表示三维回旋曲线上的点的位置矢量及其初始值,Represent the position vector of the point on the three-dimensional clothoid curve and its initial value, respectively, 将从始点的曲线的长度设为s,将其总长即从始点到终点的长度设为h,用S表示用h除s的值,S是无纲量的值,将其称为曲线长变量,Set the length of the curve from the starting point as s, and set its total length, that is, the length from the starting point to the end point, as h, and use S to represent the value of dividing s by h, and S is a dimensionless value, which is called the curve length variable , i、j、k分别是x轴、y轴及z轴方向的单位矢量,i, j, and k are unit vectors in the x-axis, y-axis, and z-axis directions, respectively, u是表示点P上的曲线的切线方向的单位矢量,由式(2)给出,E及E是旋转矩阵,分别表示k轴系的角度β的旋转及j轴系的角度α的旋转,将前者称为偏转旋转,将后者称为倾斜旋转,式(2),表示通过首先使i轴向的单位矢量在j轴系只转动α,而后,在k轴系只转动β,得到切线矢量u,u is the unit vector representing the tangent direction of the curve on the point P, given by formula (2), E and E are rotation matrices, which respectively represent the rotation of the angle β of the k-axis system and the angle α of the j-axis system Rotation, the former is called deflection rotation, and the latter is called tilt rotation. Equation (2) means that by first making the unit vector in the i-axis rotate only α in the j-axis system, and then only rotate β in the k-axis system, Get the tangent vector u, a0、a1、a2、b0、b1、b2是常数。a 0 , a 1 , a 2 , b 0 , b 1 , and b 2 are constants. 11.如权利要求10所述的数值控制装置,其特征是:11. The numerical control device as claimed in claim 10, characterized in that: 采用所述三维回旋曲线,表现工具轨迹或工件的轮廓形状;Using the three-dimensional clothoid curve to express the contour shape of the tool trajectory or workpiece; 指定沿着所述三维回旋曲线移动的工具的运动;specifying the motion of the tool moving along said three-dimensional clothoid curve; 按照指定的运动,按每单位时间算出工具的移动位置,According to the specified movement, calculate the movement position of the tool per unit time, 此处,所谓运动,指的是作为时间函数变化的位置信息。Here, motion refers to positional information that changes as a function of time. 12.一种数值控制方法,其中,采用由下述式定义的三维回旋线段,插补在三维坐标内任意给出的点列间,通过该三维回旋线段控制工具的运动,该曲线的切线方向的倾角α及偏转角β由曲线长s或曲线长变量S的二次式给出,按以下式定义所述三维回旋线段,12. A numerical control method, wherein, using a three-dimensional clothoid segment defined by the following formula to interpolate between point columns arbitrarily given in three-dimensional coordinates, the movement of the tool is controlled by the three-dimensional clothoid segment, and the tangent direction of the curve The inclination angle α and the deflection angle β are given by the quadratic formula of the curve length s or the curve length variable S, and the three-dimensional clothoid segment is defined by the following formula, PP == PP 00 ++ &Integral;&Integral; 00 sthe s udsuds == PP 00 ++ hh &Integral;&Integral; 00 SS udSwxya ,, 00 &le;&le; sthe s &le;&le; hh ,, 00 &le;&le; SS == sthe s hh &le;&le; 11 -- -- -- (( 11 )) uu == EE. k&beta;k&beta; EE. j&alpha;j&alpha; (( ii )) == coscos &beta;&beta; -- sinsin &beta;&beta; 00 sinsin &beta;&beta; coscos &beta;&beta; 00 00 00 11 coscos &alpha;&alpha; 00 sinsin &alpha;&alpha; 00 11 00 -- sinsin &alpha;&alpha; 00 coscos &alpha;&alpha; 11 00 00 == coscos &beta;&beta; coscos &alpha;&alpha; sinsin &beta;&beta; coscos &alpha;&alpha; -- sinsin &alpha;&alpha;                          (2) (2) α=a0+a1S+a2S2   (3)α=a 0 +a 1 S+a 2 S 2 (3) β=b0+b1S+b2S2   (4)β=b 0 +b 1 S+b 2 S 2 (4) 此处,here, PP == xx ythe y zz ,, PP 00 == xx 00 ythe y 00 zz 00 -- -- -- (( 55 )) 分别表示三维回旋线段上的点的位置矢量及其初始值,represent the position vector and its initial value of the point on the three-dimensional clothoid segment respectively, 将从始点的曲线的长度设为s,将其总长即从始点到终点的长度设为h,用S表示用h除s的值,S是无纲量的值,将其称为曲线长变量,Set the length of the curve from the starting point as s, and set its total length, that is, the length from the starting point to the end point, as h, and use S to represent the value of dividing s by h, and S is a dimensionless value, which is called the curve length variable , i、j、k分别是x轴、y轴及z轴方向的单位矢量,i, j, and k are unit vectors in the x-axis, y-axis, and z-axis directions, respectively, u是表示点P上的曲线的切线方向的单位矢量,由式(2)给出,E及E是旋转矩阵,分别表示k轴系的角度β的旋转及j轴系的角度α的旋转,将前者称为偏转旋转,将后者称为倾斜旋转,式(2),表示通过首先使i轴向的单位矢量在j轴系只转动α,而后,在k轴系只转动β,得到切线矢量u,u is the unit vector representing the tangent direction of the curve on the point P, given by formula (2), E and E are rotation matrices, which respectively represent the rotation of the angle β of the k-axis system and the angle α of the j-axis system Rotation, the former is called deflection rotation, and the latter is called tilt rotation. Equation (2) means that by first making the unit vector in the i-axis rotate only α in the j-axis system, and then only rotate β in the k-axis system, Get the tangent vector u, a0、a1、a2、b0、b1、b2是常数。a 0 , a 1 , a 2 , b 0 , b 1 , and b 2 are constants. 13.一种数值控制方法,其中,将由下述式定义的三维回旋线段连接多根,通过该多根三维回旋线段控制工具的运动,该曲线的切线方向的倾角α及偏转角β由曲线长s或曲线长变量S的二次式给出,按以下式定义所述三维回旋线段,13. A numerical control method, wherein a plurality of three-dimensional clothoid segments defined by the following formula are connected, and the movement of the tool is controlled by the plurality of three-dimensional clothoid segments. The quadratic formula of s or the curve length variable S is given, and the described three-dimensional clothoid segment is defined by the following formula, PP == PP 00 ++ &Integral;&Integral; 00 sthe s udsuds == PP 00 ++ hh &Integral;&Integral; 00 SS udSwxya ,, 00 &le;&le; sthe s &le;&le; hh ,, 00 &le;&le; SS == sthe s hh &le;&le; 11 -- -- -- (( 11 )) uu == EE. k&beta;k&beta; EE. j&alpha;j&alpha; (( ii )) == coscos &beta;&beta; -- sinsin &beta;&beta; 00 sinsin &beta;&beta; coscos &beta;&beta; 00 00 00 11 coscos &alpha;&alpha; 00 sinsin &alpha;&alpha; 00 11 00 -- sinsin &alpha;&alpha; 00 coscos &alpha;&alpha; 11 00 00 == coscos &beta;&beta; coscos &alpha;&alpha; sinsin &beta;&beta; coscos &alpha;&alpha; -- sinsin &alpha;&alpha; -- -- -- (( 22 )) α=a0+a1S+a2S2  (3)α=a 0 +a 1 S+a 2 S 2 (3) β=b0+b1S+b2S2  (4)β=b 0 +b 1 S+b 2 S 2 (4) 此处,here, PP == xx ythe y zz ,, PP 00 == xx 00 ythe y 00 zz 00 -- -- -- (( 55 )) 分别表示三维回旋线段上的点的位置矢量及其初始值,represent the position vector and its initial value of the point on the three-dimensional clothoid segment respectively, 将从始点的曲线的长度设为s,将其总长即从始点到终点的长度设为h,用S表示用h除s的值,S是无纲量的值,将其称为曲线长变量,Set the length of the curve from the starting point as s, and set its total length, that is, the length from the starting point to the end point, as h, and use S to represent the value of dividing s by h, and S is a dimensionless value, which is called the curve length variable , i、j、k分别是x轴、y轴及z轴方向的单位矢量,i, j, and k are unit vectors in the x-axis, y-axis, and z-axis directions, respectively, u是表示点P上的曲线的切线方向的单位矢量,由式(2)给出,E及E是旋转矩阵,分别表示k轴系的角度β的旋转及j轴系的角度α的旋转,将前者称为偏转旋转,将后者称为倾斜旋转,式(2),表示通过首先使i轴向的单位矢量在j轴系只转动α,而后,在k轴系只转动β,得到切线矢量u,u is the unit vector representing the tangent direction of the curve on the point P, given by formula (2), E and E are rotation matrices, which respectively represent the rotation of the angle β of the k-axis system and the angle α of the j-axis system Rotation, the former is called deflection rotation, and the latter is called tilt rotation. Equation (2) means that by first making the unit vector in the i-axis rotate only α in the j-axis system, and then only rotate β in the k-axis system, Get the tangent vector u, a0、a1、a2、b0、b1、b2是常数。a 0 , a 1 , a 2 , b 0 , b 1 , and b 2 are constants. 14.如权利要求12或13所述的数值控制方法,其特征是:在一个三维回旋线段和下个三维回旋线段的接头上,以两者的位置、切线方向及根据情况曲率连续的方式,算出所述三维回旋线段的7个参数a0、a1、a2、b0、b1、b2、h。14. The numerical control method as claimed in claim 12 or 13, characterized in that: on the joint of a three-dimensional clothoid segment and the next three-dimensional clothoid segment, with the positions of the two, the tangent direction and the curvature continuous mode according to the situation, Calculate the seven parameters a 0 , a 1 , a 2 , b 0 , b 1 , b 2 , and h of the three-dimensional clothoid segment. 15.一种数值控制装置,其中,采用由下述式定义的三维回旋线段,插补在三维坐标内任意给出的点列间,通过该三维回旋线段控制工具的运动,该曲线的切线方向的倾角α及偏转角β由曲线长s或曲线长变量S的二次式给出,15. A numerical control device, wherein a three-dimensional clothoid segment defined by the following formula is used to interpolate between point columns arbitrarily given in three-dimensional coordinates, and the movement of the tool is controlled by the three-dimensional clothoid segment, and the tangent direction of the curve The inclination angle α and deflection angle β are given by the quadratic formula of the curve length s or the curve length variable S, 按以下式定义所述三维回旋线段,The three-dimensional clothoid segment is defined by the following formula, PP == PP 00 ++ &Integral;&Integral; 00 sthe s udsuds == PP 00 ++ hh &Integral;&Integral; 00 SS udSwxya ,, 00 &le;&le; sthe s &le;&le; hh ,, 00 &le;&le; SS == sthe s hh &le;&le; 11 -- -- -- (( 11 )) uu == EE. k&beta;k&beta; EE. j&alpha;j&alpha; (( ii )) == coscos &beta;&beta; -- sinsin &beta;&beta; 00 sinsin &beta;&beta; coscos &beta;&beta; 00 00 00 11 coscos &alpha;&alpha; 00 sinsin &alpha;&alpha; 00 11 00 -- sinsin &alpha;&alpha; 00 coscos &alpha;&alpha; 11 00 00 == coscos &beta;&beta; coscos &alpha;&alpha; sinsin &beta;&beta; coscos &alpha;&alpha; -- sinsin &alpha;&alpha; -- -- -- (( 22 )) α=a0+a1S+a2S2  (3)α=a 0 +a 1 S+a 2 S 2 (3) β=b0+b1S+b2S2  (4)β=b 0 +b 1 S+b 2 S 2 (4) 此处,here, PP == xx ythe y zz ,, PP 00 == xx 00 ythe y 00 zz 00 -- -- -- (( 55 )) 分别表示三维回旋线段上的点的位置矢量及其初始值,represent the position vector and its initial value of the point on the three-dimensional clothoid segment respectively, 将从始点的曲线的长度设为s,将其总长即从始点到终点的长度设为h,用S表示用h除s的值,S是无纲量的值,将其称为曲线长变量,Set the length of the curve from the starting point as s, and set its total length, that is, the length from the starting point to the end point, as h, and use S to represent the value of dividing s by h, and S is a dimensionless value, which is called the curve length variable , i、j、k分别是x轴、y轴及z轴方向的单位矢量,i, j, and k are unit vectors in the x-axis, y-axis, and z-axis directions, respectively, u是表示点P上的曲线的切线方向的单位矢量,由式(2)给出,E及E是旋转矩阵,分别表示k轴系的角度β的旋转及j轴系的角度α的旋转,将前者称为偏转旋转,将后者称为倾斜旋转,式(2),表示通过首先使i轴向的单位矢量在j轴系只转动α,而后,在k轴系只转动β,得到切线矢量u,u is the unit vector representing the tangent direction of the curve on the point P, given by formula (2), E and E are rotation matrices, which respectively represent the rotation of the angle β of the k-axis system and the angle α of the j-axis system Rotation, the former is called deflection rotation, and the latter is called tilt rotation. Equation (2) means that by first making the unit vector in the i-axis rotate only α in the j-axis system, and then only rotate β in the k-axis system, Get the tangent vector u, a0、a1、a2、b0、b1、b2是常数。a 0 , a 1 , a 2 , b 0 , b 1 , and b 2 are constants.
CNB2005800060533A 2004-02-27 2005-02-14 Industrial product design method, numerical control method and device using clothoid curve Expired - Lifetime CN100468254C (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP055555/2004 2004-02-27
JP055556/2004 2004-02-27
JP2004055554 2004-02-27
JP055554/2004 2004-02-27
JP250373/2004 2004-08-30
JP250372/2004 2004-08-30
JP250374/2004 2004-08-30
JP250375/2004 2004-08-30

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN1934512A CN1934512A (en) 2007-03-21
CN100468254C true CN100468254C (en) 2009-03-11

Family

ID=37879382

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CNB2005800060533A Expired - Lifetime CN100468254C (en) 2004-02-27 2005-02-14 Industrial product design method, numerical control method and device using clothoid curve

Country Status (1)

Country Link
CN (1) CN100468254C (en)

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4980458B2 (en) 2010-10-27 2012-07-18 ファナック株式会社 Machining time prediction device for numerically controlled machine tools
CN107407927B (en) * 2015-02-18 2019-11-05 锐必克科技有限公司 Track calculates program, processing unit (plant), track calculation method, tool and processing article
CN106383925A (en) * 2016-08-30 2017-02-08 沈阳航天新光集团有限公司 Designing method for S-curve of ball screw pair inverter based on UG
CN111230880B (en) * 2020-02-24 2021-06-22 西安交通大学 A Method for Generating Complex Surface Machining Trajectory in Offline Programming
CN111322373B (en) * 2020-03-12 2021-05-11 长安大学 A Design Method of Gear Pair Based on Claw Helical Rack Knife

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5622358A (en) * 1993-03-29 1997-04-22 Suncall Corporation Wave spring
JP2949206B2 (en) * 1990-09-26 1999-09-13 洋 牧野 How to record free-form figures

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2949206B2 (en) * 1990-09-26 1999-09-13 洋 牧野 How to record free-form figures
US5622358A (en) * 1993-03-29 1997-04-22 Suncall Corporation Wave spring

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
Clothoid ni yoru Jiyu Kyokusen Hokanho. Shigure GU.Journal of the Robotics Society of Japan,Vol.8 No.6. 1990 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN1934512A (en) 2007-03-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR101056600B1 (en) Industrial Product Design Method Using Closoid Curve and Numerical Control Method and Apparatus Using Industrial Product Designed by Two Design Method
Affouard et al. Avoiding 5-axis singularities using tool path deformation
CN103901898B (en) A kind of inverse kinematics general method for solving of multi-freedom robot
Chen et al. An approach to the path planning of tube–sphere intersection welds with the robot dedicated to J-groove joints
JP2019517929A (en) Trajectory planning method of point-to-point movement in robot joint space
Zhang et al. Curve fitting and optimal interpolation on CNC machines based on quadratic B-splines
US20120046782A1 (en) Kinematic approximation algorithm having a ruled surface
Li et al. The design of a NURBS pre-interpolator for five-axis machining
Novelia et al. On geodesics of the rotation group SO (3)
Peng et al. An analytical method for decoupled local smoothing of linear paths in industrial robots
CN104867172B (en) A kind of method for realizing rigid motion
CN106774154A (en) A kind of space curve interpolating method theoretical based on osculating plane
CN100468254C (en) Industrial product design method, numerical control method and device using clothoid curve
CN113608496B (en) Spatial path G 2 Transfer fairing method, apparatus and computer readable storage medium
JP4743580B2 (en) Industrial product design method and industrial product designed by this design method
CN112356032B (en) Posture smooth transition method and system
JP4146549B2 (en) Trajectory control method and recording medium having recorded trajectory control method
JP4667794B2 (en) Numerical control method, numerical control device, program, and computer-readable recording medium
JP4667796B2 (en) Numerical control method, numerical control device, program, and computer-readable recording medium
Zhao et al. An analytical local tool path smoothing method with curvature control
Zha et al. Trajectory coordination planning and control for robot manipulators in automated material handling and processing
JP4667795B2 (en) Numerical control method, numerical control device, program, and computer-readable recording medium
TWI541623B (en) Five-axis numerical control system and numerical controlling method thereof
Selig Curves of stationary acceleration in SE (3)
CN119717829B (en) Robot path smoothing and synchronization method based on Airthoid curve

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
C06 Publication
PB01 Publication
C10 Entry into substantive examination
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
C14 Grant of patent or utility model
GR01 Patent grant
CX01 Expiry of patent term

Granted publication date: 20090311

CX01 Expiry of patent term